Mercurial > vim
annotate src/edit.c @ 2250:1bac28a53fae vim73
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
| author | Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org> |
|---|---|
| date | Sat, 05 Jun 2010 23:22:07 +0200 |
| parents | 9c510840e896 |
| children | a888ed7ba375 |
| rev | line source |
|---|---|
| 7 | 1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4: |
| 2 * | |
| 3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar | |
| 4 * | |
| 5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions. | |
| 6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed. | |
| 7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code. | |
| 8 */ | |
| 9 | |
| 10 /* | |
| 11 * edit.c: functions for Insert mode | |
| 12 */ | |
| 13 | |
| 14 #include "vim.h" | |
| 15 | |
| 16 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 17 /* | |
| 18 * definitions used for CTRL-X submode | |
| 19 */ | |
| 20 #define CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT 0x100 | |
| 21 | |
| 22 #define CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET 1 | |
| 23 #define CTRL_X_SCROLL 2 | |
| 24 #define CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE 3 | |
| 25 #define CTRL_X_FILES 4 | |
| 26 #define CTRL_X_TAGS (5 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT) | |
| 27 #define CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS (6 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT) | |
| 28 #define CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES (7 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT) | |
| 29 #define CTRL_X_FINISHED 8 | |
| 30 #define CTRL_X_DICTIONARY (9 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT) | |
| 31 #define CTRL_X_THESAURUS (10 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT) | |
| 32 #define CTRL_X_CMDLINE 11 | |
| 12 | 33 #define CTRL_X_FUNCTION 12 |
| 523 | 34 #define CTRL_X_OMNI 13 |
| 477 | 35 #define CTRL_X_SPELL 14 |
| 36 #define CTRL_X_LOCAL_MSG 15 /* only used in "ctrl_x_msgs" */ | |
| 7 | 37 |
| 38 #define CTRL_X_MSG(i) ctrl_x_msgs[(i) & ~CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT] | |
| 39 | |
| 40 static char *ctrl_x_msgs[] = | |
| 41 { | |
| 42 N_(" Keyword completion (^N^P)"), /* ctrl_x_mode == 0, ^P/^N compl. */ | |
| 819 | 43 N_(" ^X mode (^]^D^E^F^I^K^L^N^O^Ps^U^V^Y)"), |
| 449 | 44 NULL, |
| 7 | 45 N_(" Whole line completion (^L^N^P)"), |
| 46 N_(" File name completion (^F^N^P)"), | |
| 47 N_(" Tag completion (^]^N^P)"), | |
| 48 N_(" Path pattern completion (^N^P)"), | |
| 49 N_(" Definition completion (^D^N^P)"), | |
| 50 NULL, | |
| 51 N_(" Dictionary completion (^K^N^P)"), | |
| 52 N_(" Thesaurus completion (^T^N^P)"), | |
| 12 | 53 N_(" Command-line completion (^V^N^P)"), |
| 54 N_(" User defined completion (^U^N^P)"), | |
| 523 | 55 N_(" Omni completion (^O^N^P)"), |
| 819 | 56 N_(" Spelling suggestion (s^N^P)"), |
| 449 | 57 N_(" Keyword Local completion (^N^P)"), |
| 7 | 58 }; |
| 59 | |
| 1869 | 60 static char e_hitend[] = N_("Hit end of paragraph"); |
| 7 | 61 |
| 62 /* | |
| 63 * Structure used to store one match for insert completion. | |
| 64 */ | |
| 681 | 65 typedef struct compl_S compl_T; |
| 66 struct compl_S | |
| 7 | 67 { |
| 464 | 68 compl_T *cp_next; |
| 69 compl_T *cp_prev; | |
| 70 char_u *cp_str; /* matched text */ | |
| 681 | 71 char cp_icase; /* TRUE or FALSE: ignore case */ |
| 786 | 72 char_u *(cp_text[CPT_COUNT]); /* text for the menu */ |
| 659 | 73 char_u *cp_fname; /* file containing the match, allocated when |
| 74 * cp_flags has FREE_FNAME */ | |
| 464 | 75 int cp_flags; /* ORIGINAL_TEXT, CONT_S_IPOS or FREE_FNAME */ |
| 76 int cp_number; /* sequence number */ | |
| 7 | 77 }; |
| 78 | |
| 464 | 79 #define ORIGINAL_TEXT (1) /* the original text when the expansion begun */ |
| 7 | 80 #define FREE_FNAME (2) |
| 81 | |
| 82 /* | |
| 83 * All the current matches are stored in a list. | |
| 449 | 84 * "compl_first_match" points to the start of the list. |
| 85 * "compl_curr_match" points to the currently selected entry. | |
| 86 * "compl_shown_match" is different from compl_curr_match during | |
| 87 * ins_compl_get_exp(). | |
| 7 | 88 */ |
| 464 | 89 static compl_T *compl_first_match = NULL; |
| 90 static compl_T *compl_curr_match = NULL; | |
| 91 static compl_T *compl_shown_match = NULL; | |
| 449 | 92 |
| 825 | 93 /* After using a cursor key <Enter> selects a match in the popup menu, |
| 94 * otherwise it inserts a line break. */ | |
| 95 static int compl_enter_selects = FALSE; | |
| 96 | |
| 657 | 97 /* When "compl_leader" is not NULL only matches that start with this string |
| 98 * are used. */ | |
| 99 static char_u *compl_leader = NULL; | |
| 100 | |
| 665 | 101 static int compl_get_longest = FALSE; /* put longest common string |
| 102 in compl_leader */ | |
| 103 | |
| 657 | 104 static int compl_used_match; /* Selected one of the matches. When |
| 105 FALSE the match was edited or using | |
| 106 the longest common string. */ | |
| 107 | |
| 874 | 108 static int compl_was_interrupted = FALSE; /* didn't finish finding |
| 109 completions. */ | |
| 110 | |
| 111 static int compl_restarting = FALSE; /* don't insert match */ | |
| 112 | |
| 449 | 113 /* When the first completion is done "compl_started" is set. When it's |
| 114 * FALSE the word to be completed must be located. */ | |
| 644 | 115 static int compl_started = FALSE; |
| 449 | 116 |
| 1927 | 117 /* Set when doing something for completion that may call edit() recursively, |
| 118 * which is not allowed. */ | |
| 119 static int compl_busy = FALSE; | |
| 120 | |
| 464 | 121 static int compl_matches = 0; |
| 122 static char_u *compl_pattern = NULL; | |
| 123 static int compl_direction = FORWARD; | |
| 124 static int compl_shows_dir = FORWARD; | |
| 716 | 125 static int compl_pending = 0; /* > 1 for postponed CTRL-N */ |
| 464 | 126 static pos_T compl_startpos; |
| 127 static colnr_T compl_col = 0; /* column where the text starts | |
| 128 * that is being completed */ | |
| 129 static char_u *compl_orig_text = NULL; /* text as it was before | |
| 130 * completion started */ | |
| 131 static int compl_cont_mode = 0; | |
| 132 static expand_T compl_xp; | |
| 449 | 133 |
| 134 static void ins_ctrl_x __ARGS((void)); | |
| 135 static int has_compl_option __ARGS((int dict_opt)); | |
| 1430 | 136 static int ins_compl_accept_char __ARGS((int c)); |
| 944 | 137 static int ins_compl_add __ARGS((char_u *str, int len, int icase, char_u *fname, char_u **cptext, int cdir, int flags, int adup)); |
| 681 | 138 static int ins_compl_equal __ARGS((compl_T *match, char_u *str, int len)); |
| 665 | 139 static void ins_compl_longest_match __ARGS((compl_T *match)); |
| 681 | 140 static void ins_compl_add_matches __ARGS((int num_matches, char_u **matches, int icase)); |
| 7 | 141 static int ins_compl_make_cyclic __ARGS((void)); |
| 540 | 142 static void ins_compl_upd_pum __ARGS((void)); |
| 143 static void ins_compl_del_pum __ARGS((void)); | |
| 648 | 144 static int pum_wanted __ARGS((void)); |
| 707 | 145 static int pum_enough_matches __ARGS((void)); |
| 659 | 146 static void ins_compl_dictionaries __ARGS((char_u *dict, char_u *pat, int flags, int thesaurus)); |
| 703 | 147 static void ins_compl_files __ARGS((int count, char_u **files, int thesaurus, int flags, regmatch_T *regmatch, char_u *buf, int *dir)); |
| 667 | 148 static char_u *find_line_end __ARGS((char_u *ptr)); |
| 7 | 149 static void ins_compl_free __ARGS((void)); |
| 150 static void ins_compl_clear __ARGS((void)); | |
| 657 | 151 static int ins_compl_bs __ARGS((void)); |
| 874 | 152 static void ins_compl_new_leader __ARGS((void)); |
| 657 | 153 static void ins_compl_addleader __ARGS((int c)); |
| 1782 | 154 static int ins_compl_len __ARGS((void)); |
| 874 | 155 static void ins_compl_restart __ARGS((void)); |
| 694 | 156 static void ins_compl_set_original_text __ARGS((char_u *str)); |
| 659 | 157 static void ins_compl_addfrommatch __ARGS((void)); |
| 540 | 158 static int ins_compl_prep __ARGS((int c)); |
| 7 | 159 static buf_T *ins_compl_next_buf __ARGS((buf_T *buf, int flag)); |
| 724 | 160 #if defined(FEAT_COMPL_FUNC) || defined(FEAT_EVAL) |
| 161 static void ins_compl_add_list __ARGS((list_T *list)); | |
| 162 #endif | |
| 659 | 163 static int ins_compl_get_exp __ARGS((pos_T *ini)); |
| 7 | 164 static void ins_compl_delete __ARGS((void)); |
| 165 static void ins_compl_insert __ARGS((void)); | |
| 665 | 166 static int ins_compl_next __ARGS((int allow_get_expansion, int count, int insert_match)); |
| 610 | 167 static int ins_compl_key2dir __ARGS((int c)); |
| 644 | 168 static int ins_compl_pum_key __ARGS((int c)); |
| 610 | 169 static int ins_compl_key2count __ARGS((int c)); |
| 681 | 170 static int ins_compl_use_match __ARGS((int c)); |
| 7 | 171 static int ins_complete __ARGS((int c)); |
| 1872 | 172 static unsigned quote_meta __ARGS((char_u *dest, char_u *str, int len)); |
| 7 | 173 #endif /* FEAT_INS_EXPAND */ |
| 174 | |
| 175 #define BACKSPACE_CHAR 1 | |
| 176 #define BACKSPACE_WORD 2 | |
| 177 #define BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE 3 | |
| 178 #define BACKSPACE_LINE 4 | |
| 179 | |
| 661 | 180 static void ins_redraw __ARGS((int ready)); |
| 7 | 181 static void ins_ctrl_v __ARGS((void)); |
| 182 static void undisplay_dollar __ARGS((void)); | |
| 183 static void insert_special __ARGS((int, int, int)); | |
| 2004 | 184 static void internal_format __ARGS((int textwidth, int second_indent, int flags, int format_only, int c)); |
| 7 | 185 static void check_auto_format __ARGS((int)); |
| 186 static void redo_literal __ARGS((int c)); | |
| 187 static void start_arrow __ARGS((pos_T *end_insert_pos)); | |
| 744 | 188 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
| 221 | 189 static void check_spell_redraw __ARGS((void)); |
| 484 | 190 static void spell_back_to_badword __ARGS((void)); |
| 497 | 191 static int spell_bad_len = 0; /* length of located bad word */ |
| 221 | 192 #endif |
| 7 | 193 static void stop_insert __ARGS((pos_T *end_insert_pos, int esc)); |
| 194 static int echeck_abbr __ARGS((int)); | |
| 840 | 195 #if 0 |
| 7 | 196 static void replace_push_off __ARGS((int c)); |
| 840 | 197 #endif |
| 7 | 198 static int replace_pop __ARGS((void)); |
| 199 static void replace_join __ARGS((int off)); | |
| 200 static void replace_pop_ins __ARGS((void)); | |
| 201 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 202 static void mb_replace_pop_ins __ARGS((int cc)); | |
| 203 #endif | |
| 204 static void replace_flush __ARGS((void)); | |
| 1782 | 205 static void replace_do_bs __ARGS((int limit_col)); |
| 206 static int del_char_after_col __ARGS((int limit_col)); | |
| 7 | 207 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT |
| 208 static int cindent_on __ARGS((void)); | |
| 209 #endif | |
| 210 static void ins_reg __ARGS((void)); | |
| 211 static void ins_ctrl_g __ARGS((void)); | |
| 449 | 212 static void ins_ctrl_hat __ARGS((void)); |
| 477 | 213 static int ins_esc __ARGS((long *count, int cmdchar, int nomove)); |
| 7 | 214 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
| 215 static void ins_ctrl_ __ARGS((void)); | |
| 216 #endif | |
| 217 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
| 218 static int ins_start_select __ARGS((int c)); | |
| 219 #endif | |
| 449 | 220 static void ins_insert __ARGS((int replaceState)); |
| 221 static void ins_ctrl_o __ARGS((void)); | |
| 7 | 222 static void ins_shift __ARGS((int c, int lastc)); |
| 223 static void ins_del __ARGS((void)); | |
| 224 static int ins_bs __ARGS((int c, int mode, int *inserted_space_p)); | |
| 225 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE | |
| 226 static void ins_mouse __ARGS((int c)); | |
| 227 static void ins_mousescroll __ARGS((int up)); | |
| 228 #endif | |
| 692 | 229 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_TABLINE) || defined(PROTO) |
| 230 static void ins_tabline __ARGS((int c)); | |
| 231 #endif | |
| 7 | 232 static void ins_left __ARGS((void)); |
| 233 static void ins_home __ARGS((int c)); | |
| 234 static void ins_end __ARGS((int c)); | |
| 235 static void ins_s_left __ARGS((void)); | |
| 236 static void ins_right __ARGS((void)); | |
| 237 static void ins_s_right __ARGS((void)); | |
| 238 static void ins_up __ARGS((int startcol)); | |
| 239 static void ins_pageup __ARGS((void)); | |
| 240 static void ins_down __ARGS((int startcol)); | |
| 241 static void ins_pagedown __ARGS((void)); | |
| 242 #ifdef FEAT_DND | |
| 243 static void ins_drop __ARGS((void)); | |
| 244 #endif | |
| 245 static int ins_tab __ARGS((void)); | |
| 246 static int ins_eol __ARGS((int c)); | |
| 247 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS | |
| 248 static int ins_digraph __ARGS((void)); | |
| 249 #endif | |
| 250 static int ins_copychar __ARGS((linenr_T lnum)); | |
| 449 | 251 static int ins_ctrl_ey __ARGS((int tc)); |
| 7 | 252 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT |
| 253 static void ins_try_si __ARGS((int c)); | |
| 254 #endif | |
| 255 static colnr_T get_nolist_virtcol __ARGS((void)); | |
| 256 | |
| 257 static colnr_T Insstart_textlen; /* length of line when insert started */ | |
| 258 static colnr_T Insstart_blank_vcol; /* vcol for first inserted blank */ | |
| 259 | |
| 260 static char_u *last_insert = NULL; /* the text of the previous insert, | |
| 261 K_SPECIAL and CSI are escaped */ | |
| 262 static int last_insert_skip; /* nr of chars in front of previous insert */ | |
| 263 static int new_insert_skip; /* nr of chars in front of current insert */ | |
| 603 | 264 static int did_restart_edit; /* "restart_edit" when calling edit() */ |
| 7 | 265 |
| 266 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 267 static int can_cindent; /* may do cindenting on this line */ | |
| 268 #endif | |
| 269 | |
| 270 static int old_indent = 0; /* for ^^D command in insert mode */ | |
| 271 | |
| 272 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 298 | 273 static int revins_on; /* reverse insert mode on */ |
| 274 static int revins_chars; /* how much to skip after edit */ | |
| 275 static int revins_legal; /* was the last char 'legal'? */ | |
| 276 static int revins_scol; /* start column of revins session */ | |
| 7 | 277 #endif |
| 278 | |
| 279 static int ins_need_undo; /* call u_save() before inserting a | |
| 280 char. Set when edit() is called. | |
| 281 after that arrow_used is used. */ | |
| 282 | |
| 283 static int did_add_space = FALSE; /* auto_format() added an extra space | |
| 284 under the cursor */ | |
| 285 | |
| 286 /* | |
| 287 * edit(): Start inserting text. | |
| 288 * | |
| 289 * "cmdchar" can be: | |
| 290 * 'i' normal insert command | |
| 291 * 'a' normal append command | |
| 292 * 'R' replace command | |
| 293 * 'r' "r<CR>" command: insert one <CR>. Note: count can be > 1, for redo, | |
| 294 * but still only one <CR> is inserted. The <Esc> is not used for redo. | |
| 295 * 'g' "gI" command. | |
| 296 * 'V' "gR" command for Virtual Replace mode. | |
| 297 * 'v' "gr" command for single character Virtual Replace mode. | |
| 298 * | |
| 299 * This function is not called recursively. For CTRL-O commands, it returns | |
| 300 * and lets the caller handle the Normal-mode command. | |
| 301 * | |
| 302 * Return TRUE if a CTRL-O command caused the return (insert mode pending). | |
| 303 */ | |
| 304 int | |
| 305 edit(cmdchar, startln, count) | |
| 306 int cmdchar; | |
| 307 int startln; /* if set, insert at start of line */ | |
| 308 long count; | |
| 309 { | |
| 310 int c = 0; | |
| 311 char_u *ptr; | |
| 312 int lastc; | |
| 1869 | 313 int mincol; |
| 7 | 314 static linenr_T o_lnum = 0; |
| 315 int i; | |
| 316 int did_backspace = TRUE; /* previous char was backspace */ | |
| 317 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 318 int line_is_white = FALSE; /* line is empty before insert */ | |
| 319 #endif | |
| 320 linenr_T old_topline = 0; /* topline before insertion */ | |
| 321 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 322 int old_topfill = -1; | |
| 323 #endif | |
| 324 int inserted_space = FALSE; /* just inserted a space */ | |
| 325 int replaceState = REPLACE; | |
| 477 | 326 int nomove = FALSE; /* don't move cursor on return */ |
| 7 | 327 |
| 603 | 328 /* Remember whether editing was restarted after CTRL-O. */ |
| 329 did_restart_edit = restart_edit; | |
| 330 | |
| 7 | 331 /* sleep before redrawing, needed for "CTRL-O :" that results in an |
| 332 * error message */ | |
| 333 check_for_delay(TRUE); | |
| 334 | |
| 335 #ifdef HAVE_SANDBOX | |
| 336 /* Don't allow inserting in the sandbox. */ | |
| 337 if (sandbox != 0) | |
| 338 { | |
| 339 EMSG(_(e_sandbox)); | |
| 340 return FALSE; | |
| 341 } | |
| 342 #endif | |
| 632 | 343 /* Don't allow changes in the buffer while editing the cmdline. The |
| 344 * caller of getcmdline() may get confused. */ | |
| 634 | 345 if (textlock != 0) |
| 632 | 346 { |
| 347 EMSG(_(e_secure)); | |
| 348 return FALSE; | |
| 349 } | |
| 7 | 350 |
| 351 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 844 | 352 /* Don't allow recursive insert mode when busy with completion. */ |
| 1927 | 353 if (compl_started || compl_busy || pum_visible()) |
| 844 | 354 { |
| 355 EMSG(_(e_secure)); | |
| 356 return FALSE; | |
| 357 } | |
| 7 | 358 ins_compl_clear(); /* clear stuff for CTRL-X mode */ |
| 359 #endif | |
| 360 | |
| 11 | 361 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
| 362 /* | |
| 363 * Trigger InsertEnter autocommands. Do not do this for "r<CR>" or "grx". | |
| 364 */ | |
| 365 if (cmdchar != 'r' && cmdchar != 'v') | |
| 366 { | |
| 532 | 367 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL |
| 11 | 368 if (cmdchar == 'R') |
| 369 ptr = (char_u *)"r"; | |
| 370 else if (cmdchar == 'V') | |
| 371 ptr = (char_u *)"v"; | |
| 372 else | |
| 373 ptr = (char_u *)"i"; | |
| 374 set_vim_var_string(VV_INSERTMODE, ptr, 1); | |
| 532 | 375 # endif |
| 11 | 376 apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTENTER, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); |
| 377 } | |
| 378 #endif | |
| 379 | |
| 7 | 380 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE |
| 381 /* | |
| 382 * When doing a paste with the middle mouse button, Insstart is set to | |
| 383 * where the paste started. | |
| 384 */ | |
| 385 if (where_paste_started.lnum != 0) | |
| 386 Insstart = where_paste_started; | |
| 387 else | |
| 388 #endif | |
| 389 { | |
| 390 Insstart = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 391 if (startln) | |
| 392 Insstart.col = 0; | |
| 393 } | |
| 1869 | 394 Insstart_textlen = (colnr_T)linetabsize(ml_get_curline()); |
| 7 | 395 Insstart_blank_vcol = MAXCOL; |
| 396 if (!did_ai) | |
| 397 ai_col = 0; | |
| 398 | |
| 399 if (cmdchar != NUL && restart_edit == 0) | |
| 400 { | |
| 401 ResetRedobuff(); | |
| 402 AppendNumberToRedobuff(count); | |
| 403 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 404 if (cmdchar == 'V' || cmdchar == 'v') | |
| 405 { | |
| 406 /* "gR" or "gr" command */ | |
| 407 AppendCharToRedobuff('g'); | |
| 408 AppendCharToRedobuff((cmdchar == 'v') ? 'r' : 'R'); | |
| 409 } | |
| 410 else | |
| 411 #endif | |
| 412 { | |
| 413 AppendCharToRedobuff(cmdchar); | |
| 414 if (cmdchar == 'g') /* "gI" command */ | |
| 415 AppendCharToRedobuff('I'); | |
| 416 else if (cmdchar == 'r') /* "r<CR>" command */ | |
| 417 count = 1; /* insert only one <CR> */ | |
| 418 } | |
| 419 } | |
| 420 | |
| 421 if (cmdchar == 'R') | |
| 422 { | |
| 423 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP | |
| 424 if (p_fkmap && p_ri) | |
| 425 { | |
| 426 beep_flush(); | |
| 427 EMSG(farsi_text_3); /* encoded in Farsi */ | |
| 428 State = INSERT; | |
| 429 } | |
| 430 else | |
| 431 #endif | |
| 432 State = REPLACE; | |
| 433 } | |
| 434 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 435 else if (cmdchar == 'V' || cmdchar == 'v') | |
| 436 { | |
| 437 State = VREPLACE; | |
| 438 replaceState = VREPLACE; | |
| 439 orig_line_count = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
| 440 vr_lines_changed = 1; | |
| 441 } | |
| 442 #endif | |
| 443 else | |
| 444 State = INSERT; | |
| 445 | |
| 446 stop_insert_mode = FALSE; | |
| 447 | |
| 448 /* | |
| 449 * Need to recompute the cursor position, it might move when the cursor is | |
| 450 * on a TAB or special character. | |
| 451 */ | |
| 452 curs_columns(TRUE); | |
| 453 | |
| 454 /* | |
| 455 * Enable langmap or IME, indicated by 'iminsert'. | |
| 456 * Note that IME may enabled/disabled without us noticing here, thus the | |
| 457 * 'iminsert' value may not reflect what is actually used. It is updated | |
| 458 * when hitting <Esc>. | |
| 459 */ | |
| 460 if (curbuf->b_p_iminsert == B_IMODE_LMAP) | |
| 461 State |= LANGMAP; | |
| 462 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL | |
| 463 im_set_active(curbuf->b_p_iminsert == B_IMODE_IM); | |
| 464 #endif | |
| 465 | |
| 466 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE | |
| 467 setmouse(); | |
| 468 #endif | |
| 469 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
| 470 clear_showcmd(); | |
| 471 #endif | |
| 472 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 473 /* there is no reverse replace mode */ | |
| 474 revins_on = (State == INSERT && p_ri); | |
| 475 if (revins_on) | |
| 476 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 477 revins_chars = 0; | |
| 478 revins_legal = 0; | |
| 479 revins_scol = -1; | |
| 480 #endif | |
| 481 | |
| 482 /* | |
| 483 * Handle restarting Insert mode. | |
| 484 * Don't do this for "CTRL-O ." (repeat an insert): we get here with | |
| 485 * restart_edit non-zero, and something in the stuff buffer. | |
| 486 */ | |
| 487 if (restart_edit != 0 && stuff_empty()) | |
| 488 { | |
| 489 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE | |
| 490 /* | |
| 491 * After a paste we consider text typed to be part of the insert for | |
| 492 * the pasted text. You can backspace over the pasted text too. | |
| 493 */ | |
| 494 if (where_paste_started.lnum) | |
| 495 arrow_used = FALSE; | |
| 496 else | |
| 497 #endif | |
| 498 arrow_used = TRUE; | |
| 499 restart_edit = 0; | |
| 500 | |
| 501 /* | |
| 502 * If the cursor was after the end-of-line before the CTRL-O and it is | |
| 503 * now at the end-of-line, put it after the end-of-line (this is not | |
| 504 * correct in very rare cases). | |
| 505 * Also do this if curswant is greater than the current virtual | |
| 506 * column. Eg after "^O$" or "^O80|". | |
| 507 */ | |
| 508 validate_virtcol(); | |
| 509 update_curswant(); | |
| 230 | 510 if (((ins_at_eol && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == o_lnum) |
| 7 | 511 || curwin->w_curswant > curwin->w_virtcol) |
| 512 && *(ptr = ml_get_curline() + curwin->w_cursor.col) != NUL) | |
| 513 { | |
| 514 if (ptr[1] == NUL) | |
| 515 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 516 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 517 else if (has_mbyte) | |
| 518 { | |
| 474 | 519 i = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr); |
| 7 | 520 if (ptr[i] == NUL) |
| 521 curwin->w_cursor.col += i; | |
| 522 } | |
| 523 #endif | |
| 524 } | |
| 230 | 525 ins_at_eol = FALSE; |
| 7 | 526 } |
| 527 else | |
| 528 arrow_used = FALSE; | |
| 529 | |
| 530 /* we are in insert mode now, don't need to start it anymore */ | |
| 531 need_start_insertmode = FALSE; | |
| 532 | |
| 533 /* Need to save the line for undo before inserting the first char. */ | |
| 534 ins_need_undo = TRUE; | |
| 535 | |
| 536 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE | |
| 537 where_paste_started.lnum = 0; | |
| 538 #endif | |
| 539 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 540 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
| 541 #endif | |
| 542 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 543 /* The cursor line is not in a closed fold, unless 'insertmode' is set or | |
| 544 * restarting. */ | |
| 545 if (!p_im && did_restart_edit == 0) | |
| 546 foldOpenCursor(); | |
| 547 #endif | |
| 548 | |
| 549 /* | |
| 550 * If 'showmode' is set, show the current (insert/replace/..) mode. | |
| 551 * A warning message for changing a readonly file is given here, before | |
| 552 * actually changing anything. It's put after the mode, if any. | |
| 553 */ | |
| 554 i = 0; | |
| 644 | 555 if (p_smd && msg_silent == 0) |
| 7 | 556 i = showmode(); |
| 557 | |
| 558 if (!p_im && did_restart_edit == 0) | |
| 1473 | 559 change_warning(i == 0 ? 0 : i + 1); |
| 7 | 560 |
| 561 #ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE | |
| 562 ui_cursor_shape(); /* may show different cursor shape */ | |
| 563 #endif | |
| 564 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS | |
| 565 do_digraph(-1); /* clear digraphs */ | |
| 566 #endif | |
| 567 | |
| 603 | 568 /* |
| 569 * Get the current length of the redo buffer, those characters have to be | |
| 570 * skipped if we want to get to the inserted characters. | |
| 571 */ | |
| 7 | 572 ptr = get_inserted(); |
| 573 if (ptr == NULL) | |
| 574 new_insert_skip = 0; | |
| 575 else | |
| 576 { | |
| 577 new_insert_skip = (int)STRLEN(ptr); | |
| 578 vim_free(ptr); | |
| 579 } | |
| 580 | |
| 581 old_indent = 0; | |
| 582 | |
| 583 /* | |
| 584 * Main loop in Insert mode: repeat until Insert mode is left. | |
| 585 */ | |
| 586 for (;;) | |
| 587 { | |
| 588 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 589 if (!revins_legal) | |
| 590 revins_scol = -1; /* reset on illegal motions */ | |
| 591 else | |
| 592 revins_legal = 0; | |
| 593 #endif | |
| 594 if (arrow_used) /* don't repeat insert when arrow key used */ | |
| 595 count = 0; | |
| 596 | |
| 597 if (stop_insert_mode) | |
| 598 { | |
| 599 /* ":stopinsert" used or 'insertmode' reset */ | |
| 600 count = 0; | |
| 601 goto doESCkey; | |
| 602 } | |
| 603 | |
| 604 /* set curwin->w_curswant for next K_DOWN or K_UP */ | |
| 605 if (!arrow_used) | |
| 606 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
| 607 | |
| 608 /* If there is no typeahead may check for timestamps (e.g., for when a | |
| 609 * menu invoked a shell command). */ | |
| 610 if (stuff_empty()) | |
| 611 { | |
| 612 did_check_timestamps = FALSE; | |
| 613 if (need_check_timestamps) | |
| 614 check_timestamps(FALSE); | |
| 615 } | |
| 616 | |
| 617 /* | |
| 618 * When emsg() was called msg_scroll will have been set. | |
| 619 */ | |
| 620 msg_scroll = FALSE; | |
| 621 | |
| 622 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 623 /* When 'mousefocus' is set a mouse movement may have taken us to | |
| 624 * another window. "need_mouse_correct" may then be set because of an | |
| 625 * autocommand. */ | |
| 626 if (need_mouse_correct) | |
| 627 gui_mouse_correct(); | |
| 628 #endif | |
| 629 | |
| 630 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 631 /* Open fold at the cursor line, according to 'foldopen'. */ | |
| 632 if (fdo_flags & FDO_INSERT) | |
| 633 foldOpenCursor(); | |
| 634 /* Close folds where the cursor isn't, according to 'foldclose' */ | |
| 635 if (!char_avail()) | |
| 636 foldCheckClose(); | |
| 637 #endif | |
| 638 | |
| 639 /* | |
| 640 * If we inserted a character at the last position of the last line in | |
| 641 * the window, scroll the window one line up. This avoids an extra | |
| 642 * redraw. | |
| 643 * This is detected when the cursor column is smaller after inserting | |
| 644 * something. | |
| 645 * Don't do this when the topline changed already, it has | |
| 646 * already been adjusted (by insertchar() calling open_line())). | |
| 647 */ | |
| 648 if (curbuf->b_mod_set | |
| 649 && curwin->w_p_wrap | |
| 650 && !did_backspace | |
| 651 && curwin->w_topline == old_topline | |
| 652 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 653 && curwin->w_topfill == old_topfill | |
| 654 #endif | |
| 655 ) | |
| 656 { | |
| 657 mincol = curwin->w_wcol; | |
| 658 validate_cursor_col(); | |
| 659 | |
| 1869 | 660 if ((int)curwin->w_wcol < mincol - curbuf->b_p_ts |
| 7 | 661 && curwin->w_wrow == W_WINROW(curwin) |
| 662 + curwin->w_height - 1 - p_so | |
| 663 && (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != curwin->w_topline | |
| 664 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 665 || curwin->w_topfill > 0 | |
| 666 #endif | |
| 667 )) | |
| 668 { | |
| 669 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 670 if (curwin->w_topfill > 0) | |
| 671 --curwin->w_topfill; | |
| 672 else | |
| 673 #endif | |
| 674 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 675 if (hasFolding(curwin->w_topline, NULL, &old_topline)) | |
| 676 set_topline(curwin, old_topline + 1); | |
| 677 else | |
| 678 #endif | |
| 679 set_topline(curwin, curwin->w_topline + 1); | |
| 680 } | |
| 681 } | |
| 682 | |
| 683 /* May need to adjust w_topline to show the cursor. */ | |
| 684 update_topline(); | |
| 685 | |
| 686 did_backspace = FALSE; | |
| 687 | |
| 688 validate_cursor(); /* may set must_redraw */ | |
| 689 | |
| 690 /* | |
| 691 * Redraw the display when no characters are waiting. | |
| 692 * Also shows mode, ruler and positions cursor. | |
| 693 */ | |
| 661 | 694 ins_redraw(TRUE); |
| 7 | 695 |
| 696 #ifdef FEAT_SCROLLBIND | |
| 697 if (curwin->w_p_scb) | |
| 698 do_check_scrollbind(TRUE); | |
| 699 #endif | |
| 700 | |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2227
diff
changeset
|
701 #ifdef FEAT_CURSORBIND |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2227
diff
changeset
|
702 if (curwin->w_p_crb) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2227
diff
changeset
|
703 do_check_cursorbind(); |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2227
diff
changeset
|
704 #endif |
| 7 | 705 update_curswant(); |
| 706 old_topline = curwin->w_topline; | |
| 707 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 708 old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill; | |
| 709 #endif | |
| 710 | |
| 711 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL | |
| 712 dont_scroll = FALSE; /* allow scrolling here */ | |
| 713 #endif | |
| 714 | |
| 715 /* | |
| 1526 | 716 * Get a character for Insert mode. Ignore K_IGNORE. |
| 7 | 717 */ |
| 718 lastc = c; /* remember previous char for CTRL-D */ | |
| 1526 | 719 do |
| 720 { | |
| 721 c = safe_vgetc(); | |
| 722 } while (c == K_IGNORE); | |
| 7 | 723 |
| 978 | 724 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
| 725 /* Don't want K_CURSORHOLD for the second key, e.g., after CTRL-V. */ | |
| 726 did_cursorhold = TRUE; | |
| 727 #endif | |
| 728 | |
| 7 | 729 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
| 730 if (p_hkmap && KeyTyped) | |
| 731 c = hkmap(c); /* Hebrew mode mapping */ | |
| 732 #endif | |
| 733 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP | |
| 734 if (p_fkmap && KeyTyped) | |
| 735 c = fkmap(c); /* Farsi mode mapping */ | |
| 736 #endif | |
| 737 | |
| 738 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 659 | 739 /* |
| 740 * Special handling of keys while the popup menu is visible or wanted | |
| 897 | 741 * and the cursor is still in the completed word. Only when there is |
| 742 * a match, skip this when no matches were found. | |
| 659 | 743 */ |
| 897 | 744 if (compl_started |
| 745 && pum_wanted() | |
| 746 && curwin->w_cursor.col >= compl_col | |
| 747 && (compl_shown_match == NULL | |
| 748 || compl_shown_match != compl_shown_match->cp_next)) | |
| 659 | 749 { |
| 750 /* BS: Delete one character from "compl_leader". */ | |
| 751 if ((c == K_BS || c == Ctrl_H) | |
| 836 | 752 && curwin->w_cursor.col > compl_col |
| 753 && (c = ins_compl_bs()) == NUL) | |
| 657 | 754 continue; |
| 755 | |
| 659 | 756 /* When no match was selected or it was edited. */ |
| 757 if (!compl_used_match) | |
| 657 | 758 { |
| 659 | 759 /* CTRL-L: Add one character from the current match to |
| 836 | 760 * "compl_leader". Except when at the original match and |
| 761 * there is nothing to add, CTRL-L works like CTRL-P then. */ | |
| 762 if (c == Ctrl_L | |
| 763 && (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE | |
| 1872 | 764 || (int)STRLEN(compl_shown_match->cp_str) |
| 836 | 765 > curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col)) |
| 659 | 766 { |
| 767 ins_compl_addfrommatch(); | |
| 768 continue; | |
| 769 } | |
| 770 | |
| 1430 | 771 /* A non-white character that fits in with the current |
| 772 * completion: Add to "compl_leader". */ | |
| 773 if (ins_compl_accept_char(c)) | |
| 659 | 774 { |
| 775 ins_compl_addleader(c); | |
| 776 continue; | |
| 777 } | |
| 665 | 778 |
| 887 | 779 /* Pressing CTRL-Y selects the current match. When |
| 825 | 780 * compl_enter_selects is set the Enter key does the same. */ |
| 781 if (c == Ctrl_Y || (compl_enter_selects | |
| 782 && (c == CAR || c == K_KENTER || c == NL))) | |
| 665 | 783 { |
| 784 ins_compl_delete(); | |
| 785 ins_compl_insert(); | |
| 786 } | |
| 657 | 787 } |
| 788 } | |
| 789 | |
| 7 | 790 /* Prepare for or stop CTRL-X mode. This doesn't do completion, but |
| 791 * it does fix up the text when finishing completion. */ | |
| 665 | 792 compl_get_longest = FALSE; |
| 1526 | 793 if (ins_compl_prep(c)) |
| 657 | 794 continue; |
| 7 | 795 #endif |
| 796 | |
| 477 | 797 /* CTRL-\ CTRL-N goes to Normal mode, |
| 798 * CTRL-\ CTRL-G goes to mode selected with 'insertmode', | |
| 799 * CTRL-\ CTRL-O is like CTRL-O but without moving the cursor. */ | |
| 7 | 800 if (c == Ctrl_BSL) |
| 801 { | |
| 802 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */ | |
| 661 | 803 ins_redraw(FALSE); |
| 7 | 804 ++no_mapping; |
| 805 ++allow_keys; | |
| 1389 | 806 c = plain_vgetc(); |
| 7 | 807 --no_mapping; |
| 808 --allow_keys; | |
| 477 | 809 if (c != Ctrl_N && c != Ctrl_G && c != Ctrl_O) |
| 7 | 810 { |
| 477 | 811 /* it's something else */ |
| 7 | 812 vungetc(c); |
| 813 c = Ctrl_BSL; | |
| 814 } | |
| 815 else if (c == Ctrl_G && p_im) | |
| 816 continue; | |
| 817 else | |
| 818 { | |
| 477 | 819 if (c == Ctrl_O) |
| 820 { | |
| 821 ins_ctrl_o(); | |
| 822 ins_at_eol = FALSE; /* cursor keeps its column */ | |
| 823 nomove = TRUE; | |
| 824 } | |
| 7 | 825 count = 0; |
| 826 goto doESCkey; | |
| 827 } | |
| 828 } | |
| 829 | |
| 830 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS | |
| 831 c = do_digraph(c); | |
| 832 #endif | |
| 833 | |
| 834 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 835 if ((c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q) && ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_CMDLINE) | |
| 836 goto docomplete; | |
| 837 #endif | |
| 838 if (c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q) | |
| 839 { | |
| 840 ins_ctrl_v(); | |
| 841 c = Ctrl_V; /* pretend CTRL-V is last typed character */ | |
| 842 continue; | |
| 843 } | |
| 844 | |
| 845 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 846 if (cindent_on() | |
| 847 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 848 && ctrl_x_mode == 0 | |
| 849 # endif | |
| 850 ) | |
| 851 { | |
| 852 /* A key name preceded by a bang means this key is not to be | |
| 853 * inserted. Skip ahead to the re-indenting below. | |
| 854 * A key name preceded by a star means that indenting has to be | |
| 855 * done before inserting the key. */ | |
| 856 line_is_white = inindent(0); | |
| 857 if (in_cinkeys(c, '!', line_is_white)) | |
| 858 goto force_cindent; | |
| 859 if (can_cindent && in_cinkeys(c, '*', line_is_white) | |
| 860 && stop_arrow() == OK) | |
| 861 do_c_expr_indent(); | |
| 862 } | |
| 863 #endif | |
| 864 | |
| 865 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 866 if (curwin->w_p_rl) | |
| 867 switch (c) | |
| 868 { | |
| 869 case K_LEFT: c = K_RIGHT; break; | |
| 870 case K_S_LEFT: c = K_S_RIGHT; break; | |
| 871 case K_C_LEFT: c = K_C_RIGHT; break; | |
| 872 case K_RIGHT: c = K_LEFT; break; | |
| 873 case K_S_RIGHT: c = K_S_LEFT; break; | |
| 874 case K_C_RIGHT: c = K_C_LEFT; break; | |
| 875 } | |
| 876 #endif | |
| 877 | |
| 878 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
| 879 /* | |
| 880 * If 'keymodel' contains "startsel", may start selection. If it | |
| 881 * does, a CTRL-O and c will be stuffed, we need to get these | |
| 882 * characters. | |
| 883 */ | |
| 884 if (ins_start_select(c)) | |
| 885 continue; | |
| 886 #endif | |
| 887 | |
| 888 /* | |
| 889 * The big switch to handle a character in insert mode. | |
| 890 */ | |
| 891 switch (c) | |
| 892 { | |
| 449 | 893 case ESC: /* End input mode */ |
| 7 | 894 if (echeck_abbr(ESC + ABBR_OFF)) |
| 895 break; | |
| 896 /*FALLTHROUGH*/ | |
| 897 | |
| 449 | 898 case Ctrl_C: /* End input mode */ |
| 7 | 899 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN |
| 900 if (c == Ctrl_C && cmdwin_type != 0) | |
| 901 { | |
| 902 /* Close the cmdline window. */ | |
| 903 cmdwin_result = K_IGNORE; | |
| 904 got_int = FALSE; /* don't stop executing autocommands et al. */ | |
| 929 | 905 nomove = TRUE; |
| 7 | 906 goto doESCkey; |
| 907 } | |
| 908 #endif | |
| 909 | |
| 910 #ifdef UNIX | |
| 911 do_intr: | |
| 912 #endif | |
| 913 /* when 'insertmode' set, and not halfway a mapping, don't leave | |
| 914 * Insert mode */ | |
| 915 if (goto_im()) | |
| 916 { | |
| 917 if (got_int) | |
| 918 { | |
| 919 (void)vgetc(); /* flush all buffers */ | |
| 920 got_int = FALSE; | |
| 921 } | |
| 922 else | |
| 923 vim_beep(); | |
| 924 break; | |
| 925 } | |
| 926 doESCkey: | |
| 927 /* | |
| 928 * This is the ONLY return from edit()! | |
| 929 */ | |
| 930 /* Always update o_lnum, so that a "CTRL-O ." that adds a line | |
| 931 * still puts the cursor back after the inserted text. */ | |
| 230 | 932 if (ins_at_eol && gchar_cursor() == NUL) |
| 7 | 933 o_lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; |
| 934 | |
| 477 | 935 if (ins_esc(&count, cmdchar, nomove)) |
| 11 | 936 { |
| 937 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD | |
| 938 if (cmdchar != 'r' && cmdchar != 'v') | |
| 939 apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTLEAVE, NULL, NULL, | |
| 940 FALSE, curbuf); | |
| 993 | 941 did_cursorhold = FALSE; |
| 11 | 942 #endif |
| 7 | 943 return (c == Ctrl_O); |
| 11 | 944 } |
| 7 | 945 continue; |
| 946 | |
| 449 | 947 case Ctrl_Z: /* suspend when 'insertmode' set */ |
| 948 if (!p_im) | |
| 949 goto normalchar; /* insert CTRL-Z as normal char */ | |
| 950 stuffReadbuff((char_u *)":st\r"); | |
| 951 c = Ctrl_O; | |
| 952 /*FALLTHROUGH*/ | |
| 953 | |
| 954 case Ctrl_O: /* execute one command */ | |
| 502 | 955 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC |
| 523 | 956 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_OMNI) |
| 449 | 957 goto docomplete; |
| 958 #endif | |
| 959 if (echeck_abbr(Ctrl_O + ABBR_OFF)) | |
| 960 break; | |
| 961 ins_ctrl_o(); | |
| 853 | 962 |
| 963 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 964 /* don't move the cursor left when 'virtualedit' has "onemore". */ | |
| 965 if (ve_flags & VE_ONEMORE) | |
| 966 { | |
| 967 ins_at_eol = FALSE; | |
| 968 nomove = TRUE; | |
| 969 } | |
| 970 #endif | |
| 449 | 971 count = 0; |
| 972 goto doESCkey; | |
| 973 | |
| 464 | 974 case K_INS: /* toggle insert/replace mode */ |
| 975 case K_KINS: | |
| 976 ins_insert(replaceState); | |
| 977 break; | |
| 978 | |
| 979 case K_SELECT: /* end of Select mode mapping - ignore */ | |
| 980 break; | |
| 981 | |
| 449 | 982 #ifdef FEAT_SNIFF |
| 983 case K_SNIFF: /* Sniff command received */ | |
| 984 stuffcharReadbuff(K_SNIFF); | |
| 985 goto doESCkey; | |
| 986 #endif | |
| 987 | |
| 988 case K_HELP: /* Help key works like <ESC> <Help> */ | |
| 989 case K_F1: | |
| 990 case K_XF1: | |
| 991 stuffcharReadbuff(K_HELP); | |
| 992 if (p_im) | |
| 993 need_start_insertmode = TRUE; | |
| 994 goto doESCkey; | |
| 995 | |
| 996 #ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG | |
| 997 case K_F21: /* NetBeans command */ | |
| 998 ++no_mapping; /* don't map the next key hits */ | |
| 1389 | 999 i = plain_vgetc(); |
| 449 | 1000 --no_mapping; |
| 1001 netbeans_keycommand(i); | |
| 1002 break; | |
| 1003 #endif | |
| 1004 | |
| 1005 case K_ZERO: /* Insert the previously inserted text. */ | |
| 7 | 1006 case NUL: |
| 1007 case Ctrl_A: | |
| 449 | 1008 /* For ^@ the trailing ESC will end the insert, unless there is an |
| 1009 * error. */ | |
| 7 | 1010 if (stuff_inserted(NUL, 1L, (c == Ctrl_A)) == FAIL |
| 1011 && c != Ctrl_A && !p_im) | |
| 1012 goto doESCkey; /* quit insert mode */ | |
| 1013 inserted_space = FALSE; | |
| 1014 break; | |
| 1015 | |
| 449 | 1016 case Ctrl_R: /* insert the contents of a register */ |
| 7 | 1017 ins_reg(); |
| 1018 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); | |
| 1019 inserted_space = FALSE; | |
| 1020 break; | |
| 1021 | |
| 449 | 1022 case Ctrl_G: /* commands starting with CTRL-G */ |
| 7 | 1023 ins_ctrl_g(); |
| 1024 break; | |
| 1025 | |
| 449 | 1026 case Ctrl_HAT: /* switch input mode and/or langmap */ |
| 1027 ins_ctrl_hat(); | |
| 7 | 1028 break; |
| 1029 | |
| 1030 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 449 | 1031 case Ctrl__: /* switch between languages */ |
| 7 | 1032 if (!p_ari) |
| 1033 goto normalchar; | |
| 1034 ins_ctrl_(); | |
| 1035 break; | |
| 1036 #endif | |
| 1037 | |
| 449 | 1038 case Ctrl_D: /* Make indent one shiftwidth smaller. */ |
| 7 | 1039 #if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) && defined(FEAT_FIND_ID) |
| 1040 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES) | |
| 1041 goto docomplete; | |
| 1042 #endif | |
| 1043 /* FALLTHROUGH */ | |
| 1044 | |
| 449 | 1045 case Ctrl_T: /* Make indent one shiftwidth greater. */ |
| 7 | 1046 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
| 1047 if (c == Ctrl_T && ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS) | |
| 1048 { | |
| 449 | 1049 if (has_compl_option(FALSE)) |
| 1050 goto docomplete; | |
| 1051 break; | |
| 7 | 1052 } |
| 1053 # endif | |
| 1054 ins_shift(c, lastc); | |
| 1055 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); | |
| 1056 inserted_space = FALSE; | |
| 1057 break; | |
| 1058 | |
| 449 | 1059 case K_DEL: /* delete character under the cursor */ |
| 7 | 1060 case K_KDEL: |
| 1061 ins_del(); | |
| 1062 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); | |
| 1063 break; | |
| 1064 | |
| 449 | 1065 case K_BS: /* delete character before the cursor */ |
| 7 | 1066 case Ctrl_H: |
| 1067 did_backspace = ins_bs(c, BACKSPACE_CHAR, &inserted_space); | |
| 1068 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); | |
| 1069 break; | |
| 1070 | |
| 449 | 1071 case Ctrl_W: /* delete word before the cursor */ |
| 7 | 1072 did_backspace = ins_bs(c, BACKSPACE_WORD, &inserted_space); |
| 1073 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); | |
| 1074 break; | |
| 1075 | |
| 449 | 1076 case Ctrl_U: /* delete all inserted text in current line */ |
| 12 | 1077 # ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC |
| 1078 /* CTRL-X CTRL-U completes with 'completefunc'. */ | |
| 449 | 1079 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION) |
| 12 | 1080 goto docomplete; |
| 1081 # endif | |
| 7 | 1082 did_backspace = ins_bs(c, BACKSPACE_LINE, &inserted_space); |
| 1083 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); | |
| 1084 inserted_space = FALSE; | |
| 1085 break; | |
| 1086 | |
| 1087 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE | |
| 449 | 1088 case K_LEFTMOUSE: /* mouse keys */ |
| 7 | 1089 case K_LEFTMOUSE_NM: |
| 1090 case K_LEFTDRAG: | |
| 1091 case K_LEFTRELEASE: | |
| 1092 case K_LEFTRELEASE_NM: | |
| 1093 case K_MIDDLEMOUSE: | |
| 1094 case K_MIDDLEDRAG: | |
| 1095 case K_MIDDLERELEASE: | |
| 1096 case K_RIGHTMOUSE: | |
| 1097 case K_RIGHTDRAG: | |
| 1098 case K_RIGHTRELEASE: | |
| 1099 case K_X1MOUSE: | |
| 1100 case K_X1DRAG: | |
| 1101 case K_X1RELEASE: | |
| 1102 case K_X2MOUSE: | |
| 1103 case K_X2DRAG: | |
| 1104 case K_X2RELEASE: | |
| 1105 ins_mouse(c); | |
| 1106 break; | |
| 1107 | |
| 449 | 1108 case K_MOUSEDOWN: /* Default action for scroll wheel up: scroll up */ |
| 7 | 1109 ins_mousescroll(FALSE); |
| 1110 break; | |
| 1111 | |
| 449 | 1112 case K_MOUSEUP: /* Default action for scroll wheel down: scroll down */ |
| 7 | 1113 ins_mousescroll(TRUE); |
| 1114 break; | |
| 1115 #endif | |
| 692 | 1116 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_TABLINE |
| 1117 case K_TABLINE: | |
| 1118 case K_TABMENU: | |
| 1119 ins_tabline(c); | |
| 1120 break; | |
| 1121 #endif | |
| 7 | 1122 |
| 449 | 1123 case K_IGNORE: /* Something mapped to nothing */ |
| 7 | 1124 break; |
| 1125 | |
| 661 | 1126 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
| 1127 case K_CURSORHOLD: /* Didn't type something for a while. */ | |
| 1128 apply_autocmds(EVENT_CURSORHOLDI, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); | |
| 1129 did_cursorhold = TRUE; | |
| 1130 break; | |
| 1131 #endif | |
| 1132 | |
| 625 | 1133 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_W32 |
| 1134 /* On Win32 ignore <M-F4>, we get it when closing the window was | |
| 1135 * cancelled. */ | |
| 1136 case K_F4: | |
| 1137 if (mod_mask != MOD_MASK_ALT) | |
| 1138 goto normalchar; | |
| 1139 break; | |
| 1140 #endif | |
| 1141 | |
| 7 | 1142 #ifdef FEAT_GUI |
| 1143 case K_VER_SCROLLBAR: | |
| 1144 ins_scroll(); | |
| 1145 break; | |
| 1146 | |
| 1147 case K_HOR_SCROLLBAR: | |
| 1148 ins_horscroll(); | |
| 1149 break; | |
| 1150 #endif | |
| 1151 | |
| 449 | 1152 case K_HOME: /* <Home> */ |
| 7 | 1153 case K_KHOME: |
| 1154 case K_S_HOME: | |
| 1155 case K_C_HOME: | |
| 1156 ins_home(c); | |
| 1157 break; | |
| 1158 | |
| 449 | 1159 case K_END: /* <End> */ |
| 7 | 1160 case K_KEND: |
| 1161 case K_S_END: | |
| 1162 case K_C_END: | |
| 1163 ins_end(c); | |
| 1164 break; | |
| 1165 | |
| 449 | 1166 case K_LEFT: /* <Left> */ |
| 180 | 1167 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT|MOD_MASK_CTRL)) |
| 1168 ins_s_left(); | |
| 1169 else | |
| 1170 ins_left(); | |
| 7 | 1171 break; |
| 1172 | |
| 449 | 1173 case K_S_LEFT: /* <S-Left> */ |
| 7 | 1174 case K_C_LEFT: |
| 1175 ins_s_left(); | |
| 1176 break; | |
| 1177 | |
| 449 | 1178 case K_RIGHT: /* <Right> */ |
| 180 | 1179 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT|MOD_MASK_CTRL)) |
| 1180 ins_s_right(); | |
| 1181 else | |
| 1182 ins_right(); | |
| 7 | 1183 break; |
| 1184 | |
| 449 | 1185 case K_S_RIGHT: /* <S-Right> */ |
| 7 | 1186 case K_C_RIGHT: |
| 1187 ins_s_right(); | |
| 1188 break; | |
| 1189 | |
| 449 | 1190 case K_UP: /* <Up> */ |
| 665 | 1191 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
| 1192 if (pum_visible()) | |
| 1193 goto docomplete; | |
| 1194 #endif | |
| 180 | 1195 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_SHIFT) |
| 1196 ins_pageup(); | |
| 1197 else | |
| 1198 ins_up(FALSE); | |
| 7 | 1199 break; |
| 1200 | |
| 449 | 1201 case K_S_UP: /* <S-Up> */ |
| 7 | 1202 case K_PAGEUP: |
| 1203 case K_KPAGEUP: | |
| 613 | 1204 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
| 610 | 1205 if (pum_visible()) |
| 1206 goto docomplete; | |
| 613 | 1207 #endif |
| 7 | 1208 ins_pageup(); |
| 1209 break; | |
| 1210 | |
| 449 | 1211 case K_DOWN: /* <Down> */ |
| 665 | 1212 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
| 1213 if (pum_visible()) | |
| 1214 goto docomplete; | |
| 1215 #endif | |
| 180 | 1216 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_SHIFT) |
| 1217 ins_pagedown(); | |
| 1218 else | |
| 1219 ins_down(FALSE); | |
| 7 | 1220 break; |
| 1221 | |
| 449 | 1222 case K_S_DOWN: /* <S-Down> */ |
| 7 | 1223 case K_PAGEDOWN: |
| 1224 case K_KPAGEDOWN: | |
| 613 | 1225 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
| 610 | 1226 if (pum_visible()) |
| 1227 goto docomplete; | |
| 613 | 1228 #endif |
| 7 | 1229 ins_pagedown(); |
| 1230 break; | |
| 1231 | |
| 1232 #ifdef FEAT_DND | |
| 449 | 1233 case K_DROP: /* drag-n-drop event */ |
| 7 | 1234 ins_drop(); |
| 1235 break; | |
| 1236 #endif | |
| 1237 | |
| 449 | 1238 case K_S_TAB: /* When not mapped, use like a normal TAB */ |
| 7 | 1239 c = TAB; |
| 1240 /* FALLTHROUGH */ | |
| 1241 | |
| 449 | 1242 case TAB: /* TAB or Complete patterns along path */ |
| 7 | 1243 #if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) && defined(FEAT_FIND_ID) |
| 1244 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS) | |
| 1245 goto docomplete; | |
| 1246 #endif | |
| 1247 inserted_space = FALSE; | |
| 1248 if (ins_tab()) | |
| 1249 goto normalchar; /* insert TAB as a normal char */ | |
| 1250 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); | |
| 1251 break; | |
| 1252 | |
| 449 | 1253 case K_KENTER: /* <Enter> */ |
| 7 | 1254 c = CAR; |
| 1255 /* FALLTHROUGH */ | |
| 1256 case CAR: | |
| 1257 case NL: | |
| 1258 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) && defined(FEAT_QUICKFIX) | |
| 1259 /* In a quickfix window a <CR> jumps to the error under the | |
| 1260 * cursor. */ | |
| 1261 if (bt_quickfix(curbuf) && c == CAR) | |
| 1262 { | |
| 644 | 1263 if (curwin->w_llist_ref == NULL) /* quickfix window */ |
| 1264 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)".cc"); | |
| 1265 else /* location list window */ | |
| 1266 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)".ll"); | |
| 7 | 1267 break; |
| 1268 } | |
| 1269 #endif | |
| 1270 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN | |
| 1271 if (cmdwin_type != 0) | |
| 1272 { | |
| 1273 /* Execute the command in the cmdline window. */ | |
| 1274 cmdwin_result = CAR; | |
| 1275 goto doESCkey; | |
| 1276 } | |
| 1277 #endif | |
| 1278 if (ins_eol(c) && !p_im) | |
| 1279 goto doESCkey; /* out of memory */ | |
| 1280 auto_format(FALSE, FALSE); | |
| 1281 inserted_space = FALSE; | |
| 1282 break; | |
| 1283 | |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2227
diff
changeset
|
1284 #if defined(FEAT_DIGRAPHS) || defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) |
| 449 | 1285 case Ctrl_K: /* digraph or keyword completion */ |
| 7 | 1286 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
| 1287 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY) | |
| 1288 { | |
| 449 | 1289 if (has_compl_option(TRUE)) |
| 1290 goto docomplete; | |
| 1291 break; | |
| 7 | 1292 } |
| 1293 # endif | |
| 1294 # ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS | |
| 1295 c = ins_digraph(); | |
| 1296 if (c == NUL) | |
| 1297 break; | |
| 1298 # endif | |
| 1299 goto normalchar; | |
| 449 | 1300 #endif |
| 7 | 1301 |
| 1302 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 464 | 1303 case Ctrl_X: /* Enter CTRL-X mode */ |
| 1304 ins_ctrl_x(); | |
| 1305 break; | |
| 1306 | |
| 449 | 1307 case Ctrl_RSB: /* Tag name completion after ^X */ |
| 7 | 1308 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_TAGS) |
| 1309 goto normalchar; | |
| 1310 goto docomplete; | |
| 1311 | |
| 449 | 1312 case Ctrl_F: /* File name completion after ^X */ |
| 7 | 1313 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_FILES) |
| 1314 goto normalchar; | |
| 1315 goto docomplete; | |
| 477 | 1316 |
| 1317 case 's': /* Spelling completion after ^X */ | |
| 1318 case Ctrl_S: | |
| 1319 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_SPELL) | |
| 1320 goto normalchar; | |
| 1321 goto docomplete; | |
| 7 | 1322 #endif |
| 1323 | |
| 449 | 1324 case Ctrl_L: /* Whole line completion after ^X */ |
| 7 | 1325 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
| 1326 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) | |
| 1327 #endif | |
| 1328 { | |
| 1329 /* CTRL-L with 'insertmode' set: Leave Insert mode */ | |
| 1330 if (p_im) | |
| 1331 { | |
| 1332 if (echeck_abbr(Ctrl_L + ABBR_OFF)) | |
| 1333 break; | |
| 1334 goto doESCkey; | |
| 1335 } | |
| 1336 goto normalchar; | |
| 1337 } | |
| 1338 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 1339 /* FALLTHROUGH */ | |
| 1340 | |
| 449 | 1341 case Ctrl_P: /* Do previous/next pattern completion */ |
| 7 | 1342 case Ctrl_N: |
| 1343 /* if 'complete' is empty then plain ^P is no longer special, | |
| 1344 * but it is under other ^X modes */ | |
| 1345 if (*curbuf->b_p_cpt == NUL | |
| 1346 && ctrl_x_mode != 0 | |
| 449 | 1347 && !(compl_cont_status & CONT_LOCAL)) |
| 7 | 1348 goto normalchar; |
| 1349 | |
| 1350 docomplete: | |
| 1927 | 1351 compl_busy = TRUE; |
| 7 | 1352 if (ins_complete(c) == FAIL) |
| 449 | 1353 compl_cont_status = 0; |
| 1927 | 1354 compl_busy = FALSE; |
| 7 | 1355 break; |
| 1356 #endif /* FEAT_INS_EXPAND */ | |
| 1357 | |
| 449 | 1358 case Ctrl_Y: /* copy from previous line or scroll down */ |
| 1359 case Ctrl_E: /* copy from next line or scroll up */ | |
| 1360 c = ins_ctrl_ey(c); | |
| 7 | 1361 break; |
| 1362 | |
| 1363 default: | |
| 1364 #ifdef UNIX | |
| 1365 if (c == intr_char) /* special interrupt char */ | |
| 1366 goto do_intr; | |
| 1367 #endif | |
| 1368 | |
| 1369 /* | |
| 1370 * Insert a nomal character. | |
| 1371 */ | |
| 1372 normalchar: | |
| 1373 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 1374 /* Try to perform smart-indenting. */ | |
| 1375 ins_try_si(c); | |
| 1376 #endif | |
| 1377 | |
| 1378 if (c == ' ') | |
| 1379 { | |
| 1380 inserted_space = TRUE; | |
| 1381 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 1382 if (inindent(0)) | |
| 1383 can_cindent = FALSE; | |
| 1384 #endif | |
| 1385 if (Insstart_blank_vcol == MAXCOL | |
| 1386 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum) | |
| 1387 Insstart_blank_vcol = get_nolist_virtcol(); | |
| 1388 } | |
| 1389 | |
| 1390 if (vim_iswordc(c) || !echeck_abbr( | |
| 1391 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 1392 /* Add ABBR_OFF for characters above 0x100, this is | |
| 1393 * what check_abbr() expects. */ | |
| 1394 (has_mbyte && c >= 0x100) ? (c + ABBR_OFF) : | |
| 1395 #endif | |
| 1396 c)) | |
| 1397 { | |
| 1398 insert_special(c, FALSE, FALSE); | |
| 1399 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 1400 revins_legal++; | |
| 1401 revins_chars++; | |
| 1402 #endif | |
| 1403 } | |
| 1404 | |
| 1405 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); | |
| 1406 | |
| 1407 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 1408 /* When inserting a character the cursor line must never be in a | |
| 1409 * closed fold. */ | |
| 1410 foldOpenCursor(); | |
| 1411 #endif | |
| 1412 break; | |
| 1413 } /* end of switch (c) */ | |
| 1414 | |
| 978 | 1415 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
| 1416 /* If typed something may trigger CursorHoldI again. */ | |
| 1417 if (c != K_CURSORHOLD) | |
| 1418 did_cursorhold = FALSE; | |
| 1419 #endif | |
| 1420 | |
| 7 | 1421 /* If the cursor was moved we didn't just insert a space */ |
| 1422 if (arrow_used) | |
| 1423 inserted_space = FALSE; | |
| 1424 | |
| 1425 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 1426 if (can_cindent && cindent_on() | |
| 1427 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 1428 && ctrl_x_mode == 0 | |
| 1429 # endif | |
| 1430 ) | |
| 1431 { | |
| 1432 force_cindent: | |
| 1433 /* | |
| 1434 * Indent now if a key was typed that is in 'cinkeys'. | |
| 1435 */ | |
| 1436 if (in_cinkeys(c, ' ', line_is_white)) | |
| 1437 { | |
| 1438 if (stop_arrow() == OK) | |
| 1439 /* re-indent the current line */ | |
| 1440 do_c_expr_indent(); | |
| 1441 } | |
| 1442 } | |
| 1443 #endif /* FEAT_CINDENT */ | |
| 1444 | |
| 1445 } /* for (;;) */ | |
| 1446 /* NOTREACHED */ | |
| 1447 } | |
| 1448 | |
| 1449 /* | |
| 1450 * Redraw for Insert mode. | |
| 1451 * This is postponed until getting the next character to make '$' in the 'cpo' | |
| 1452 * option work correctly. | |
| 1453 * Only redraw when there are no characters available. This speeds up | |
| 1454 * inserting sequences of characters (e.g., for CTRL-R). | |
| 1455 */ | |
| 1456 static void | |
| 661 | 1457 ins_redraw(ready) |
| 1876 | 1458 int ready UNUSED; /* not busy with something */ |
| 7 | 1459 { |
| 1460 if (!char_avail()) | |
| 1461 { | |
| 661 | 1462 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
| 794 | 1463 /* Trigger CursorMoved if the cursor moved. Not when the popup menu is |
| 1464 * visible, the command might delete it. */ | |
| 661 | 1465 if (ready && has_cursormovedI() |
| 794 | 1466 && !equalpos(last_cursormoved, curwin->w_cursor) |
| 1467 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 1468 && !pum_visible() | |
| 1469 # endif | |
| 1470 ) | |
| 661 | 1471 { |
| 1506 | 1472 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL |
| 1473 /* Need to update the screen first, to make sure syntax | |
| 1474 * highlighting is correct after making a change (e.g., inserting | |
| 1475 * a "(". The autocommand may also require a redraw, so it's done | |
| 1476 * again below, unfortunately. */ | |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2227
diff
changeset
|
1477 if (syntax_present(curwin) && must_redraw) |
| 1506 | 1478 update_screen(0); |
| 1479 # endif | |
| 661 | 1480 apply_autocmds(EVENT_CURSORMOVEDI, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); |
| 1481 last_cursormoved = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 1482 } | |
| 1483 #endif | |
| 7 | 1484 if (must_redraw) |
| 1485 update_screen(0); | |
| 1486 else if (clear_cmdline || redraw_cmdline) | |
| 1487 showmode(); /* clear cmdline and show mode */ | |
| 1488 showruler(FALSE); | |
| 1489 setcursor(); | |
| 1490 emsg_on_display = FALSE; /* may remove error message now */ | |
| 1491 } | |
| 1492 } | |
| 1493 | |
| 1494 /* | |
| 1495 * Handle a CTRL-V or CTRL-Q typed in Insert mode. | |
| 1496 */ | |
| 1497 static void | |
| 1498 ins_ctrl_v() | |
| 1499 { | |
| 1500 int c; | |
| 1501 | |
| 1502 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */ | |
| 661 | 1503 ins_redraw(FALSE); |
| 7 | 1504 |
| 1505 if (redrawing() && !char_avail()) | |
| 1506 edit_putchar('^', TRUE); | |
| 1507 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)CTRL_V_STR); /* CTRL-V */ | |
| 1508 | |
| 1509 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
| 1510 add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_V); | |
| 1511 #endif | |
| 1512 | |
| 1513 c = get_literal(); | |
| 1514 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
| 1515 clear_showcmd(); | |
| 1516 #endif | |
| 1517 insert_special(c, FALSE, TRUE); | |
| 1518 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 1519 revins_chars++; | |
| 1520 revins_legal++; | |
| 1521 #endif | |
| 1522 } | |
| 1523 | |
| 1524 /* | |
| 1525 * Put a character directly onto the screen. It's not stored in a buffer. | |
| 1526 * Used while handling CTRL-K, CTRL-V, etc. in Insert mode. | |
| 1527 */ | |
| 1528 static int pc_status; | |
| 1529 #define PC_STATUS_UNSET 0 /* pc_bytes was not set */ | |
| 1530 #define PC_STATUS_RIGHT 1 /* right halve of double-wide char */ | |
| 1531 #define PC_STATUS_LEFT 2 /* left halve of double-wide char */ | |
| 1532 #define PC_STATUS_SET 3 /* pc_bytes was filled */ | |
| 1533 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 1534 static char_u pc_bytes[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; /* saved bytes */ | |
| 1535 #else | |
| 1536 static char_u pc_bytes[2]; /* saved bytes */ | |
| 1537 #endif | |
| 1538 static int pc_attr; | |
| 1539 static int pc_row; | |
| 1540 static int pc_col; | |
| 1541 | |
| 1542 void | |
| 1543 edit_putchar(c, highlight) | |
| 1544 int c; | |
| 1545 int highlight; | |
| 1546 { | |
| 1547 int attr; | |
| 1548 | |
| 1549 if (ScreenLines != NULL) | |
| 1550 { | |
| 1551 update_topline(); /* just in case w_topline isn't valid */ | |
| 1552 validate_cursor(); | |
| 1553 if (highlight) | |
| 1554 attr = hl_attr(HLF_8); | |
| 1555 else | |
| 1556 attr = 0; | |
| 1557 pc_row = W_WINROW(curwin) + curwin->w_wrow; | |
| 1558 pc_col = W_WINCOL(curwin); | |
| 1559 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(FEAT_MBYTE) | |
| 1560 pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET; | |
| 1561 #endif | |
| 1562 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 1563 if (curwin->w_p_rl) | |
| 1564 { | |
| 1565 pc_col += W_WIDTH(curwin) - 1 - curwin->w_wcol; | |
| 1566 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 1567 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 1568 { | |
| 1569 int fix_col = mb_fix_col(pc_col, pc_row); | |
| 1570 | |
| 1571 if (fix_col != pc_col) | |
| 1572 { | |
| 1573 screen_putchar(' ', pc_row, fix_col, attr); | |
| 1574 --curwin->w_wcol; | |
| 1575 pc_status = PC_STATUS_RIGHT; | |
| 1576 } | |
| 1577 } | |
| 1578 # endif | |
| 1579 } | |
| 1580 else | |
| 1581 #endif | |
| 1582 { | |
| 1583 pc_col += curwin->w_wcol; | |
| 1584 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 1585 if (mb_lefthalve(pc_row, pc_col)) | |
| 1586 pc_status = PC_STATUS_LEFT; | |
| 1587 #endif | |
| 1588 } | |
| 1589 | |
| 1590 /* save the character to be able to put it back */ | |
| 1591 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(FEAT_MBYTE) | |
| 1592 if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_UNSET) | |
| 1593 #endif | |
| 1594 { | |
| 1595 screen_getbytes(pc_row, pc_col, pc_bytes, &pc_attr); | |
| 1596 pc_status = PC_STATUS_SET; | |
| 1597 } | |
| 1598 screen_putchar(c, pc_row, pc_col, attr); | |
| 1599 } | |
| 1600 } | |
| 1601 | |
| 1602 /* | |
| 1603 * Undo the previous edit_putchar(). | |
| 1604 */ | |
| 1605 void | |
| 1606 edit_unputchar() | |
| 1607 { | |
| 1608 if (pc_status != PC_STATUS_UNSET && pc_row >= msg_scrolled) | |
| 1609 { | |
| 1610 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) | |
| 1611 if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_RIGHT) | |
| 1612 ++curwin->w_wcol; | |
| 1613 if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_RIGHT || pc_status == PC_STATUS_LEFT) | |
| 1614 redrawWinline(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, FALSE); | |
| 1615 else | |
| 1616 #endif | |
| 1617 screen_puts(pc_bytes, pc_row - msg_scrolled, pc_col, pc_attr); | |
| 1618 } | |
| 1619 } | |
| 1620 | |
| 1621 /* | |
| 1622 * Called when p_dollar is set: display a '$' at the end of the changed text | |
| 1623 * Only works when cursor is in the line that changes. | |
| 1624 */ | |
| 1625 void | |
| 1626 display_dollar(col) | |
| 1627 colnr_T col; | |
| 1628 { | |
| 1629 colnr_T save_col; | |
| 1630 | |
| 1631 if (!redrawing()) | |
| 1632 return; | |
| 1633 | |
| 1634 cursor_off(); | |
| 1635 save_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 1636 curwin->w_cursor.col = col; | |
| 1637 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 1638 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 1639 { | |
| 1640 char_u *p; | |
| 1641 | |
| 1642 /* If on the last byte of a multi-byte move to the first byte. */ | |
| 1643 p = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 1644 curwin->w_cursor.col -= (*mb_head_off)(p, p + col); | |
| 1645 } | |
| 1646 #endif | |
| 1647 curs_columns(FALSE); /* recompute w_wrow and w_wcol */ | |
| 1648 if (curwin->w_wcol < W_WIDTH(curwin)) | |
| 1649 { | |
| 1650 edit_putchar('$', FALSE); | |
| 1651 dollar_vcol = curwin->w_virtcol; | |
| 1652 } | |
| 1653 curwin->w_cursor.col = save_col; | |
| 1654 } | |
| 1655 | |
| 1656 /* | |
| 1657 * Call this function before moving the cursor from the normal insert position | |
| 1658 * in insert mode. | |
| 1659 */ | |
| 1660 static void | |
| 1661 undisplay_dollar() | |
| 1662 { | |
| 1663 if (dollar_vcol) | |
| 1664 { | |
| 1665 dollar_vcol = 0; | |
| 1666 redrawWinline(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, FALSE); | |
| 1667 } | |
| 1668 } | |
| 1669 | |
| 1670 /* | |
| 1671 * Insert an indent (for <Tab> or CTRL-T) or delete an indent (for CTRL-D). | |
| 1672 * Keep the cursor on the same character. | |
| 1673 * type == INDENT_INC increase indent (for CTRL-T or <Tab>) | |
| 1674 * type == INDENT_DEC decrease indent (for CTRL-D) | |
| 1675 * type == INDENT_SET set indent to "amount" | |
| 1676 * if round is TRUE, round the indent to 'shiftwidth' (only with _INC and _Dec). | |
| 1677 */ | |
| 1678 void | |
| 1516 | 1679 change_indent(type, amount, round, replaced, call_changed_bytes) |
| 7 | 1680 int type; |
| 1681 int amount; | |
| 1682 int round; | |
| 1683 int replaced; /* replaced character, put on replace stack */ | |
| 1516 | 1684 int call_changed_bytes; /* call changed_bytes() */ |
| 7 | 1685 { |
| 1686 int vcol; | |
| 1687 int last_vcol; | |
| 1688 int insstart_less; /* reduction for Insstart.col */ | |
| 1689 int new_cursor_col; | |
| 1690 int i; | |
| 1691 char_u *ptr; | |
| 1692 int save_p_list; | |
| 1693 int start_col; | |
| 1694 colnr_T vc; | |
| 1695 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 1696 colnr_T orig_col = 0; /* init for GCC */ | |
| 1697 char_u *new_line, *orig_line = NULL; /* init for GCC */ | |
| 1698 | |
| 1699 /* VREPLACE mode needs to know what the line was like before changing */ | |
| 1700 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 1701 { | |
| 1702 orig_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline()); /* Deal with NULL below */ | |
| 1703 orig_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 1704 } | |
| 1705 #endif | |
| 1706 | |
| 1707 /* for the following tricks we don't want list mode */ | |
| 1708 save_p_list = curwin->w_p_list; | |
| 1709 curwin->w_p_list = FALSE; | |
| 1710 vc = getvcol_nolist(&curwin->w_cursor); | |
| 1711 vcol = vc; | |
| 1712 | |
| 1713 /* | |
| 1714 * For Replace mode we need to fix the replace stack later, which is only | |
| 1715 * possible when the cursor is in the indent. Remember the number of | |
| 1716 * characters before the cursor if it's possible. | |
| 1717 */ | |
| 1718 start_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 1719 | |
| 1720 /* determine offset from first non-blank */ | |
| 1721 new_cursor_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 1722 beginline(BL_WHITE); | |
| 1723 new_cursor_col -= curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 1724 | |
| 1725 insstart_less = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 1726 | |
| 1727 /* | |
| 1728 * If the cursor is in the indent, compute how many screen columns the | |
| 1729 * cursor is to the left of the first non-blank. | |
| 1730 */ | |
| 1731 if (new_cursor_col < 0) | |
| 1732 vcol = get_indent() - vcol; | |
| 1733 | |
| 1734 if (new_cursor_col > 0) /* can't fix replace stack */ | |
| 1735 start_col = -1; | |
| 1736 | |
| 1737 /* | |
| 1738 * Set the new indent. The cursor will be put on the first non-blank. | |
| 1739 */ | |
| 1740 if (type == INDENT_SET) | |
| 1516 | 1741 (void)set_indent(amount, call_changed_bytes ? SIN_CHANGED : 0); |
| 7 | 1742 else |
| 1743 { | |
| 1744 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 1745 int save_State = State; | |
| 1746 | |
| 1747 /* Avoid being called recursively. */ | |
| 1748 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 1749 State = INSERT; | |
| 1750 #endif | |
| 1516 | 1751 shift_line(type == INDENT_DEC, round, 1, call_changed_bytes); |
| 7 | 1752 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE |
| 1753 State = save_State; | |
| 1754 #endif | |
| 1755 } | |
| 1756 insstart_less -= curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 1757 | |
| 1758 /* | |
| 1759 * Try to put cursor on same character. | |
| 1760 * If the cursor is at or after the first non-blank in the line, | |
| 1761 * compute the cursor column relative to the column of the first | |
| 1762 * non-blank character. | |
| 1763 * If we are not in insert mode, leave the cursor on the first non-blank. | |
| 1764 * If the cursor is before the first non-blank, position it relative | |
| 1765 * to the first non-blank, counted in screen columns. | |
| 1766 */ | |
| 1767 if (new_cursor_col >= 0) | |
| 1768 { | |
| 1769 /* | |
| 1770 * When changing the indent while the cursor is touching it, reset | |
| 1771 * Insstart_col to 0. | |
| 1772 */ | |
| 1773 if (new_cursor_col == 0) | |
| 1774 insstart_less = MAXCOL; | |
| 1775 new_cursor_col += curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 1776 } | |
| 1777 else if (!(State & INSERT)) | |
| 1778 new_cursor_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 1779 else | |
| 1780 { | |
| 1781 /* | |
| 1782 * Compute the screen column where the cursor should be. | |
| 1783 */ | |
| 1784 vcol = get_indent() - vcol; | |
| 1869 | 1785 curwin->w_virtcol = (colnr_T)((vcol < 0) ? 0 : vcol); |
| 7 | 1786 |
| 1787 /* | |
| 1788 * Advance the cursor until we reach the right screen column. | |
| 1789 */ | |
| 1790 vcol = last_vcol = 0; | |
| 1791 new_cursor_col = -1; | |
| 1792 ptr = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 1793 while (vcol <= (int)curwin->w_virtcol) | |
| 1794 { | |
| 1795 last_vcol = vcol; | |
| 1796 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 1797 if (has_mbyte && new_cursor_col >= 0) | |
| 474 | 1798 new_cursor_col += (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr + new_cursor_col); |
| 7 | 1799 else |
| 1800 #endif | |
| 1801 ++new_cursor_col; | |
| 1802 vcol += lbr_chartabsize(ptr + new_cursor_col, (colnr_T)vcol); | |
| 1803 } | |
| 1804 vcol = last_vcol; | |
| 1805 | |
| 1806 /* | |
| 1807 * May need to insert spaces to be able to position the cursor on | |
| 1808 * the right screen column. | |
| 1809 */ | |
| 1810 if (vcol != (int)curwin->w_virtcol) | |
| 1811 { | |
| 1869 | 1812 curwin->w_cursor.col = (colnr_T)new_cursor_col; |
| 7 | 1813 i = (int)curwin->w_virtcol - vcol; |
| 1869 | 1814 ptr = alloc((unsigned)(i + 1)); |
| 7 | 1815 if (ptr != NULL) |
| 1816 { | |
| 1817 new_cursor_col += i; | |
| 1818 ptr[i] = NUL; | |
| 1819 while (--i >= 0) | |
| 1820 ptr[i] = ' '; | |
| 1821 ins_str(ptr); | |
| 1822 vim_free(ptr); | |
| 1823 } | |
| 1824 } | |
| 1825 | |
| 1826 /* | |
| 1827 * When changing the indent while the cursor is in it, reset | |
| 1828 * Insstart_col to 0. | |
| 1829 */ | |
| 1830 insstart_less = MAXCOL; | |
| 1831 } | |
| 1832 | |
| 1833 curwin->w_p_list = save_p_list; | |
| 1834 | |
| 1835 if (new_cursor_col <= 0) | |
| 1836 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
| 1837 else | |
| 1869 | 1838 curwin->w_cursor.col = (colnr_T)new_cursor_col; |
| 7 | 1839 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; |
| 1840 changed_cline_bef_curs(); | |
| 1841 | |
| 1842 /* | |
| 1843 * May have to adjust the start of the insert. | |
| 1844 */ | |
| 1845 if (State & INSERT) | |
| 1846 { | |
| 1847 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum && Insstart.col != 0) | |
| 1848 { | |
| 1849 if ((int)Insstart.col <= insstart_less) | |
| 1850 Insstart.col = 0; | |
| 1851 else | |
| 1852 Insstart.col -= insstart_less; | |
| 1853 } | |
| 1854 if ((int)ai_col <= insstart_less) | |
| 1855 ai_col = 0; | |
| 1856 else | |
| 1857 ai_col -= insstart_less; | |
| 1858 } | |
| 1859 | |
| 1860 /* | |
| 1861 * For REPLACE mode, may have to fix the replace stack, if it's possible. | |
| 1862 * If the number of characters before the cursor decreased, need to pop a | |
| 1863 * few characters from the replace stack. | |
| 1864 * If the number of characters before the cursor increased, need to push a | |
| 1865 * few NULs onto the replace stack. | |
| 1866 */ | |
| 1867 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State) && start_col >= 0) | |
| 1868 { | |
| 1869 while (start_col > (int)curwin->w_cursor.col) | |
| 1870 { | |
| 1871 replace_join(0); /* remove a NUL from the replace stack */ | |
| 1872 --start_col; | |
| 1873 } | |
| 1874 while (start_col < (int)curwin->w_cursor.col || replaced) | |
| 1875 { | |
| 1876 replace_push(NUL); | |
| 1877 if (replaced) | |
| 1878 { | |
| 1879 replace_push(replaced); | |
| 1880 replaced = NUL; | |
| 1881 } | |
| 1882 ++start_col; | |
| 1883 } | |
| 1884 } | |
| 1885 | |
| 1886 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 1887 /* | |
| 1888 * For VREPLACE mode, we also have to fix the replace stack. In this case | |
| 1889 * it is always possible because we backspace over the whole line and then | |
| 1890 * put it back again the way we wanted it. | |
| 1891 */ | |
| 1892 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 1893 { | |
| 1894 /* If orig_line didn't allocate, just return. At least we did the job, | |
| 1895 * even if you can't backspace. */ | |
| 1896 if (orig_line == NULL) | |
| 1897 return; | |
| 1898 | |
| 1899 /* Save new line */ | |
| 1900 new_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline()); | |
| 1901 if (new_line == NULL) | |
| 1902 return; | |
| 1903 | |
| 1904 /* We only put back the new line up to the cursor */ | |
| 1905 new_line[curwin->w_cursor.col] = NUL; | |
| 1906 | |
| 1907 /* Put back original line */ | |
| 1908 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, orig_line, FALSE); | |
| 1909 curwin->w_cursor.col = orig_col; | |
| 1910 | |
| 1911 /* Backspace from cursor to start of line */ | |
| 1912 backspace_until_column(0); | |
| 1913 | |
| 1914 /* Insert new stuff into line again */ | |
| 1915 ins_bytes(new_line); | |
| 1916 | |
| 1917 vim_free(new_line); | |
| 1918 } | |
| 1919 #endif | |
| 1920 } | |
| 1921 | |
| 1922 /* | |
| 1923 * Truncate the space at the end of a line. This is to be used only in an | |
| 1924 * insert mode. It handles fixing the replace stack for REPLACE and VREPLACE | |
| 1925 * modes. | |
| 1926 */ | |
| 1927 void | |
| 1928 truncate_spaces(line) | |
| 1929 char_u *line; | |
| 1930 { | |
| 1931 int i; | |
| 1932 | |
| 1933 /* find start of trailing white space */ | |
| 1934 for (i = (int)STRLEN(line) - 1; i >= 0 && vim_iswhite(line[i]); i--) | |
| 1935 { | |
| 1936 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 1937 replace_join(0); /* remove a NUL from the replace stack */ | |
| 1938 } | |
| 1939 line[i + 1] = NUL; | |
| 1940 } | |
| 1941 | |
| 1942 #if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) || defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) \ | |
| 1943 || defined(FEAT_COMMENTS) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 1944 /* | |
| 1945 * Backspace the cursor until the given column. Handles REPLACE and VREPLACE | |
| 1946 * modes correctly. May also be used when not in insert mode at all. | |
| 1782 | 1947 * Will attempt not to go before "col" even when there is a composing |
| 1948 * character. | |
| 7 | 1949 */ |
| 1950 void | |
| 1951 backspace_until_column(col) | |
| 1952 int col; | |
| 1953 { | |
| 1954 while ((int)curwin->w_cursor.col > col) | |
| 1955 { | |
| 1956 curwin->w_cursor.col--; | |
| 1957 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 1782 | 1958 replace_do_bs(col); |
| 1959 else if (!del_char_after_col(col)) | |
| 1960 break; | |
| 1961 } | |
| 1962 } | |
| 1963 #endif | |
| 1964 | |
| 1965 /* | |
| 1966 * Like del_char(), but make sure not to go before column "limit_col". | |
| 1967 * Only matters when there are composing characters. | |
| 1968 * Return TRUE when something was deleted. | |
| 1969 */ | |
| 1970 static int | |
| 1971 del_char_after_col(limit_col) | |
| 1876 | 1972 int limit_col UNUSED; |
| 1782 | 1973 { |
| 1974 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 1975 if (enc_utf8 && limit_col >= 0) | |
| 1976 { | |
| 1869 | 1977 colnr_T ecol = curwin->w_cursor.col + 1; |
| 1782 | 1978 |
| 1979 /* Make sure the cursor is at the start of a character, but | |
| 1980 * skip forward again when going too far back because of a | |
| 1981 * composing character. */ | |
| 1982 mb_adjust_cursor(); | |
| 1796 | 1983 while (curwin->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)limit_col) |
| 1782 | 1984 { |
| 1985 int l = utf_ptr2len(ml_get_cursor()); | |
| 1986 | |
| 1987 if (l == 0) /* end of line */ | |
| 1988 break; | |
| 1989 curwin->w_cursor.col += l; | |
| 1990 } | |
| 1991 if (*ml_get_cursor() == NUL || curwin->w_cursor.col == ecol) | |
| 1992 return FALSE; | |
| 1869 | 1993 del_bytes((long)((int)ecol - curwin->w_cursor.col), FALSE, TRUE); |
| 1782 | 1994 } |
| 1995 else | |
| 1996 #endif | |
| 1997 (void)del_char(FALSE); | |
| 1998 return TRUE; | |
| 1999 } | |
| 7 | 2000 |
| 2001 #if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 2002 /* | |
| 449 | 2003 * CTRL-X pressed in Insert mode. |
| 2004 */ | |
| 2005 static void | |
| 2006 ins_ctrl_x() | |
| 2007 { | |
| 2008 /* CTRL-X after CTRL-X CTRL-V doesn't do anything, so that CTRL-X | |
| 2009 * CTRL-V works like CTRL-N */ | |
| 2010 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_CMDLINE) | |
| 2011 { | |
| 2012 /* if the next ^X<> won't ADD nothing, then reset | |
| 2013 * compl_cont_status */ | |
| 2014 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_N_ADDS) | |
| 665 | 2015 compl_cont_status |= CONT_INTRPT; |
| 449 | 2016 else |
| 2017 compl_cont_status = 0; | |
| 2018 /* We're not sure which CTRL-X mode it will be yet */ | |
| 2019 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET; | |
| 2020 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(CTRL_X_MSG(ctrl_x_mode)); | |
| 2021 edit_submode_pre = NULL; | |
| 2022 showmode(); | |
| 2023 } | |
| 2024 } | |
| 2025 | |
| 2026 /* | |
| 2027 * Return TRUE if the 'dict' or 'tsr' option can be used. | |
| 2028 */ | |
| 2029 static int | |
| 2030 has_compl_option(dict_opt) | |
| 2031 int dict_opt; | |
| 2032 { | |
| 703 | 2033 if (dict_opt ? (*curbuf->b_p_dict == NUL && *p_dict == NUL |
| 744 | 2034 # ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
| 2035 && !curwin->w_p_spell | |
| 2036 # endif | |
| 2037 ) | |
| 449 | 2038 : (*curbuf->b_p_tsr == NUL && *p_tsr == NUL)) |
| 2039 { | |
| 2040 ctrl_x_mode = 0; | |
| 2041 edit_submode = NULL; | |
| 2042 msg_attr(dict_opt ? (char_u *)_("'dictionary' option is empty") | |
| 2043 : (char_u *)_("'thesaurus' option is empty"), | |
| 2044 hl_attr(HLF_E)); | |
| 2045 if (emsg_silent == 0) | |
| 2046 { | |
| 2047 vim_beep(); | |
| 2048 setcursor(); | |
| 2049 out_flush(); | |
| 2050 ui_delay(2000L, FALSE); | |
| 2051 } | |
| 2052 return FALSE; | |
| 2053 } | |
| 2054 return TRUE; | |
| 2055 } | |
| 2056 | |
| 2057 /* | |
| 7 | 2058 * Is the character 'c' a valid key to go to or keep us in CTRL-X mode? |
| 2059 * This depends on the current mode. | |
| 2060 */ | |
| 2061 int | |
| 2062 vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c) | |
| 2063 int c; | |
| 2064 { | |
| 2065 /* Always allow ^R - let it's results then be checked */ | |
| 2066 if (c == Ctrl_R) | |
| 2067 return TRUE; | |
| 2068 | |
| 610 | 2069 /* Accept <PageUp> and <PageDown> if the popup menu is visible. */ |
| 644 | 2070 if (ins_compl_pum_key(c)) |
| 610 | 2071 return TRUE; |
| 2072 | |
| 7 | 2073 switch (ctrl_x_mode) |
| 2074 { | |
| 2075 case 0: /* Not in any CTRL-X mode */ | |
| 2076 return (c == Ctrl_N || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_X); | |
| 2077 case CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET: | |
| 449 | 2078 return ( c == Ctrl_X || c == Ctrl_Y || c == Ctrl_E |
| 7 | 2079 || c == Ctrl_L || c == Ctrl_F || c == Ctrl_RSB |
| 2080 || c == Ctrl_I || c == Ctrl_D || c == Ctrl_P | |
| 2081 || c == Ctrl_N || c == Ctrl_T || c == Ctrl_V | |
| 477 | 2082 || c == Ctrl_Q || c == Ctrl_U || c == Ctrl_O |
| 2083 || c == Ctrl_S || c == 's'); | |
| 7 | 2084 case CTRL_X_SCROLL: |
| 2085 return (c == Ctrl_Y || c == Ctrl_E); | |
| 2086 case CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE: | |
| 2087 return (c == Ctrl_L || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); | |
| 2088 case CTRL_X_FILES: | |
| 2089 return (c == Ctrl_F || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); | |
| 2090 case CTRL_X_DICTIONARY: | |
| 2091 return (c == Ctrl_K || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); | |
| 2092 case CTRL_X_THESAURUS: | |
| 2093 return (c == Ctrl_T || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); | |
| 2094 case CTRL_X_TAGS: | |
| 2095 return (c == Ctrl_RSB || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); | |
| 2096 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID | |
| 2097 case CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS: | |
| 2098 return (c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); | |
| 2099 case CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES: | |
| 2100 return (c == Ctrl_D || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); | |
| 2101 #endif | |
| 2102 case CTRL_X_CMDLINE: | |
| 2103 return (c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N | |
| 2104 || c == Ctrl_X); | |
| 12 | 2105 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC |
| 2106 case CTRL_X_FUNCTION: | |
| 449 | 2107 return (c == Ctrl_U || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); |
| 523 | 2108 case CTRL_X_OMNI: |
| 449 | 2109 return (c == Ctrl_O || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); |
| 502 | 2110 #endif |
| 477 | 2111 case CTRL_X_SPELL: |
| 2112 return (c == Ctrl_S || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); | |
| 7 | 2113 } |
| 2114 EMSG(_(e_internal)); | |
| 2115 return FALSE; | |
| 2116 } | |
| 2117 | |
| 2118 /* | |
| 1430 | 2119 * Return TRUE when character "c" is part of the item currently being |
| 2120 * completed. Used to decide whether to abandon complete mode when the menu | |
| 2121 * is visible. | |
| 2122 */ | |
| 2123 static int | |
| 2124 ins_compl_accept_char(c) | |
| 2125 int c; | |
| 2126 { | |
| 2127 if (ctrl_x_mode & CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT) | |
| 2128 /* When expanding an identifier only accept identifier chars. */ | |
| 2129 return vim_isIDc(c); | |
| 2130 | |
| 2131 switch (ctrl_x_mode) | |
| 2132 { | |
| 2133 case CTRL_X_FILES: | |
| 2134 /* When expanding file name only accept file name chars. But not | |
| 2135 * path separators, so that "proto/<Tab>" expands files in | |
| 2136 * "proto", not "proto/" as a whole */ | |
| 2137 return vim_isfilec(c) && !vim_ispathsep(c); | |
| 2138 | |
| 2139 case CTRL_X_CMDLINE: | |
| 2140 case CTRL_X_OMNI: | |
| 2141 /* Command line and Omni completion can work with just about any | |
| 2142 * printable character, but do stop at white space. */ | |
| 2143 return vim_isprintc(c) && !vim_iswhite(c); | |
| 2144 | |
| 2145 case CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE: | |
| 2146 /* For while line completion a space can be part of the line. */ | |
| 2147 return vim_isprintc(c); | |
| 2148 } | |
| 2149 return vim_iswordc(c); | |
| 2150 } | |
| 2151 | |
| 2152 /* | |
| 659 | 2153 * This is like ins_compl_add(), but if 'ic' and 'inf' are set, then the |
| 7 | 2154 * case of the originally typed text is used, and the case of the completed |
| 1219 | 2155 * text is inferred, ie this tries to work out what case you probably wanted |
| 7 | 2156 * the rest of the word to be in -- webb |
| 2157 */ | |
| 2158 int | |
| 681 | 2159 ins_compl_add_infercase(str, len, icase, fname, dir, flags) |
| 7 | 2160 char_u *str; |
| 2161 int len; | |
| 681 | 2162 int icase; |
| 7 | 2163 char_u *fname; |
| 2164 int dir; | |
| 464 | 2165 int flags; |
| 7 | 2166 { |
| 1353 | 2167 char_u *p; |
| 2168 int i, c; | |
| 2169 int actual_len; /* Take multi-byte characters */ | |
| 2170 int actual_compl_length; /* into account. */ | |
| 2227 | 2171 int min_len; |
| 2004 | 2172 int *wca; /* Wide character array. */ |
| 7 | 2173 int has_lower = FALSE; |
| 2174 int was_letter = FALSE; | |
| 1353 | 2175 |
| 1436 | 2176 if (p_ic && curbuf->b_p_inf && len > 0) |
| 1353 | 2177 { |
| 2178 /* Infer case of completed part. */ | |
| 2179 | |
| 2180 /* Find actual length of completion. */ | |
| 2181 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2182 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 2183 { | |
| 2184 p = str; | |
| 2185 actual_len = 0; | |
| 2186 while (*p != NUL) | |
| 2187 { | |
| 2188 mb_ptr_adv(p); | |
| 2189 ++actual_len; | |
| 2190 } | |
| 2191 } | |
| 2192 else | |
| 2193 #endif | |
| 2194 actual_len = len; | |
| 2195 | |
| 2196 /* Find actual length of original text. */ | |
| 2197 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2198 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 2199 { | |
| 2200 p = compl_orig_text; | |
| 2201 actual_compl_length = 0; | |
| 2202 while (*p != NUL) | |
| 7 | 2203 { |
| 1353 | 2204 mb_ptr_adv(p); |
| 2205 ++actual_compl_length; | |
| 2206 } | |
| 2207 } | |
| 2208 else | |
| 2209 #endif | |
| 2210 actual_compl_length = compl_length; | |
| 2211 | |
| 2227 | 2212 /* "actual_len" may be smaller than "actual_compl_length" when using |
| 2213 * thesaurus, only use the minimum when comparing. */ | |
| 2214 min_len = actual_len < actual_compl_length | |
| 2215 ? actual_len : actual_compl_length; | |
| 2216 | |
| 1353 | 2217 /* Allocate wide character array for the completion and fill it. */ |
| 1869 | 2218 wca = (int *)alloc((unsigned)(actual_len * sizeof(int))); |
| 1353 | 2219 if (wca != NULL) |
| 2220 { | |
| 2221 p = str; | |
| 2222 for (i = 0; i < actual_len; ++i) | |
| 2223 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2224 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 2225 wca[i] = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p); | |
| 2226 else | |
| 2227 #endif | |
| 2228 wca[i] = *(p++); | |
| 2229 | |
| 2230 /* Rule 1: Were any chars converted to lower? */ | |
| 2231 p = compl_orig_text; | |
| 2227 | 2232 for (i = 0; i < min_len; ++i) |
| 1353 | 2233 { |
| 2234 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2235 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 2236 c = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p); | |
| 2237 else | |
| 2238 #endif | |
| 2239 c = *(p++); | |
| 2240 if (MB_ISLOWER(c)) | |
| 7 | 2241 { |
| 1353 | 2242 has_lower = TRUE; |
| 2243 if (MB_ISUPPER(wca[i])) | |
| 2244 { | |
| 2245 /* Rule 1 is satisfied. */ | |
| 2246 for (i = actual_compl_length; i < actual_len; ++i) | |
| 2247 wca[i] = MB_TOLOWER(wca[i]); | |
| 2248 break; | |
| 2249 } | |
| 7 | 2250 } |
| 2251 } | |
| 1353 | 2252 |
| 2253 /* | |
| 2254 * Rule 2: No lower case, 2nd consecutive letter converted to | |
| 2255 * upper case. | |
| 2256 */ | |
| 2257 if (!has_lower) | |
| 2258 { | |
| 2259 p = compl_orig_text; | |
| 2227 | 2260 for (i = 0; i < min_len; ++i) |
| 1353 | 2261 { |
| 2262 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2263 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 2264 c = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p); | |
| 2265 else | |
| 2266 #endif | |
| 2267 c = *(p++); | |
| 2268 if (was_letter && MB_ISUPPER(c) && MB_ISLOWER(wca[i])) | |
| 2269 { | |
| 2270 /* Rule 2 is satisfied. */ | |
| 2271 for (i = actual_compl_length; i < actual_len; ++i) | |
| 2272 wca[i] = MB_TOUPPER(wca[i]); | |
| 2273 break; | |
| 2274 } | |
| 2275 was_letter = MB_ISLOWER(c) || MB_ISUPPER(c); | |
| 2276 } | |
| 2277 } | |
| 2278 | |
| 2279 /* Copy the original case of the part we typed. */ | |
| 2280 p = compl_orig_text; | |
| 2227 | 2281 for (i = 0; i < min_len; ++i) |
| 7 | 2282 { |
| 1353 | 2283 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 2284 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 2285 c = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p); | |
| 2286 else | |
| 2287 #endif | |
| 2288 c = *(p++); | |
| 2289 if (MB_ISLOWER(c)) | |
| 2290 wca[i] = MB_TOLOWER(wca[i]); | |
| 2291 else if (MB_ISUPPER(c)) | |
| 2292 wca[i] = MB_TOUPPER(wca[i]); | |
| 7 | 2293 } |
| 1353 | 2294 |
| 1436 | 2295 /* |
| 1353 | 2296 * Generate encoding specific output from wide character array. |
| 2297 * Multi-byte characters can occupy up to five bytes more than | |
| 2298 * ASCII characters, and we also need one byte for NUL, so stay | |
| 2299 * six bytes away from the edge of IObuff. | |
| 2300 */ | |
| 2301 p = IObuff; | |
| 2302 i = 0; | |
| 2303 while (i < actual_len && (p - IObuff + 6) < IOSIZE) | |
| 2304 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2305 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 1446 | 2306 p += (*mb_char2bytes)(wca[i++], p); |
| 1353 | 2307 else |
| 2308 #endif | |
| 2309 *(p++) = wca[i++]; | |
| 2310 *p = NUL; | |
| 2311 | |
| 2312 vim_free(wca); | |
| 2313 } | |
| 7 | 2314 |
| 841 | 2315 return ins_compl_add(IObuff, len, icase, fname, NULL, dir, |
| 2316 flags, FALSE); | |
| 2317 } | |
| 2318 return ins_compl_add(str, len, icase, fname, NULL, dir, flags, FALSE); | |
| 7 | 2319 } |
| 2320 | |
| 2321 /* | |
| 2322 * Add a match to the list of matches. | |
| 2323 * If the given string is already in the list of completions, then return | |
| 464 | 2324 * NOTDONE, otherwise add it to the list and return OK. If there is an error, |
| 681 | 2325 * maybe because alloc() returns NULL, then FAIL is returned. |
| 7 | 2326 */ |
| 841 | 2327 static int |
| 944 | 2328 ins_compl_add(str, len, icase, fname, cptext, cdir, flags, adup) |
| 7 | 2329 char_u *str; |
| 2330 int len; | |
| 681 | 2331 int icase; |
| 7 | 2332 char_u *fname; |
| 841 | 2333 char_u **cptext; /* extra text for popup menu or NULL */ |
| 659 | 2334 int cdir; |
| 464 | 2335 int flags; |
| 944 | 2336 int adup; /* accept duplicate match */ |
| 7 | 2337 { |
| 464 | 2338 compl_T *match; |
| 659 | 2339 int dir = (cdir == 0 ? compl_direction : cdir); |
| 7 | 2340 |
| 2341 ui_breakcheck(); | |
| 2342 if (got_int) | |
| 464 | 2343 return FAIL; |
| 7 | 2344 if (len < 0) |
| 2345 len = (int)STRLEN(str); | |
| 2346 | |
| 2347 /* | |
| 2348 * If the same match is already present, don't add it. | |
| 2349 */ | |
| 944 | 2350 if (compl_first_match != NULL && !adup) |
| 449 | 2351 { |
| 2352 match = compl_first_match; | |
| 7 | 2353 do |
| 2354 { | |
| 464 | 2355 if ( !(match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) |
| 989 | 2356 && STRNCMP(match->cp_str, str, len) == 0 |
| 464 | 2357 && match->cp_str[len] == NUL) |
| 2358 return NOTDONE; | |
| 2359 match = match->cp_next; | |
| 449 | 2360 } while (match != NULL && match != compl_first_match); |
| 7 | 2361 } |
| 2362 | |
| 540 | 2363 /* Remove any popup menu before changing the list of matches. */ |
| 2364 ins_compl_del_pum(); | |
| 2365 | |
| 7 | 2366 /* |
| 2367 * Allocate a new match structure. | |
| 2368 * Copy the values to the new match structure. | |
| 2369 */ | |
| 659 | 2370 match = (compl_T *)alloc_clear((unsigned)sizeof(compl_T)); |
| 7 | 2371 if (match == NULL) |
| 464 | 2372 return FAIL; |
| 2373 match->cp_number = -1; | |
| 2374 if (flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) | |
| 2375 match->cp_number = 0; | |
| 694 | 2376 if ((match->cp_str = vim_strnsave(str, len)) == NULL) |
| 7 | 2377 { |
| 2378 vim_free(match); | |
| 464 | 2379 return FAIL; |
| 7 | 2380 } |
| 681 | 2381 match->cp_icase = icase; |
| 659 | 2382 |
| 7 | 2383 /* match-fname is: |
| 464 | 2384 * - compl_curr_match->cp_fname if it is a string equal to fname. |
| 7 | 2385 * - a copy of fname, FREE_FNAME is set to free later THE allocated mem. |
| 2386 * - NULL otherwise. --Acevedo */ | |
| 659 | 2387 if (fname != NULL |
| 829 | 2388 && compl_curr_match != NULL |
| 659 | 2389 && compl_curr_match->cp_fname != NULL |
| 2390 && STRCMP(fname, compl_curr_match->cp_fname) == 0) | |
| 464 | 2391 match->cp_fname = compl_curr_match->cp_fname; |
| 659 | 2392 else if (fname != NULL) |
| 2393 { | |
| 2394 match->cp_fname = vim_strsave(fname); | |
| 464 | 2395 flags |= FREE_FNAME; |
| 659 | 2396 } |
| 7 | 2397 else |
| 464 | 2398 match->cp_fname = NULL; |
| 2399 match->cp_flags = flags; | |
| 786 | 2400 |
| 2401 if (cptext != NULL) | |
| 2402 { | |
| 2403 int i; | |
| 2404 | |
| 2405 for (i = 0; i < CPT_COUNT; ++i) | |
| 2406 if (cptext[i] != NULL && *cptext[i] != NUL) | |
| 2407 match->cp_text[i] = vim_strsave(cptext[i]); | |
| 2408 } | |
| 7 | 2409 |
| 2410 /* | |
| 2411 * Link the new match structure in the list of matches. | |
| 2412 */ | |
| 449 | 2413 if (compl_first_match == NULL) |
| 464 | 2414 match->cp_next = match->cp_prev = NULL; |
| 7 | 2415 else if (dir == FORWARD) |
| 2416 { | |
| 464 | 2417 match->cp_next = compl_curr_match->cp_next; |
| 2418 match->cp_prev = compl_curr_match; | |
| 7 | 2419 } |
| 2420 else /* BACKWARD */ | |
| 2421 { | |
| 464 | 2422 match->cp_next = compl_curr_match; |
| 2423 match->cp_prev = compl_curr_match->cp_prev; | |
| 2424 } | |
| 2425 if (match->cp_next) | |
| 2426 match->cp_next->cp_prev = match; | |
| 2427 if (match->cp_prev) | |
| 2428 match->cp_prev->cp_next = match; | |
| 7 | 2429 else /* if there's nothing before, it is the first match */ |
| 449 | 2430 compl_first_match = match; |
| 2431 compl_curr_match = match; | |
| 7 | 2432 |
| 665 | 2433 /* |
| 2434 * Find the longest common string if still doing that. | |
| 2435 */ | |
| 2436 if (compl_get_longest && (flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0) | |
| 2437 ins_compl_longest_match(match); | |
| 2438 | |
| 7 | 2439 return OK; |
| 2440 } | |
| 2441 | |
| 2442 /* | |
| 681 | 2443 * Return TRUE if "str[len]" matches with match->cp_str, considering |
| 2444 * match->cp_icase. | |
| 2445 */ | |
| 2446 static int | |
| 2447 ins_compl_equal(match, str, len) | |
| 2448 compl_T *match; | |
| 2449 char_u *str; | |
| 2450 int len; | |
| 2451 { | |
| 2452 if (match->cp_icase) | |
| 2453 return STRNICMP(match->cp_str, str, (size_t)len) == 0; | |
| 2454 return STRNCMP(match->cp_str, str, (size_t)len) == 0; | |
| 2455 } | |
| 2456 | |
| 2457 /* | |
| 665 | 2458 * Reduce the longest common string for match "match". |
| 2459 */ | |
| 2460 static void | |
| 2461 ins_compl_longest_match(match) | |
| 2462 compl_T *match; | |
| 2463 { | |
| 2464 char_u *p, *s; | |
| 681 | 2465 int c1, c2; |
| 665 | 2466 int had_match; |
| 2467 | |
| 2468 if (compl_leader == NULL) | |
| 842 | 2469 { |
| 665 | 2470 /* First match, use it as a whole. */ |
| 2471 compl_leader = vim_strsave(match->cp_str); | |
| 842 | 2472 if (compl_leader != NULL) |
| 2473 { | |
| 2474 had_match = (curwin->w_cursor.col > compl_col); | |
| 2475 ins_compl_delete(); | |
| 1782 | 2476 ins_bytes(compl_leader + ins_compl_len()); |
| 842 | 2477 ins_redraw(FALSE); |
| 2478 | |
| 2479 /* When the match isn't there (to avoid matching itself) remove it | |
| 2480 * again after redrawing. */ | |
| 2481 if (!had_match) | |
| 2482 ins_compl_delete(); | |
| 2483 compl_used_match = FALSE; | |
| 2484 } | |
| 2485 } | |
| 665 | 2486 else |
| 2487 { | |
| 2488 /* Reduce the text if this match differs from compl_leader. */ | |
| 681 | 2489 p = compl_leader; |
| 2490 s = match->cp_str; | |
| 2491 while (*p != NUL) | |
| 665 | 2492 { |
| 2493 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2494 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 2495 { | |
| 681 | 2496 c1 = mb_ptr2char(p); |
| 2497 c2 = mb_ptr2char(s); | |
| 665 | 2498 } |
| 2499 else | |
| 2500 #endif | |
| 2501 { | |
| 681 | 2502 c1 = *p; |
| 2503 c2 = *s; | |
| 2504 } | |
| 2505 if (match->cp_icase ? (MB_TOLOWER(c1) != MB_TOLOWER(c2)) | |
| 2506 : (c1 != c2)) | |
| 2507 break; | |
| 2508 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2509 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 2510 { | |
| 2511 mb_ptr_adv(p); | |
| 2512 mb_ptr_adv(s); | |
| 2513 } | |
| 2514 else | |
| 2515 #endif | |
| 2516 { | |
| 2517 ++p; | |
| 2518 ++s; | |
| 665 | 2519 } |
| 2520 } | |
| 2521 | |
| 2522 if (*p != NUL) | |
| 2523 { | |
| 2524 /* Leader was shortened, need to change the inserted text. */ | |
| 2525 *p = NUL; | |
| 2526 had_match = (curwin->w_cursor.col > compl_col); | |
| 2527 ins_compl_delete(); | |
| 1782 | 2528 ins_bytes(compl_leader + ins_compl_len()); |
| 665 | 2529 ins_redraw(FALSE); |
| 2530 | |
| 2531 /* When the match isn't there (to avoid matching itself) remove it | |
| 2532 * again after redrawing. */ | |
| 2533 if (!had_match) | |
| 2534 ins_compl_delete(); | |
| 2535 } | |
| 2536 | |
| 2537 compl_used_match = FALSE; | |
| 2538 } | |
| 2539 } | |
| 2540 | |
| 2541 /* | |
| 7 | 2542 * Add an array of matches to the list of matches. |
| 2543 * Frees matches[]. | |
| 2544 */ | |
| 2545 static void | |
| 681 | 2546 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, icase) |
| 7 | 2547 int num_matches; |
| 2548 char_u **matches; | |
| 681 | 2549 int icase; |
| 7 | 2550 { |
| 2551 int i; | |
| 2552 int add_r = OK; | |
| 659 | 2553 int dir = compl_direction; |
| 7 | 2554 |
| 464 | 2555 for (i = 0; i < num_matches && add_r != FAIL; i++) |
| 681 | 2556 if ((add_r = ins_compl_add(matches[i], -1, icase, |
| 841 | 2557 NULL, NULL, dir, 0, FALSE)) == OK) |
| 7 | 2558 /* if dir was BACKWARD then honor it just once */ |
| 659 | 2559 dir = FORWARD; |
| 7 | 2560 FreeWild(num_matches, matches); |
| 2561 } | |
| 2562 | |
| 2563 /* Make the completion list cyclic. | |
| 2564 * Return the number of matches (excluding the original). | |
| 2565 */ | |
| 2566 static int | |
| 2567 ins_compl_make_cyclic() | |
| 2568 { | |
| 464 | 2569 compl_T *match; |
| 7 | 2570 int count = 0; |
| 2571 | |
| 449 | 2572 if (compl_first_match != NULL) |
| 7 | 2573 { |
| 2574 /* | |
| 2575 * Find the end of the list. | |
| 2576 */ | |
| 449 | 2577 match = compl_first_match; |
| 2578 /* there's always an entry for the compl_orig_text, it doesn't count. */ | |
| 464 | 2579 while (match->cp_next != NULL && match->cp_next != compl_first_match) |
| 2580 { | |
| 2581 match = match->cp_next; | |
| 7 | 2582 ++count; |
| 2583 } | |
| 464 | 2584 match->cp_next = compl_first_match; |
| 2585 compl_first_match->cp_prev = match; | |
| 7 | 2586 } |
| 2587 return count; | |
| 2588 } | |
| 2589 | |
| 724 | 2590 /* |
| 2591 * Start completion for the complete() function. | |
| 2592 * "startcol" is where the matched text starts (1 is first column). | |
| 2593 * "list" is the list of matches. | |
| 2594 */ | |
| 2595 void | |
| 2596 set_completion(startcol, list) | |
| 1869 | 2597 colnr_T startcol; |
| 724 | 2598 list_T *list; |
| 2599 { | |
| 2600 /* If already doing completions stop it. */ | |
| 2601 if (ctrl_x_mode != 0) | |
| 2602 ins_compl_prep(' '); | |
| 2603 ins_compl_clear(); | |
| 2604 | |
| 2605 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) | |
| 2606 return; | |
| 2607 | |
| 1869 | 2608 if (startcol > curwin->w_cursor.col) |
| 724 | 2609 startcol = curwin->w_cursor.col; |
| 2610 compl_col = startcol; | |
| 1869 | 2611 compl_length = (int)curwin->w_cursor.col - (int)startcol; |
| 724 | 2612 /* compl_pattern doesn't need to be set */ |
| 2613 compl_orig_text = vim_strnsave(ml_get_curline() + compl_col, compl_length); | |
| 2614 if (compl_orig_text == NULL || ins_compl_add(compl_orig_text, | |
| 942 | 2615 -1, p_ic, NULL, NULL, 0, ORIGINAL_TEXT, FALSE) != OK) |
| 724 | 2616 return; |
| 2617 | |
| 2618 /* Handle like dictionary completion. */ | |
| 2619 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE; | |
| 2620 | |
| 2621 ins_compl_add_list(list); | |
| 2622 compl_matches = ins_compl_make_cyclic(); | |
| 2623 compl_started = TRUE; | |
| 2624 compl_used_match = TRUE; | |
| 929 | 2625 compl_cont_status = 0; |
| 724 | 2626 |
| 2627 compl_curr_match = compl_first_match; | |
| 2628 ins_complete(Ctrl_N); | |
| 2629 out_flush(); | |
| 2630 } | |
| 2631 | |
| 2632 | |
| 574 | 2633 /* "compl_match_array" points the currently displayed list of entries in the |
| 2634 * popup menu. It is NULL when there is no popup menu. */ | |
| 659 | 2635 static pumitem_T *compl_match_array = NULL; |
| 540 | 2636 static int compl_match_arraysize; |
| 2637 | |
| 2638 /* | |
| 2639 * Update the screen and when there is any scrolling remove the popup menu. | |
| 2640 */ | |
| 2641 static void | |
| 2642 ins_compl_upd_pum() | |
| 2643 { | |
| 2644 int h; | |
| 2645 | |
| 2646 if (compl_match_array != NULL) | |
| 2647 { | |
| 2648 h = curwin->w_cline_height; | |
| 2649 update_screen(0); | |
| 2650 if (h != curwin->w_cline_height) | |
| 2651 ins_compl_del_pum(); | |
| 2652 } | |
| 2653 } | |
| 2654 | |
| 2655 /* | |
| 2656 * Remove any popup menu. | |
| 2657 */ | |
| 2658 static void | |
| 2659 ins_compl_del_pum() | |
| 2660 { | |
| 2661 if (compl_match_array != NULL) | |
| 2662 { | |
| 2663 pum_undisplay(); | |
| 2664 vim_free(compl_match_array); | |
| 2665 compl_match_array = NULL; | |
| 2666 } | |
| 2667 } | |
| 2668 | |
| 2669 /* | |
| 2670 * Return TRUE if the popup menu should be displayed. | |
| 2671 */ | |
| 2672 static int | |
| 2673 pum_wanted() | |
| 2674 { | |
| 707 | 2675 /* 'completeopt' must contain "menu" or "menuone" */ |
| 665 | 2676 if (vim_strchr(p_cot, 'm') == NULL) |
| 540 | 2677 return FALSE; |
| 2678 | |
| 2679 /* The display looks bad on a B&W display. */ | |
| 2680 if (t_colors < 8 | |
| 2681 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 2682 && !gui.in_use | |
| 2683 #endif | |
| 2684 ) | |
| 2685 return FALSE; | |
| 657 | 2686 return TRUE; |
| 2687 } | |
| 2688 | |
| 2689 /* | |
| 2690 * Return TRUE if there are two or more matches to be shown in the popup menu. | |
| 707 | 2691 * One if 'completopt' contains "menuone". |
| 657 | 2692 */ |
| 2693 static int | |
| 707 | 2694 pum_enough_matches() |
| 657 | 2695 { |
| 2696 compl_T *compl; | |
| 2697 int i; | |
| 540 | 2698 |
| 2699 /* Don't display the popup menu if there are no matches or there is only | |
| 2700 * one (ignoring the original text). */ | |
| 2701 compl = compl_first_match; | |
| 2702 i = 0; | |
| 2703 do | |
| 2704 { | |
| 2705 if (compl == NULL | |
| 2706 || ((compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0 && ++i == 2)) | |
| 2707 break; | |
| 2708 compl = compl->cp_next; | |
| 2709 } while (compl != compl_first_match); | |
| 2710 | |
| 707 | 2711 if (strstr((char *)p_cot, "menuone") != NULL) |
| 2712 return (i >= 1); | |
| 540 | 2713 return (i >= 2); |
| 2714 } | |
| 2715 | |
| 2716 /* | |
| 2717 * Show the popup menu for the list of matches. | |
| 659 | 2718 * Also adjusts "compl_shown_match" to an entry that is actually displayed. |
| 540 | 2719 */ |
| 648 | 2720 void |
| 540 | 2721 ins_compl_show_pum() |
| 2722 { | |
| 2723 compl_T *compl; | |
| 659 | 2724 compl_T *shown_compl = NULL; |
| 2725 int did_find_shown_match = FALSE; | |
| 2726 int shown_match_ok = FALSE; | |
| 540 | 2727 int i; |
| 2728 int cur = -1; | |
| 2729 colnr_T col; | |
| 657 | 2730 int lead_len = 0; |
| 2731 | |
| 707 | 2732 if (!pum_wanted() || !pum_enough_matches()) |
| 540 | 2733 return; |
| 2734 | |
| 794 | 2735 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) |
| 2736 /* Dirty hard-coded hack: remove any matchparen highlighting. */ | |
| 2737 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"if exists('g:loaded_matchparen')|3match none|endif"); | |
| 2738 #endif | |
| 2739 | |
| 540 | 2740 /* Update the screen before drawing the popup menu over it. */ |
| 2741 update_screen(0); | |
| 2742 | |
| 2743 if (compl_match_array == NULL) | |
| 2744 { | |
| 2745 /* Need to build the popup menu list. */ | |
| 2746 compl_match_arraysize = 0; | |
| 2747 compl = compl_first_match; | |
| 657 | 2748 if (compl_leader != NULL) |
| 835 | 2749 lead_len = (int)STRLEN(compl_leader); |
| 540 | 2750 do |
| 2751 { | |
| 657 | 2752 if ((compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0 |
| 2753 && (compl_leader == NULL | |
| 681 | 2754 || ins_compl_equal(compl, compl_leader, lead_len))) |
| 540 | 2755 ++compl_match_arraysize; |
| 2756 compl = compl->cp_next; | |
| 2757 } while (compl != NULL && compl != compl_first_match); | |
| 657 | 2758 if (compl_match_arraysize == 0) |
| 2759 return; | |
| 659 | 2760 compl_match_array = (pumitem_T *)alloc_clear( |
| 2761 (unsigned)(sizeof(pumitem_T) | |
| 540 | 2762 * compl_match_arraysize)); |
| 2763 if (compl_match_array != NULL) | |
| 2764 { | |
| 829 | 2765 /* If the current match is the original text don't find the first |
| 2766 * match after it, don't highlight anything. */ | |
| 2767 if (compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) | |
| 2768 shown_match_ok = TRUE; | |
| 2769 | |
| 540 | 2770 i = 0; |
| 2771 compl = compl_first_match; | |
| 2772 do | |
| 2773 { | |
| 657 | 2774 if ((compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0 |
| 2775 && (compl_leader == NULL | |
| 681 | 2776 || ins_compl_equal(compl, compl_leader, lead_len))) |
| 540 | 2777 { |
| 659 | 2778 if (!shown_match_ok) |
| 2779 { | |
| 2780 if (compl == compl_shown_match || did_find_shown_match) | |
| 2781 { | |
| 2782 /* This item is the shown match or this is the | |
| 2783 * first displayed item after the shown match. */ | |
| 2784 compl_shown_match = compl; | |
| 2785 did_find_shown_match = TRUE; | |
| 2786 shown_match_ok = TRUE; | |
| 2787 } | |
| 2788 else | |
| 2789 /* Remember this displayed match for when the | |
| 2790 * shown match is just below it. */ | |
| 2791 shown_compl = compl; | |
| 540 | 2792 cur = i; |
| 659 | 2793 } |
| 786 | 2794 |
| 2795 if (compl->cp_text[CPT_ABBR] != NULL) | |
| 2796 compl_match_array[i].pum_text = | |
| 2797 compl->cp_text[CPT_ABBR]; | |
| 2798 else | |
| 2799 compl_match_array[i].pum_text = compl->cp_str; | |
| 2800 compl_match_array[i].pum_kind = compl->cp_text[CPT_KIND]; | |
| 2801 compl_match_array[i].pum_info = compl->cp_text[CPT_INFO]; | |
| 2802 if (compl->cp_text[CPT_MENU] != NULL) | |
| 2803 compl_match_array[i++].pum_extra = | |
| 2804 compl->cp_text[CPT_MENU]; | |
| 659 | 2805 else |
| 2806 compl_match_array[i++].pum_extra = compl->cp_fname; | |
| 2807 } | |
| 2808 | |
| 2809 if (compl == compl_shown_match) | |
| 2810 { | |
| 2811 did_find_shown_match = TRUE; | |
| 716 | 2812 |
| 2813 /* When the original text is the shown match don't set | |
| 2814 * compl_shown_match. */ | |
| 2815 if (compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) | |
| 2816 shown_match_ok = TRUE; | |
| 2817 | |
| 659 | 2818 if (!shown_match_ok && shown_compl != NULL) |
| 2819 { | |
| 2820 /* The shown match isn't displayed, set it to the | |
| 2821 * previously displayed match. */ | |
| 2822 compl_shown_match = shown_compl; | |
| 2823 shown_match_ok = TRUE; | |
| 2824 } | |
| 540 | 2825 } |
| 2826 compl = compl->cp_next; | |
| 2827 } while (compl != NULL && compl != compl_first_match); | |
| 659 | 2828 |
| 2829 if (!shown_match_ok) /* no displayed match at all */ | |
| 2830 cur = -1; | |
| 540 | 2831 } |
| 2832 } | |
| 2833 else | |
| 2834 { | |
| 2835 /* popup menu already exists, only need to find the current item.*/ | |
| 657 | 2836 for (i = 0; i < compl_match_arraysize; ++i) |
| 786 | 2837 if (compl_match_array[i].pum_text == compl_shown_match->cp_str |
| 2838 || compl_match_array[i].pum_text | |
| 2839 == compl_shown_match->cp_text[CPT_ABBR]) | |
| 829 | 2840 { |
| 2841 cur = i; | |
| 657 | 2842 break; |
| 829 | 2843 } |
| 540 | 2844 } |
| 2845 | |
| 2846 if (compl_match_array != NULL) | |
| 2847 { | |
| 2848 /* Compute the screen column of the start of the completed text. | |
| 2849 * Use the cursor to get all wrapping and other settings right. */ | |
| 2850 col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 2851 curwin->w_cursor.col = compl_col; | |
| 732 | 2852 pum_display(compl_match_array, compl_match_arraysize, cur); |
| 540 | 2853 curwin->w_cursor.col = col; |
| 2854 } | |
| 2855 } | |
| 2856 | |
| 7 | 2857 #define DICT_FIRST (1) /* use just first element in "dict" */ |
| 2858 #define DICT_EXACT (2) /* "dict" is the exact name of a file */ | |
| 648 | 2859 |
| 7 | 2860 /* |
| 703 | 2861 * Add any identifiers that match the given pattern in the list of dictionary |
| 2862 * files "dict_start" to the list of completions. | |
| 7 | 2863 */ |
| 2864 static void | |
| 703 | 2865 ins_compl_dictionaries(dict_start, pat, flags, thesaurus) |
| 2866 char_u *dict_start; | |
| 7 | 2867 char_u *pat; |
| 667 | 2868 int flags; /* DICT_FIRST and/or DICT_EXACT */ |
| 703 | 2869 int thesaurus; /* Thesaurus completion */ |
| 2870 { | |
| 2871 char_u *dict = dict_start; | |
| 7 | 2872 char_u *ptr; |
| 2873 char_u *buf; | |
| 2874 regmatch_T regmatch; | |
| 2875 char_u **files; | |
| 2876 int count; | |
| 2877 int save_p_scs; | |
| 659 | 2878 int dir = compl_direction; |
| 7 | 2879 |
| 703 | 2880 if (*dict == NUL) |
| 2881 { | |
| 744 | 2882 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
| 703 | 2883 /* When 'dictionary' is empty and spell checking is enabled use |
| 2884 * "spell". */ | |
| 2885 if (!thesaurus && curwin->w_p_spell) | |
| 2886 dict = (char_u *)"spell"; | |
| 2887 else | |
| 2888 #endif | |
| 2889 return; | |
| 2890 } | |
| 2891 | |
| 7 | 2892 buf = alloc(LSIZE); |
| 703 | 2893 if (buf == NULL) |
| 2894 return; | |
| 1074 | 2895 regmatch.regprog = NULL; /* so that we can goto theend */ |
| 703 | 2896 |
| 7 | 2897 /* If 'infercase' is set, don't use 'smartcase' here */ |
| 2898 save_p_scs = p_scs; | |
| 2899 if (curbuf->b_p_inf) | |
| 2900 p_scs = FALSE; | |
| 667 | 2901 |
| 2902 /* When invoked to match whole lines for CTRL-X CTRL-L adjust the pattern | |
| 2903 * to only match at the start of a line. Otherwise just match the | |
| 842 | 2904 * pattern. Also need to double backslashes. */ |
| 667 | 2905 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) |
| 2906 { | |
| 842 | 2907 char_u *pat_esc = vim_strsave_escaped(pat, (char_u *)"\\"); |
| 1869 | 2908 size_t len; |
| 842 | 2909 |
| 2910 if (pat_esc == NULL) | |
| 1159 | 2911 goto theend; |
| 1869 | 2912 len = STRLEN(pat_esc) + 10; |
| 2913 ptr = alloc((unsigned)len); | |
| 667 | 2914 if (ptr == NULL) |
| 842 | 2915 { |
| 2916 vim_free(pat_esc); | |
| 1074 | 2917 goto theend; |
| 842 | 2918 } |
| 1869 | 2919 vim_snprintf((char *)ptr, len, "^\\s*\\zs\\V%s", pat_esc); |
| 842 | 2920 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(ptr, RE_MAGIC); |
| 2921 vim_free(pat_esc); | |
| 667 | 2922 vim_free(ptr); |
| 2923 } | |
| 2924 else | |
| 703 | 2925 { |
| 667 | 2926 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(pat, p_magic ? RE_MAGIC : 0); |
| 703 | 2927 if (regmatch.regprog == NULL) |
| 2928 goto theend; | |
| 2929 } | |
| 667 | 2930 |
| 7 | 2931 /* ignore case depends on 'ignorecase', 'smartcase' and "pat" */ |
| 2932 regmatch.rm_ic = ignorecase(pat); | |
| 703 | 2933 while (*dict != NUL && !got_int && !compl_interrupted) |
| 7 | 2934 { |
| 2935 /* copy one dictionary file name into buf */ | |
| 2936 if (flags == DICT_EXACT) | |
| 2937 { | |
| 2938 count = 1; | |
| 2939 files = &dict; | |
| 2940 } | |
| 2941 else | |
| 2942 { | |
| 2943 /* Expand wildcards in the dictionary name, but do not allow | |
| 2944 * backticks (for security, the 'dict' option may have been set in | |
| 2945 * a modeline). */ | |
| 2946 copy_option_part(&dict, buf, LSIZE, ","); | |
| 744 | 2947 # ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
| 703 | 2948 if (!thesaurus && STRCMP(buf, "spell") == 0) |
| 2949 count = -1; | |
| 744 | 2950 else |
| 2951 # endif | |
| 2952 if (vim_strchr(buf, '`') != NULL | |
| 7 | 2953 || expand_wildcards(1, &buf, &count, &files, |
| 2954 EW_FILE|EW_SILENT) != OK) | |
| 2955 count = 0; | |
| 2956 } | |
| 2957 | |
| 744 | 2958 # ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
| 703 | 2959 if (count == -1) |
| 2960 { | |
| 712 | 2961 /* Complete from active spelling. Skip "\<" in the pattern, we |
| 2962 * don't use it as a RE. */ | |
| 703 | 2963 if (pat[0] == '\\' && pat[1] == '<') |
| 2964 ptr = pat + 2; | |
| 2965 else | |
| 2966 ptr = pat; | |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2227
diff
changeset
|
2967 spell_dump_compl(ptr, regmatch.rm_ic, &dir, 0); |
| 703 | 2968 } |
| 2969 else | |
| 744 | 2970 # endif |
| 938 | 2971 if (count > 0) /* avoid warning for using "files" uninit */ |
| 703 | 2972 { |
| 2973 ins_compl_files(count, files, thesaurus, flags, | |
| 2974 ®match, buf, &dir); | |
| 7 | 2975 if (flags != DICT_EXACT) |
| 703 | 2976 FreeWild(count, files); |
| 2977 } | |
| 2978 if (flags != 0) | |
| 7 | 2979 break; |
| 2980 } | |
| 703 | 2981 |
| 2982 theend: | |
| 7 | 2983 p_scs = save_p_scs; |
| 2984 vim_free(regmatch.regprog); | |
| 2985 vim_free(buf); | |
| 2986 } | |
| 2987 | |
| 703 | 2988 static void |
| 2989 ins_compl_files(count, files, thesaurus, flags, regmatch, buf, dir) | |
| 2990 int count; | |
| 2991 char_u **files; | |
| 2992 int thesaurus; | |
| 2993 int flags; | |
| 2994 regmatch_T *regmatch; | |
| 2995 char_u *buf; | |
| 2996 int *dir; | |
| 2997 { | |
| 2998 char_u *ptr; | |
| 2999 int i; | |
| 3000 FILE *fp; | |
| 3001 int add_r; | |
| 3002 | |
| 3003 for (i = 0; i < count && !got_int && !compl_interrupted; i++) | |
| 3004 { | |
| 3005 fp = mch_fopen((char *)files[i], "r"); /* open dictionary file */ | |
| 3006 if (flags != DICT_EXACT) | |
| 3007 { | |
| 3008 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, | |
| 3009 _("Scanning dictionary: %s"), (char *)files[i]); | |
| 1869 | 3010 (void)msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, hl_attr(HLF_R)); |
| 703 | 3011 } |
| 3012 | |
| 3013 if (fp != NULL) | |
| 3014 { | |
| 3015 /* | |
| 3016 * Read dictionary file line by line. | |
| 3017 * Check each line for a match. | |
| 3018 */ | |
| 3019 while (!got_int && !compl_interrupted | |
| 3020 && !vim_fgets(buf, LSIZE, fp)) | |
| 3021 { | |
| 3022 ptr = buf; | |
| 3023 while (vim_regexec(regmatch, buf, (colnr_T)(ptr - buf))) | |
| 3024 { | |
| 3025 ptr = regmatch->startp[0]; | |
| 3026 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) | |
| 3027 ptr = find_line_end(ptr); | |
| 3028 else | |
| 3029 ptr = find_word_end(ptr); | |
| 3030 add_r = ins_compl_add_infercase(regmatch->startp[0], | |
| 3031 (int)(ptr - regmatch->startp[0]), | |
| 942 | 3032 p_ic, files[i], *dir, 0); |
| 703 | 3033 if (thesaurus) |
| 3034 { | |
| 3035 char_u *wstart; | |
| 3036 | |
| 3037 /* | |
| 3038 * Add the other matches on the line | |
| 3039 */ | |
| 1353 | 3040 ptr = buf; |
| 703 | 3041 while (!got_int) |
| 3042 { | |
| 3043 /* Find start of the next word. Skip white | |
| 3044 * space and punctuation. */ | |
| 3045 ptr = find_word_start(ptr); | |
| 3046 if (*ptr == NUL || *ptr == NL) | |
| 3047 break; | |
| 3048 wstart = ptr; | |
| 3049 | |
| 1353 | 3050 /* Find end of the word. */ |
| 703 | 3051 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 3052 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 3053 /* Japanese words may have characters in | |
| 3054 * different classes, only separate words | |
| 3055 * with single-byte non-word characters. */ | |
| 3056 while (*ptr != NUL) | |
| 3057 { | |
| 3058 int l = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr); | |
| 3059 | |
| 3060 if (l < 2 && !vim_iswordc(*ptr)) | |
| 3061 break; | |
| 3062 ptr += l; | |
| 3063 } | |
| 3064 else | |
| 3065 #endif | |
| 3066 ptr = find_word_end(ptr); | |
| 1353 | 3067 |
| 3068 /* Add the word. Skip the regexp match. */ | |
| 3069 if (wstart != regmatch->startp[0]) | |
| 3070 add_r = ins_compl_add_infercase(wstart, | |
| 3071 (int)(ptr - wstart), | |
| 3072 p_ic, files[i], *dir, 0); | |
| 703 | 3073 } |
| 3074 } | |
| 3075 if (add_r == OK) | |
| 3076 /* if dir was BACKWARD then honor it just once */ | |
| 3077 *dir = FORWARD; | |
| 3078 else if (add_r == FAIL) | |
| 3079 break; | |
| 3080 /* avoid expensive call to vim_regexec() when at end | |
| 3081 * of line */ | |
| 3082 if (*ptr == '\n' || got_int) | |
| 3083 break; | |
| 3084 } | |
| 3085 line_breakcheck(); | |
| 3086 ins_compl_check_keys(50); | |
| 3087 } | |
| 3088 fclose(fp); | |
| 3089 } | |
| 3090 } | |
| 3091 } | |
| 3092 | |
| 7 | 3093 /* |
| 3094 * Find the start of the next word. | |
| 3095 * Returns a pointer to the first char of the word. Also stops at a NUL. | |
| 3096 */ | |
| 3097 char_u * | |
| 3098 find_word_start(ptr) | |
| 3099 char_u *ptr; | |
| 3100 { | |
| 3101 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 3102 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 3103 while (*ptr != NUL && *ptr != '\n' && mb_get_class(ptr) <= 1) | |
| 474 | 3104 ptr += (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr); |
| 7 | 3105 else |
| 3106 #endif | |
| 3107 while (*ptr != NUL && *ptr != '\n' && !vim_iswordc(*ptr)) | |
| 3108 ++ptr; | |
| 3109 return ptr; | |
| 3110 } | |
| 3111 | |
| 3112 /* | |
| 3113 * Find the end of the word. Assumes it starts inside a word. | |
| 3114 * Returns a pointer to just after the word. | |
| 3115 */ | |
| 3116 char_u * | |
| 3117 find_word_end(ptr) | |
| 3118 char_u *ptr; | |
| 3119 { | |
| 3120 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 3121 int start_class; | |
| 3122 | |
| 3123 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 3124 { | |
| 3125 start_class = mb_get_class(ptr); | |
| 3126 if (start_class > 1) | |
| 3127 while (*ptr != NUL) | |
| 3128 { | |
| 474 | 3129 ptr += (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr); |
| 7 | 3130 if (mb_get_class(ptr) != start_class) |
| 3131 break; | |
| 3132 } | |
| 3133 } | |
| 3134 else | |
| 3135 #endif | |
| 3136 while (vim_iswordc(*ptr)) | |
| 3137 ++ptr; | |
| 3138 return ptr; | |
| 3139 } | |
| 3140 | |
| 3141 /* | |
| 667 | 3142 * Find the end of the line, omitting CR and NL at the end. |
| 3143 * Returns a pointer to just after the line. | |
| 3144 */ | |
| 3145 static char_u * | |
| 3146 find_line_end(ptr) | |
| 3147 char_u *ptr; | |
| 3148 { | |
| 3149 char_u *s; | |
| 3150 | |
| 3151 s = ptr + STRLEN(ptr); | |
| 3152 while (s > ptr && (s[-1] == CAR || s[-1] == NL)) | |
| 3153 --s; | |
| 3154 return s; | |
| 3155 } | |
| 3156 | |
| 3157 /* | |
| 7 | 3158 * Free the list of completions |
| 3159 */ | |
| 3160 static void | |
| 3161 ins_compl_free() | |
| 3162 { | |
| 464 | 3163 compl_T *match; |
| 786 | 3164 int i; |
| 7 | 3165 |
| 449 | 3166 vim_free(compl_pattern); |
| 3167 compl_pattern = NULL; | |
| 657 | 3168 vim_free(compl_leader); |
| 3169 compl_leader = NULL; | |
| 449 | 3170 |
| 3171 if (compl_first_match == NULL) | |
| 7 | 3172 return; |
| 540 | 3173 |
| 3174 ins_compl_del_pum(); | |
| 3175 pum_clear(); | |
| 3176 | |
| 449 | 3177 compl_curr_match = compl_first_match; |
| 7 | 3178 do |
| 3179 { | |
| 449 | 3180 match = compl_curr_match; |
| 464 | 3181 compl_curr_match = compl_curr_match->cp_next; |
| 3182 vim_free(match->cp_str); | |
| 7 | 3183 /* several entries may use the same fname, free it just once. */ |
| 464 | 3184 if (match->cp_flags & FREE_FNAME) |
| 3185 vim_free(match->cp_fname); | |
| 786 | 3186 for (i = 0; i < CPT_COUNT; ++i) |
| 3187 vim_free(match->cp_text[i]); | |
| 7 | 3188 vim_free(match); |
| 449 | 3189 } while (compl_curr_match != NULL && compl_curr_match != compl_first_match); |
| 3190 compl_first_match = compl_curr_match = NULL; | |
| 1927 | 3191 compl_shown_match = NULL; |
| 7 | 3192 } |
| 3193 | |
| 3194 static void | |
| 3195 ins_compl_clear() | |
| 3196 { | |
| 449 | 3197 compl_cont_status = 0; |
| 3198 compl_started = FALSE; | |
| 3199 compl_matches = 0; | |
| 3200 vim_free(compl_pattern); | |
| 3201 compl_pattern = NULL; | |
| 657 | 3202 vim_free(compl_leader); |
| 3203 compl_leader = NULL; | |
| 7 | 3204 edit_submode_extra = NULL; |
| 724 | 3205 vim_free(compl_orig_text); |
| 3206 compl_orig_text = NULL; | |
| 825 | 3207 compl_enter_selects = FALSE; |
| 7 | 3208 } |
| 3209 | |
| 3210 /* | |
| 674 | 3211 * Return TRUE when Insert completion is active. |
| 3212 */ | |
| 3213 int | |
| 3214 ins_compl_active() | |
| 3215 { | |
| 3216 return compl_started; | |
| 3217 } | |
| 3218 | |
| 3219 /* | |
| 659 | 3220 * Delete one character before the cursor and show the subset of the matches |
| 3221 * that match the word that is now before the cursor. | |
| 836 | 3222 * Returns the character to be used, NUL if the work is done and another char |
| 3223 * to be got from the user. | |
| 657 | 3224 */ |
| 3225 static int | |
| 3226 ins_compl_bs() | |
| 3227 { | |
| 3228 char_u *line; | |
| 3229 char_u *p; | |
| 3230 | |
| 836 | 3231 line = ml_get_curline(); |
| 3232 p = line + curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 3233 mb_ptr_back(line, p); | |
| 3234 | |
| 1430 | 3235 /* Stop completion when the whole word was deleted. For Omni completion |
| 3236 * allow the word to be deleted, we won't match everything. */ | |
| 3237 if ((int)(p - line) - (int)compl_col < 0 | |
| 3238 || ((int)(p - line) - (int)compl_col == 0 | |
| 3239 && (ctrl_x_mode & CTRL_X_OMNI) == 0)) | |
| 836 | 3240 return K_BS; |
| 3241 | |
| 874 | 3242 /* Deleted more than what was used to find matches or didn't finish |
| 3243 * finding all matches: need to look for matches all over again. */ | |
| 3244 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= compl_col + compl_length | |
| 3245 || compl_was_interrupted) | |
| 3246 ins_compl_restart(); | |
| 657 | 3247 |
| 3248 vim_free(compl_leader); | |
| 835 | 3249 compl_leader = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, (int)(p - line) - compl_col); |
| 657 | 3250 if (compl_leader != NULL) |
| 3251 { | |
| 874 | 3252 ins_compl_new_leader(); |
| 3253 return NUL; | |
| 3254 } | |
| 3255 return K_BS; | |
| 3256 } | |
| 3257 | |
| 3258 /* | |
| 3259 * Called after changing "compl_leader". | |
| 3260 * Show the popup menu with a different set of matches. | |
| 3261 * May also search for matches again if the previous search was interrupted. | |
| 3262 */ | |
| 3263 static void | |
| 3264 ins_compl_new_leader() | |
| 3265 { | |
| 3266 ins_compl_del_pum(); | |
| 3267 ins_compl_delete(); | |
| 1782 | 3268 ins_bytes(compl_leader + ins_compl_len()); |
| 874 | 3269 compl_used_match = FALSE; |
| 3270 | |
| 3271 if (compl_started) | |
| 3272 ins_compl_set_original_text(compl_leader); | |
| 3273 else | |
| 3274 { | |
| 826 | 3275 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
| 874 | 3276 spell_bad_len = 0; /* need to redetect bad word */ |
| 3277 #endif | |
| 3278 /* | |
| 3279 * Matches were cleared, need to search for them now. First display | |
| 3280 * the changed text before the cursor. Set "compl_restarting" to | |
| 3281 * avoid that the first match is inserted. | |
| 3282 */ | |
| 3283 update_screen(0); | |
| 3284 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 3285 if (gui.in_use) | |
| 3286 { | |
| 3287 /* Show the cursor after the match, not after the redrawn text. */ | |
| 3288 setcursor(); | |
| 3289 out_flush(); | |
| 3290 gui_update_cursor(FALSE, FALSE); | |
| 3291 } | |
| 3292 #endif | |
| 3293 compl_restarting = TRUE; | |
| 3294 if (ins_complete(Ctrl_N) == FAIL) | |
| 3295 compl_cont_status = 0; | |
| 3296 compl_restarting = FALSE; | |
| 3297 } | |
| 3298 | |
| 887 | 3299 #if 0 /* disabled, made CTRL-L, BS and typing char jump to original text. */ |
| 874 | 3300 if (!compl_used_match) |
| 3301 { | |
| 829 | 3302 /* Go to the original text, since none of the matches is inserted. */ |
| 3303 if (compl_first_match->cp_prev != NULL | |
| 3304 && (compl_first_match->cp_prev->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT)) | |
| 3305 compl_shown_match = compl_first_match->cp_prev; | |
| 3306 else | |
| 3307 compl_shown_match = compl_first_match; | |
| 3308 compl_curr_match = compl_shown_match; | |
| 3309 compl_shows_dir = compl_direction; | |
| 874 | 3310 } |
| 887 | 3311 #endif |
| 3312 compl_enter_selects = !compl_used_match; | |
| 874 | 3313 |
| 3314 /* Show the popup menu with a different set of matches. */ | |
| 3315 ins_compl_show_pum(); | |
| 947 | 3316 |
| 3317 /* Don't let Enter select the original text when there is no popup menu. */ | |
| 3318 if (compl_match_array == NULL) | |
| 3319 compl_enter_selects = FALSE; | |
| 657 | 3320 } |
| 3321 | |
| 3322 /* | |
| 1782 | 3323 * Return the length of the completion, from the completion start column to |
| 3324 * the cursor column. Making sure it never goes below zero. | |
| 3325 */ | |
| 3326 static int | |
| 3327 ins_compl_len() | |
| 3328 { | |
| 1869 | 3329 int off = (int)curwin->w_cursor.col - (int)compl_col; |
| 1782 | 3330 |
| 3331 if (off < 0) | |
| 3332 return 0; | |
| 3333 return off; | |
| 3334 } | |
| 3335 | |
| 3336 /* | |
| 657 | 3337 * Append one character to the match leader. May reduce the number of |
| 3338 * matches. | |
| 3339 */ | |
| 3340 static void | |
| 3341 ins_compl_addleader(c) | |
| 3342 int c; | |
| 3343 { | |
| 3344 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 3345 int cc; | |
| 3346 | |
| 3347 if (has_mbyte && (cc = (*mb_char2len)(c)) > 1) | |
| 3348 { | |
| 3349 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; | |
| 3350 | |
| 3351 (*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf); | |
| 3352 buf[cc] = NUL; | |
| 3353 ins_char_bytes(buf, cc); | |
| 3354 } | |
| 3355 else | |
| 3356 #endif | |
| 3357 ins_char(c); | |
| 3358 | |
| 874 | 3359 /* If we didn't complete finding matches we must search again. */ |
| 3360 if (compl_was_interrupted) | |
| 3361 ins_compl_restart(); | |
| 3362 | |
| 657 | 3363 vim_free(compl_leader); |
| 3364 compl_leader = vim_strnsave(ml_get_curline() + compl_col, | |
| 1869 | 3365 (int)(curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col)); |
| 657 | 3366 if (compl_leader != NULL) |
| 874 | 3367 ins_compl_new_leader(); |
| 3368 } | |
| 3369 | |
| 3370 /* | |
| 3371 * Setup for finding completions again without leaving CTRL-X mode. Used when | |
| 3372 * BS or a key was typed while still searching for matches. | |
| 3373 */ | |
| 3374 static void | |
| 3375 ins_compl_restart() | |
| 3376 { | |
| 3377 ins_compl_free(); | |
| 3378 compl_started = FALSE; | |
| 3379 compl_matches = 0; | |
| 3380 compl_cont_status = 0; | |
| 3381 compl_cont_mode = 0; | |
| 694 | 3382 } |
| 3383 | |
| 3384 /* | |
| 3385 * Set the first match, the original text. | |
| 3386 */ | |
| 3387 static void | |
| 3388 ins_compl_set_original_text(str) | |
| 3389 char_u *str; | |
| 3390 { | |
| 3391 char_u *p; | |
| 3392 | |
| 3393 /* Replace the original text entry. */ | |
| 3394 if (compl_first_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) /* safety check */ | |
| 3395 { | |
| 3396 p = vim_strsave(str); | |
| 3397 if (p != NULL) | |
| 3398 { | |
| 3399 vim_free(compl_first_match->cp_str); | |
| 3400 compl_first_match->cp_str = p; | |
| 3401 } | |
| 657 | 3402 } |
| 3403 } | |
| 3404 | |
| 3405 /* | |
| 659 | 3406 * Append one character to the match leader. May reduce the number of |
| 3407 * matches. | |
| 3408 */ | |
| 3409 static void | |
| 3410 ins_compl_addfrommatch() | |
| 3411 { | |
| 3412 char_u *p; | |
| 1869 | 3413 int len = (int)curwin->w_cursor.col - (int)compl_col; |
| 659 | 3414 int c; |
| 887 | 3415 compl_T *cp; |
| 659 | 3416 |
| 3417 p = compl_shown_match->cp_str; | |
| 677 | 3418 if ((int)STRLEN(p) <= len) /* the match is too short */ |
| 887 | 3419 { |
| 3420 /* When still at the original match use the first entry that matches | |
| 3421 * the leader. */ | |
| 3422 if (compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) | |
| 3423 { | |
| 3424 p = NULL; | |
| 3425 for (cp = compl_shown_match->cp_next; cp != NULL | |
| 3426 && cp != compl_first_match; cp = cp->cp_next) | |
| 3427 { | |
| 987 | 3428 if (compl_leader == NULL |
| 3429 || ins_compl_equal(cp, compl_leader, | |
| 887 | 3430 (int)STRLEN(compl_leader))) |
| 3431 { | |
| 3432 p = cp->cp_str; | |
| 3433 break; | |
| 3434 } | |
| 3435 } | |
| 3436 if (p == NULL || (int)STRLEN(p) <= len) | |
| 3437 return; | |
| 3438 } | |
| 3439 else | |
| 3440 return; | |
| 3441 } | |
| 659 | 3442 p += len; |
| 3443 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 3444 c = mb_ptr2char(p); | |
| 3445 #else | |
| 3446 c = *p; | |
| 3447 #endif | |
| 3448 ins_compl_addleader(c); | |
| 3449 } | |
| 3450 | |
| 3451 /* | |
| 7 | 3452 * Prepare for Insert mode completion, or stop it. |
| 464 | 3453 * Called just after typing a character in Insert mode. |
| 540 | 3454 * Returns TRUE when the character is not to be inserted; |
| 7 | 3455 */ |
| 540 | 3456 static int |
| 7 | 3457 ins_compl_prep(c) |
| 3458 int c; | |
| 3459 { | |
| 3460 char_u *ptr; | |
| 3461 int want_cindent; | |
| 540 | 3462 int retval = FALSE; |
| 7 | 3463 |
| 3464 /* Forget any previous 'special' messages if this is actually | |
| 3465 * a ^X mode key - bar ^R, in which case we wait to see what it gives us. | |
| 3466 */ | |
| 3467 if (c != Ctrl_R && vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c)) | |
| 3468 edit_submode_extra = NULL; | |
| 3469 | |
| 1434 | 3470 /* Ignore end of Select mode mapping and mouse scroll buttons. */ |
| 3471 if (c == K_SELECT || c == K_MOUSEDOWN || c == K_MOUSEUP) | |
| 540 | 3472 return retval; |
| 7 | 3473 |
| 665 | 3474 /* Set "compl_get_longest" when finding the first matches. */ |
| 3475 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET | |
| 3476 || (ctrl_x_mode == 0 && !compl_started)) | |
| 3477 { | |
| 3478 compl_get_longest = (vim_strchr(p_cot, 'l') != NULL); | |
| 3479 compl_used_match = TRUE; | |
| 3480 } | |
| 3481 | |
| 7 | 3482 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET) |
| 3483 { | |
| 3484 /* | |
| 3485 * We have just typed CTRL-X and aren't quite sure which CTRL-X mode | |
| 3486 * it will be yet. Now we decide. | |
| 3487 */ | |
| 3488 switch (c) | |
| 3489 { | |
| 3490 case Ctrl_E: | |
| 3491 case Ctrl_Y: | |
| 3492 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_SCROLL; | |
| 3493 if (!(State & REPLACE_FLAG)) | |
| 3494 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(" (insert) Scroll (^E/^Y)"); | |
| 3495 else | |
| 3496 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(" (replace) Scroll (^E/^Y)"); | |
| 3497 edit_submode_pre = NULL; | |
| 3498 showmode(); | |
| 3499 break; | |
| 3500 case Ctrl_L: | |
| 3501 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE; | |
| 3502 break; | |
| 3503 case Ctrl_F: | |
| 3504 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FILES; | |
| 3505 break; | |
| 3506 case Ctrl_K: | |
| 3507 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY; | |
| 3508 break; | |
| 3509 case Ctrl_R: | |
| 3510 /* Simply allow ^R to happen without affecting ^X mode */ | |
| 3511 break; | |
| 3512 case Ctrl_T: | |
| 3513 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_THESAURUS; | |
| 3514 break; | |
| 12 | 3515 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC |
| 3516 case Ctrl_U: | |
| 3517 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FUNCTION; | |
| 3518 break; | |
| 449 | 3519 case Ctrl_O: |
| 523 | 3520 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_OMNI; |
| 449 | 3521 break; |
| 502 | 3522 #endif |
| 477 | 3523 case 's': |
| 3524 case Ctrl_S: | |
| 3525 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_SPELL; | |
| 744 | 3526 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
| 819 | 3527 ++emsg_off; /* Avoid getting the E756 error twice. */ |
| 484 | 3528 spell_back_to_badword(); |
| 819 | 3529 --emsg_off; |
| 484 | 3530 #endif |
| 477 | 3531 break; |
| 7 | 3532 case Ctrl_RSB: |
| 3533 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_TAGS; | |
| 3534 break; | |
| 3535 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID | |
| 3536 case Ctrl_I: | |
| 3537 case K_S_TAB: | |
| 3538 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS; | |
| 3539 break; | |
| 3540 case Ctrl_D: | |
| 3541 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES; | |
| 3542 break; | |
| 3543 #endif | |
| 3544 case Ctrl_V: | |
| 3545 case Ctrl_Q: | |
| 3546 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_CMDLINE; | |
| 3547 break; | |
| 3548 case Ctrl_P: | |
| 3549 case Ctrl_N: | |
| 3550 /* ^X^P means LOCAL expansion if nothing interrupted (eg we | |
| 3551 * just started ^X mode, or there were enough ^X's to cancel | |
| 3552 * the previous mode, say ^X^F^X^X^P or ^P^X^X^X^P, see below) | |
| 3553 * do normal expansion when interrupting a different mode (say | |
| 3554 * ^X^F^X^P or ^P^X^X^P, see below) | |
| 3555 * nothing changes if interrupting mode 0, (eg, the flag | |
| 3556 * doesn't change when going to ADDING mode -- Acevedo */ | |
| 449 | 3557 if (!(compl_cont_status & CONT_INTRPT)) |
| 3558 compl_cont_status |= CONT_LOCAL; | |
| 3559 else if (compl_cont_mode != 0) | |
| 3560 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_LOCAL; | |
| 7 | 3561 /* FALLTHROUGH */ |
| 3562 default: | |
| 449 | 3563 /* If we have typed at least 2 ^X's... for modes != 0, we set |
| 3564 * compl_cont_status = 0 (eg, as if we had just started ^X | |
| 3565 * mode). | |
| 3566 * For mode 0, we set "compl_cont_mode" to an impossible | |
| 3567 * value, in both cases ^X^X can be used to restart the same | |
| 3568 * mode (avoiding ADDING mode). | |
| 3569 * Undocumented feature: In a mode != 0 ^X^P and ^X^X^P start | |
| 3570 * 'complete' and local ^P expansions respectively. | |
| 3571 * In mode 0 an extra ^X is needed since ^X^P goes to ADDING | |
| 3572 * mode -- Acevedo */ | |
| 7 | 3573 if (c == Ctrl_X) |
| 3574 { | |
| 449 | 3575 if (compl_cont_mode != 0) |
| 3576 compl_cont_status = 0; | |
| 7 | 3577 else |
| 449 | 3578 compl_cont_mode = CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET; |
| 7 | 3579 } |
| 3580 ctrl_x_mode = 0; | |
| 3581 edit_submode = NULL; | |
| 3582 showmode(); | |
| 3583 break; | |
| 3584 } | |
| 3585 } | |
| 3586 else if (ctrl_x_mode != 0) | |
| 3587 { | |
| 3588 /* We're already in CTRL-X mode, do we stay in it? */ | |
| 3589 if (!vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c)) | |
| 3590 { | |
| 3591 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_SCROLL) | |
| 3592 ctrl_x_mode = 0; | |
| 3593 else | |
| 3594 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FINISHED; | |
| 3595 edit_submode = NULL; | |
| 3596 } | |
| 3597 showmode(); | |
| 3598 } | |
| 3599 | |
| 449 | 3600 if (compl_started || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FINISHED) |
| 7 | 3601 { |
| 3602 /* Show error message from attempted keyword completion (probably | |
| 3603 * 'Pattern not found') until another key is hit, then go back to | |
| 449 | 3604 * showing what mode we are in. */ |
| 7 | 3605 showmode(); |
| 644 | 3606 if ((ctrl_x_mode == 0 && c != Ctrl_N && c != Ctrl_P && c != Ctrl_R |
| 3607 && !ins_compl_pum_key(c)) | |
| 7 | 3608 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FINISHED) |
| 3609 { | |
| 3610 /* Get here when we have finished typing a sequence of ^N and | |
| 3611 * ^P or other completion characters in CTRL-X mode. Free up | |
| 449 | 3612 * memory that was used, and make sure we can redo the insert. */ |
| 836 | 3613 if (compl_curr_match != NULL || compl_leader != NULL || c == Ctrl_E) |
| 7 | 3614 { |
| 449 | 3615 char_u *p; |
| 938 | 3616 int temp = 0; |
| 449 | 3617 |
| 7 | 3618 /* |
| 836 | 3619 * If any of the original typed text has been changed, eg when |
| 3620 * ignorecase is set, we must add back-spaces to the redo | |
| 3621 * buffer. We add as few as necessary to delete just the part | |
| 3622 * of the original text that has changed. | |
| 3623 * When using the longest match, edited the match or used | |
| 3624 * CTRL-E then don't use the current match. | |
| 7 | 3625 */ |
| 836 | 3626 if (compl_curr_match != NULL && compl_used_match && c != Ctrl_E) |
| 3627 ptr = compl_curr_match->cp_str; | |
| 3628 else if (compl_leader != NULL) | |
| 3629 ptr = compl_leader; | |
| 3630 else | |
| 3631 ptr = compl_orig_text; | |
| 897 | 3632 if (compl_orig_text != NULL) |
| 3633 { | |
| 3634 p = compl_orig_text; | |
| 3635 for (temp = 0; p[temp] != NUL && p[temp] == ptr[temp]; | |
| 3636 ++temp) | |
| 3637 ; | |
| 836 | 3638 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 897 | 3639 if (temp > 0) |
| 3640 temp -= (*mb_head_off)(compl_orig_text, p + temp); | |
| 3641 #endif | |
| 3642 for (p += temp; *p != NUL; mb_ptr_adv(p)) | |
| 3643 AppendCharToRedobuff(K_BS); | |
| 3644 } | |
| 3645 if (ptr != NULL) | |
| 3646 AppendToRedobuffLit(ptr + temp, -1); | |
| 7 | 3647 } |
| 3648 | |
| 3649 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 3650 want_cindent = (can_cindent && cindent_on()); | |
| 3651 #endif | |
| 3652 /* | |
| 3653 * When completing whole lines: fix indent for 'cindent'. | |
| 3654 * Otherwise, break line if it's too long. | |
| 3655 */ | |
| 449 | 3656 if (compl_cont_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) |
| 7 | 3657 { |
| 3658 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 3659 /* re-indent the current line */ | |
| 3660 if (want_cindent) | |
| 3661 { | |
| 3662 do_c_expr_indent(); | |
| 3663 want_cindent = FALSE; /* don't do it again */ | |
| 3664 } | |
| 3665 #endif | |
| 3666 } | |
| 3667 else | |
| 3668 { | |
| 1073 | 3669 int prev_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; |
| 3670 | |
| 7 | 3671 /* put the cursor on the last char, for 'tw' formatting */ |
| 1073 | 3672 if (prev_col > 0) |
| 3673 dec_cursor(); | |
| 7 | 3674 if (stop_arrow() == OK) |
| 3675 insertchar(NUL, 0, -1); | |
| 1073 | 3676 if (prev_col > 0 |
| 3677 && ml_get_curline()[curwin->w_cursor.col] != NUL) | |
| 3678 inc_cursor(); | |
| 7 | 3679 } |
| 3680 | |
| 816 | 3681 /* If the popup menu is displayed pressing CTRL-Y means accepting |
| 825 | 3682 * the selection without inserting anything. When |
| 3683 * compl_enter_selects is set the Enter key does the same. */ | |
| 3684 if ((c == Ctrl_Y || (compl_enter_selects | |
| 3685 && (c == CAR || c == K_KENTER || c == NL))) | |
| 3686 && pum_visible()) | |
| 540 | 3687 retval = TRUE; |
| 3688 | |
| 816 | 3689 /* CTRL-E means completion is Ended, go back to the typed text. */ |
| 3690 if (c == Ctrl_E) | |
| 3691 { | |
| 3692 ins_compl_delete(); | |
| 3693 if (compl_leader != NULL) | |
| 1782 | 3694 ins_bytes(compl_leader + ins_compl_len()); |
| 816 | 3695 else if (compl_first_match != NULL) |
| 1782 | 3696 ins_bytes(compl_orig_text + ins_compl_len()); |
| 816 | 3697 retval = TRUE; |
| 3698 } | |
| 3699 | |
| 1698 | 3700 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); |
| 3701 | |
| 7 | 3702 ins_compl_free(); |
| 449 | 3703 compl_started = FALSE; |
| 3704 compl_matches = 0; | |
| 7 | 3705 msg_clr_cmdline(); /* necessary for "noshowmode" */ |
| 3706 ctrl_x_mode = 0; | |
| 825 | 3707 compl_enter_selects = FALSE; |
| 7 | 3708 if (edit_submode != NULL) |
| 3709 { | |
| 3710 edit_submode = NULL; | |
| 3711 showmode(); | |
| 3712 } | |
| 3713 | |
| 3714 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 3715 /* | |
| 3716 * Indent now if a key was typed that is in 'cinkeys'. | |
| 3717 */ | |
| 3718 if (want_cindent && in_cinkeys(KEY_COMPLETE, ' ', inindent(0))) | |
| 3719 do_c_expr_indent(); | |
| 3720 #endif | |
| 3721 } | |
| 3722 } | |
| 3723 | |
| 3724 /* reset continue_* if we left expansion-mode, if we stay they'll be | |
| 3725 * (re)set properly in ins_complete() */ | |
| 3726 if (!vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c)) | |
| 3727 { | |
| 449 | 3728 compl_cont_status = 0; |
| 3729 compl_cont_mode = 0; | |
| 7 | 3730 } |
| 540 | 3731 |
| 3732 return retval; | |
| 7 | 3733 } |
| 3734 | |
| 3735 /* | |
| 3736 * Loops through the list of windows, loaded-buffers or non-loaded-buffers | |
| 3737 * (depending on flag) starting from buf and looking for a non-scanned | |
| 3738 * buffer (other than curbuf). curbuf is special, if it is called with | |
| 3739 * buf=curbuf then it has to be the first call for a given flag/expansion. | |
| 3740 * | |
| 3741 * Returns the buffer to scan, if any, otherwise returns curbuf -- Acevedo | |
| 3742 */ | |
| 3743 static buf_T * | |
| 3744 ins_compl_next_buf(buf, flag) | |
| 3745 buf_T *buf; | |
| 3746 int flag; | |
| 3747 { | |
| 3748 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 3749 static win_T *wp; | |
| 3750 #endif | |
| 3751 | |
| 3752 if (flag == 'w') /* just windows */ | |
| 3753 { | |
| 3754 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 3755 if (buf == curbuf) /* first call for this flag/expansion */ | |
| 3756 wp = curwin; | |
| 383 | 3757 while ((wp = (wp->w_next != NULL ? wp->w_next : firstwin)) != curwin |
| 7 | 3758 && wp->w_buffer->b_scanned) |
| 3759 ; | |
| 3760 buf = wp->w_buffer; | |
| 3761 #else | |
| 3762 buf = curbuf; | |
| 3763 #endif | |
| 3764 } | |
| 3765 else | |
| 3766 /* 'b' (just loaded buffers), 'u' (just non-loaded buffers) or 'U' | |
| 3767 * (unlisted buffers) | |
| 3768 * When completing whole lines skip unloaded buffers. */ | |
| 383 | 3769 while ((buf = (buf->b_next != NULL ? buf->b_next : firstbuf)) != curbuf |
| 7 | 3770 && ((flag == 'U' |
| 3771 ? buf->b_p_bl | |
| 3772 : (!buf->b_p_bl | |
| 3773 || (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp == NULL) != (flag == 'u'))) | |
| 667 | 3774 || buf->b_scanned)) |
| 7 | 3775 ; |
| 3776 return buf; | |
| 3777 } | |
| 3778 | |
| 12 | 3779 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC |
| 659 | 3780 static void expand_by_function __ARGS((int type, char_u *base)); |
| 12 | 3781 |
| 3782 /* | |
| 523 | 3783 * Execute user defined complete function 'completefunc' or 'omnifunc', and |
| 502 | 3784 * get matches in "matches". |
| 12 | 3785 */ |
| 659 | 3786 static void |
| 3787 expand_by_function(type, base) | |
| 523 | 3788 int type; /* CTRL_X_OMNI or CTRL_X_FUNCTION */ |
| 12 | 3789 char_u *base; |
| 3790 { | |
| 452 | 3791 list_T *matchlist; |
| 502 | 3792 char_u *args[2]; |
| 3793 char_u *funcname; | |
| 3794 pos_T pos; | |
| 3795 | |
| 3796 funcname = (type == CTRL_X_FUNCTION) ? curbuf->b_p_cfu : curbuf->b_p_ofu; | |
| 3797 if (*funcname == NUL) | |
| 659 | 3798 return; |
| 452 | 3799 |
| 3800 /* Call 'completefunc' to obtain the list of matches. */ | |
| 3801 args[0] = (char_u *)"0"; | |
| 502 | 3802 args[1] = base; |
| 3803 | |
| 3804 pos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 3805 matchlist = call_func_retlist(funcname, 2, args, FALSE); | |
| 3806 curwin->w_cursor = pos; /* restore the cursor position */ | |
| 452 | 3807 if (matchlist == NULL) |
| 659 | 3808 return; |
| 3809 | |
| 724 | 3810 ins_compl_add_list(matchlist); |
| 3811 list_unref(matchlist); | |
| 3812 } | |
| 3813 #endif /* FEAT_COMPL_FUNC */ | |
| 3814 | |
| 786 | 3815 #if defined(FEAT_COMPL_FUNC) || defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO) |
| 724 | 3816 /* |
| 3817 * Add completions from a list. | |
| 3818 */ | |
| 3819 static void | |
| 3820 ins_compl_add_list(list) | |
| 3821 list_T *list; | |
| 3822 { | |
| 3823 listitem_T *li; | |
| 3824 int dir = compl_direction; | |
| 3825 | |
| 659 | 3826 /* Go through the List with matches and add each of them. */ |
| 724 | 3827 for (li = list->lv_first; li != NULL; li = li->li_next) |
| 452 | 3828 { |
| 786 | 3829 if (ins_compl_add_tv(&li->li_tv, dir) == OK) |
| 3830 /* if dir was BACKWARD then honor it just once */ | |
| 3831 dir = FORWARD; | |
| 648 | 3832 else if (did_emsg) |
| 3833 break; | |
| 452 | 3834 } |
| 724 | 3835 } |
| 786 | 3836 |
| 3837 /* | |
| 3838 * Add a match to the list of matches from a typeval_T. | |
| 3839 * If the given string is already in the list of completions, then return | |
| 3840 * NOTDONE, otherwise add it to the list and return OK. If there is an error, | |
| 3841 * maybe because alloc() returns NULL, then FAIL is returned. | |
| 3842 */ | |
| 3843 int | |
| 3844 ins_compl_add_tv(tv, dir) | |
| 3845 typval_T *tv; | |
| 3846 int dir; | |
| 3847 { | |
| 3848 char_u *word; | |
| 867 | 3849 int icase = FALSE; |
| 944 | 3850 int adup = FALSE; |
| 786 | 3851 char_u *(cptext[CPT_COUNT]); |
| 3852 | |
| 3853 if (tv->v_type == VAR_DICT && tv->vval.v_dict != NULL) | |
| 3854 { | |
| 3855 word = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"word", FALSE); | |
| 3856 cptext[CPT_ABBR] = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, | |
| 3857 (char_u *)"abbr", FALSE); | |
| 3858 cptext[CPT_MENU] = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, | |
| 3859 (char_u *)"menu", FALSE); | |
| 3860 cptext[CPT_KIND] = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, | |
| 3861 (char_u *)"kind", FALSE); | |
| 3862 cptext[CPT_INFO] = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, | |
| 3863 (char_u *)"info", FALSE); | |
| 3864 if (get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"icase", FALSE) != NULL) | |
| 3865 icase = get_dict_number(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"icase"); | |
| 841 | 3866 if (get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"dup", FALSE) != NULL) |
| 944 | 3867 adup = get_dict_number(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"dup"); |
| 786 | 3868 } |
| 3869 else | |
| 3870 { | |
| 3871 word = get_tv_string_chk(tv); | |
| 3872 vim_memset(cptext, 0, sizeof(cptext)); | |
| 3873 } | |
| 3874 if (word == NULL || *word == NUL) | |
| 3875 return FAIL; | |
| 944 | 3876 return ins_compl_add(word, -1, icase, NULL, cptext, dir, 0, adup); |
| 786 | 3877 } |
| 724 | 3878 #endif |
| 12 | 3879 |
| 449 | 3880 /* |
| 3881 * Get the next expansion(s), using "compl_pattern". | |
| 659 | 3882 * The search starts at position "ini" in curbuf and in the direction |
| 3883 * compl_direction. | |
| 667 | 3884 * When "compl_started" is FALSE start at that position, otherwise continue |
| 3885 * where we stopped searching before. | |
| 449 | 3886 * This may return before finding all the matches. |
| 3887 * Return the total number of matches or -1 if still unknown -- Acevedo | |
| 7 | 3888 */ |
| 3889 static int | |
| 659 | 3890 ins_compl_get_exp(ini) |
| 7 | 3891 pos_T *ini; |
| 3892 { | |
| 3893 static pos_T first_match_pos; | |
| 3894 static pos_T last_match_pos; | |
| 3895 static char_u *e_cpt = (char_u *)""; /* curr. entry in 'complete' */ | |
| 449 | 3896 static int found_all = FALSE; /* Found all matches of a |
| 3897 certain type. */ | |
| 3898 static buf_T *ins_buf = NULL; /* buffer being scanned */ | |
| 7 | 3899 |
| 464 | 3900 pos_T *pos; |
| 3901 char_u **matches; | |
| 3902 int save_p_scs; | |
| 3903 int save_p_ws; | |
| 3904 int save_p_ic; | |
| 3905 int i; | |
| 3906 int num_matches; | |
| 3907 int len; | |
| 3908 int found_new_match; | |
| 3909 int type = ctrl_x_mode; | |
| 3910 char_u *ptr; | |
| 3911 char_u *dict = NULL; | |
| 3912 int dict_f = 0; | |
| 3913 compl_T *old_match; | |
| 7 | 3914 |
| 449 | 3915 if (!compl_started) |
| 7 | 3916 { |
| 3917 for (ins_buf = firstbuf; ins_buf != NULL; ins_buf = ins_buf->b_next) | |
| 3918 ins_buf->b_scanned = 0; | |
| 3919 found_all = FALSE; | |
| 3920 ins_buf = curbuf; | |
| 449 | 3921 e_cpt = (compl_cont_status & CONT_LOCAL) |
| 12 | 3922 ? (char_u *)"." : curbuf->b_p_cpt; |
| 7 | 3923 last_match_pos = first_match_pos = *ini; |
| 3924 } | |
| 3925 | |
| 449 | 3926 old_match = compl_curr_match; /* remember the last current match */ |
| 659 | 3927 pos = (compl_direction == FORWARD) ? &last_match_pos : &first_match_pos; |
| 7 | 3928 /* For ^N/^P loop over all the flags/windows/buffers in 'complete' */ |
| 3929 for (;;) | |
| 3930 { | |
| 3931 found_new_match = FAIL; | |
| 3932 | |
| 449 | 3933 /* For ^N/^P pick a new entry from e_cpt if compl_started is off, |
| 7 | 3934 * or if found_all says this entry is done. For ^X^L only use the |
| 3935 * entries from 'complete' that look in loaded buffers. */ | |
| 3936 if ((ctrl_x_mode == 0 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) | |
| 449 | 3937 && (!compl_started || found_all)) |
| 7 | 3938 { |
| 3939 found_all = FALSE; | |
| 3940 while (*e_cpt == ',' || *e_cpt == ' ') | |
| 3941 e_cpt++; | |
| 3942 if (*e_cpt == '.' && !curbuf->b_scanned) | |
| 3943 { | |
| 3944 ins_buf = curbuf; | |
| 3945 first_match_pos = *ini; | |
| 3946 /* So that ^N can match word immediately after cursor */ | |
| 3947 if (ctrl_x_mode == 0) | |
| 3948 dec(&first_match_pos); | |
| 3949 last_match_pos = first_match_pos; | |
| 3950 type = 0; | |
| 3951 } | |
| 3952 else if (vim_strchr((char_u *)"buwU", *e_cpt) != NULL | |
| 3953 && (ins_buf = ins_compl_next_buf(ins_buf, *e_cpt)) != curbuf) | |
| 3954 { | |
| 3955 /* Scan a buffer, but not the current one. */ | |
| 3956 if (ins_buf->b_ml.ml_mfp != NULL) /* loaded buffer */ | |
| 3957 { | |
| 449 | 3958 compl_started = TRUE; |
| 7 | 3959 first_match_pos.col = last_match_pos.col = 0; |
| 3960 first_match_pos.lnum = ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count + 1; | |
| 3961 last_match_pos.lnum = 0; | |
| 3962 type = 0; | |
| 3963 } | |
| 3964 else /* unloaded buffer, scan like dictionary */ | |
| 3965 { | |
| 3966 found_all = TRUE; | |
| 3967 if (ins_buf->b_fname == NULL) | |
| 3968 continue; | |
| 3969 type = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY; | |
| 3970 dict = ins_buf->b_fname; | |
| 3971 dict_f = DICT_EXACT; | |
| 3972 } | |
| 274 | 3973 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, _("Scanning: %s"), |
| 7 | 3974 ins_buf->b_fname == NULL |
| 3975 ? buf_spname(ins_buf) | |
| 3976 : ins_buf->b_sfname == NULL | |
| 3977 ? (char *)ins_buf->b_fname | |
| 3978 : (char *)ins_buf->b_sfname); | |
| 1869 | 3979 (void)msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, hl_attr(HLF_R)); |
| 7 | 3980 } |
| 3981 else if (*e_cpt == NUL) | |
| 3982 break; | |
| 3983 else | |
| 3984 { | |
| 3985 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) | |
| 3986 type = -1; | |
| 3987 else if (*e_cpt == 'k' || *e_cpt == 's') | |
| 3988 { | |
| 3989 if (*e_cpt == 'k') | |
| 3990 type = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY; | |
| 3991 else | |
| 3992 type = CTRL_X_THESAURUS; | |
| 3993 if (*++e_cpt != ',' && *e_cpt != NUL) | |
| 3994 { | |
| 3995 dict = e_cpt; | |
| 3996 dict_f = DICT_FIRST; | |
| 3997 } | |
| 3998 } | |
| 3999 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID | |
| 4000 else if (*e_cpt == 'i') | |
| 4001 type = CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS; | |
| 4002 else if (*e_cpt == 'd') | |
| 4003 type = CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES; | |
| 4004 #endif | |
| 4005 else if (*e_cpt == ']' || *e_cpt == 't') | |
| 4006 { | |
| 4007 type = CTRL_X_TAGS; | |
| 1872 | 4008 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, _("Scanning tags.")); |
| 1869 | 4009 (void)msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, hl_attr(HLF_R)); |
| 7 | 4010 } |
| 4011 else | |
| 4012 type = -1; | |
| 4013 | |
| 4014 /* in any case e_cpt is advanced to the next entry */ | |
| 4015 (void)copy_option_part(&e_cpt, IObuff, IOSIZE, ","); | |
| 4016 | |
| 4017 found_all = TRUE; | |
| 4018 if (type == -1) | |
| 4019 continue; | |
| 4020 } | |
| 4021 } | |
| 4022 | |
| 4023 switch (type) | |
| 4024 { | |
| 4025 case -1: | |
| 4026 break; | |
| 4027 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID | |
| 4028 case CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS: | |
| 4029 case CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES: | |
| 659 | 4030 find_pattern_in_path(compl_pattern, compl_direction, |
| 449 | 4031 (int)STRLEN(compl_pattern), FALSE, FALSE, |
| 7 | 4032 (type == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES |
| 449 | 4033 && !(compl_cont_status & CONT_SOL)) |
| 7 | 4034 ? FIND_DEFINE : FIND_ANY, 1L, ACTION_EXPAND, |
| 4035 (linenr_T)1, (linenr_T)MAXLNUM); | |
| 4036 break; | |
| 4037 #endif | |
| 4038 | |
| 4039 case CTRL_X_DICTIONARY: | |
| 4040 case CTRL_X_THESAURUS: | |
| 4041 ins_compl_dictionaries( | |
| 703 | 4042 dict != NULL ? dict |
| 7 | 4043 : (type == CTRL_X_THESAURUS |
| 4044 ? (*curbuf->b_p_tsr == NUL | |
| 4045 ? p_tsr | |
| 4046 : curbuf->b_p_tsr) | |
| 4047 : (*curbuf->b_p_dict == NUL | |
| 4048 ? p_dict | |
| 4049 : curbuf->b_p_dict)), | |
| 659 | 4050 compl_pattern, |
| 703 | 4051 dict != NULL ? dict_f |
| 4052 : 0, type == CTRL_X_THESAURUS); | |
| 7 | 4053 dict = NULL; |
| 4054 break; | |
| 4055 | |
| 4056 case CTRL_X_TAGS: | |
| 4057 /* set p_ic according to p_ic, p_scs and pat for find_tags(). */ | |
| 4058 save_p_ic = p_ic; | |
| 449 | 4059 p_ic = ignorecase(compl_pattern); |
| 7 | 4060 |
|
2047
85da03763130
updated for version 7.2.333
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2025
diff
changeset
|
4061 /* Find up to TAG_MANY matches. Avoids that an enormous number |
| 449 | 4062 * of matches is found when compl_pattern is empty */ |
| 4063 if (find_tags(compl_pattern, &num_matches, &matches, | |
| 7 | 4064 TAG_REGEXP | TAG_NAMES | TAG_NOIC | |
| 4065 TAG_INS_COMP | (ctrl_x_mode ? TAG_VERBOSE : 0), | |
| 4066 TAG_MANY, curbuf->b_ffname) == OK && num_matches > 0) | |
| 4067 { | |
| 942 | 4068 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, p_ic); |
| 7 | 4069 } |
| 4070 p_ic = save_p_ic; | |
| 4071 break; | |
| 4072 | |
| 4073 case CTRL_X_FILES: | |
| 449 | 4074 if (expand_wildcards(1, &compl_pattern, &num_matches, &matches, |
| 7 | 4075 EW_FILE|EW_DIR|EW_ADDSLASH|EW_SILENT) == OK) |
| 4076 { | |
| 4077 | |
| 4078 /* May change home directory back to "~". */ | |
| 449 | 4079 tilde_replace(compl_pattern, num_matches, matches); |
| 681 | 4080 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, |
| 4081 #ifdef CASE_INSENSITIVE_FILENAME | |
| 4082 TRUE | |
| 4083 #else | |
| 4084 FALSE | |
| 4085 #endif | |
| 4086 ); | |
| 7 | 4087 } |
| 4088 break; | |
| 4089 | |
| 4090 case CTRL_X_CMDLINE: | |
| 449 | 4091 if (expand_cmdline(&compl_xp, compl_pattern, |
| 4092 (int)STRLEN(compl_pattern), | |
| 7 | 4093 &num_matches, &matches) == EXPAND_OK) |
| 681 | 4094 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, FALSE); |
| 7 | 4095 break; |
| 4096 | |
| 12 | 4097 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC |
| 4098 case CTRL_X_FUNCTION: | |
| 523 | 4099 case CTRL_X_OMNI: |
| 659 | 4100 expand_by_function(type, compl_pattern); |
| 12 | 4101 break; |
| 4102 #endif | |
| 4103 | |
| 477 | 4104 case CTRL_X_SPELL: |
| 744 | 4105 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
| 477 | 4106 num_matches = expand_spelling(first_match_pos.lnum, |
| 1872 | 4107 compl_pattern, &matches); |
| 477 | 4108 if (num_matches > 0) |
| 942 | 4109 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, p_ic); |
| 477 | 4110 #endif |
| 4111 break; | |
| 4112 | |
| 7 | 4113 default: /* normal ^P/^N and ^X^L */ |
| 4114 /* | |
| 4115 * If 'infercase' is set, don't use 'smartcase' here | |
| 4116 */ | |
| 4117 save_p_scs = p_scs; | |
| 4118 if (ins_buf->b_p_inf) | |
| 4119 p_scs = FALSE; | |
| 449 | 4120 |
| 7 | 4121 /* buffers other than curbuf are scanned from the beginning or the |
| 4122 * end but never from the middle, thus setting nowrapscan in this | |
| 4123 * buffers is a good idea, on the other hand, we always set | |
| 4124 * wrapscan for curbuf to avoid missing matches -- Acevedo,Webb */ | |
| 4125 save_p_ws = p_ws; | |
| 4126 if (ins_buf != curbuf) | |
| 4127 p_ws = FALSE; | |
| 4128 else if (*e_cpt == '.') | |
| 4129 p_ws = TRUE; | |
| 4130 for (;;) | |
| 4131 { | |
| 464 | 4132 int flags = 0; |
| 7 | 4133 |
| 1007 | 4134 ++msg_silent; /* Don't want messages for wrapscan. */ |
| 4135 | |
| 540 | 4136 /* ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE || word-wise search that |
| 4137 * has added a word that was at the beginning of the line */ | |
| 7 | 4138 if ( ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE |
| 449 | 4139 || (compl_cont_status & CONT_SOL)) |
| 7 | 4140 found_new_match = search_for_exact_line(ins_buf, pos, |
| 659 | 4141 compl_direction, compl_pattern); |
| 7 | 4142 else |
| 659 | 4143 found_new_match = searchit(NULL, ins_buf, pos, |
| 4144 compl_direction, | |
| 449 | 4145 compl_pattern, 1L, SEARCH_KEEP + SEARCH_NFMSG, |
| 1496 | 4146 RE_LAST, (linenr_T)0, NULL); |
| 1007 | 4147 --msg_silent; |
| 449 | 4148 if (!compl_started) |
| 7 | 4149 { |
| 667 | 4150 /* set "compl_started" even on fail */ |
| 449 | 4151 compl_started = TRUE; |
| 7 | 4152 first_match_pos = *pos; |
| 4153 last_match_pos = *pos; | |
| 4154 } | |
| 4155 else if (first_match_pos.lnum == last_match_pos.lnum | |
| 665 | 4156 && first_match_pos.col == last_match_pos.col) |
| 7 | 4157 found_new_match = FAIL; |
| 4158 if (found_new_match == FAIL) | |
| 4159 { | |
| 4160 if (ins_buf == curbuf) | |
| 4161 found_all = TRUE; | |
| 4162 break; | |
| 4163 } | |
| 4164 | |
| 4165 /* when ADDING, the text before the cursor matches, skip it */ | |
| 449 | 4166 if ( (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) && ins_buf == curbuf |
| 7 | 4167 && ini->lnum == pos->lnum |
| 4168 && ini->col == pos->col) | |
| 4169 continue; | |
| 4170 ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum, FALSE) + pos->col; | |
| 4171 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) | |
| 4172 { | |
| 449 | 4173 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) |
| 7 | 4174 { |
| 4175 if (pos->lnum >= ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
| 4176 continue; | |
| 4177 ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum + 1, FALSE); | |
| 4178 if (!p_paste) | |
| 4179 ptr = skipwhite(ptr); | |
| 4180 } | |
| 4181 len = (int)STRLEN(ptr); | |
| 4182 } | |
| 4183 else | |
| 4184 { | |
| 449 | 4185 char_u *tmp_ptr = ptr; |
| 4186 | |
| 4187 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) | |
| 7 | 4188 { |
| 449 | 4189 tmp_ptr += compl_length; |
| 7 | 4190 /* Skip if already inside a word. */ |
| 4191 if (vim_iswordp(tmp_ptr)) | |
| 4192 continue; | |
| 4193 /* Find start of next word. */ | |
| 4194 tmp_ptr = find_word_start(tmp_ptr); | |
| 4195 } | |
| 4196 /* Find end of this word. */ | |
| 4197 tmp_ptr = find_word_end(tmp_ptr); | |
| 4198 len = (int)(tmp_ptr - ptr); | |
| 4199 | |
| 449 | 4200 if ((compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) |
| 4201 && len == compl_length) | |
| 7 | 4202 { |
| 4203 if (pos->lnum < ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
| 4204 { | |
| 4205 /* Try next line, if any. the new word will be | |
| 4206 * "join" as if the normal command "J" was used. | |
| 4207 * IOSIZE is always greater than | |
| 449 | 4208 * compl_length, so the next STRNCPY always |
| 7 | 4209 * works -- Acevedo */ |
| 4210 STRNCPY(IObuff, ptr, len); | |
| 4211 ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum + 1, FALSE); | |
| 4212 tmp_ptr = ptr = skipwhite(ptr); | |
| 4213 /* Find start of next word. */ | |
| 4214 tmp_ptr = find_word_start(tmp_ptr); | |
| 4215 /* Find end of next word. */ | |
| 4216 tmp_ptr = find_word_end(tmp_ptr); | |
| 4217 if (tmp_ptr > ptr) | |
| 4218 { | |
| 419 | 4219 if (*ptr != ')' && IObuff[len - 1] != TAB) |
| 7 | 4220 { |
| 419 | 4221 if (IObuff[len - 1] != ' ') |
| 7 | 4222 IObuff[len++] = ' '; |
| 4223 /* IObuf =~ "\k.* ", thus len >= 2 */ | |
| 4224 if (p_js | |
| 419 | 4225 && (IObuff[len - 2] == '.' |
| 7 | 4226 || (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_JOINSP) |
| 4227 == NULL | |
| 419 | 4228 && (IObuff[len - 2] == '?' |
| 4229 || IObuff[len - 2] == '!')))) | |
| 7 | 4230 IObuff[len++] = ' '; |
| 4231 } | |
|
2047
85da03763130
updated for version 7.2.333
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2025
diff
changeset
|
4232 /* copy as much as possible of the new word */ |
| 7 | 4233 if (tmp_ptr - ptr >= IOSIZE - len) |
| 4234 tmp_ptr = ptr + IOSIZE - len - 1; | |
| 4235 STRNCPY(IObuff + len, ptr, tmp_ptr - ptr); | |
| 4236 len += (int)(tmp_ptr - ptr); | |
| 464 | 4237 flags |= CONT_S_IPOS; |
| 7 | 4238 } |
| 4239 IObuff[len] = NUL; | |
| 4240 ptr = IObuff; | |
| 4241 } | |
| 449 | 4242 if (len == compl_length) |
| 7 | 4243 continue; |
| 4244 } | |
| 4245 } | |
| 942 | 4246 if (ins_compl_add_infercase(ptr, len, p_ic, |
| 540 | 4247 ins_buf == curbuf ? NULL : ins_buf->b_sfname, |
| 659 | 4248 0, flags) != NOTDONE) |
| 7 | 4249 { |
| 4250 found_new_match = OK; | |
| 4251 break; | |
| 4252 } | |
| 4253 } | |
| 4254 p_scs = save_p_scs; | |
| 4255 p_ws = save_p_ws; | |
| 4256 } | |
| 540 | 4257 |
| 449 | 4258 /* check if compl_curr_match has changed, (e.g. other type of |
| 1796 | 4259 * expansion added something) */ |
| 540 | 4260 if (type != 0 && compl_curr_match != old_match) |
| 7 | 4261 found_new_match = OK; |
| 4262 | |
| 4263 /* break the loop for specialized modes (use 'complete' just for the | |
| 4264 * generic ctrl_x_mode == 0) or when we've found a new match */ | |
| 4265 if ((ctrl_x_mode != 0 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) | |
| 449 | 4266 || found_new_match != FAIL) |
| 540 | 4267 { |
| 4268 if (got_int) | |
| 4269 break; | |
| 665 | 4270 /* Fill the popup menu as soon as possible. */ |
| 989 | 4271 if (type != -1) |
| 540 | 4272 ins_compl_check_keys(0); |
| 665 | 4273 |
| 540 | 4274 if ((ctrl_x_mode != 0 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) |
| 4275 || compl_interrupted) | |
| 4276 break; | |
| 4277 compl_started = TRUE; | |
| 4278 } | |
| 4279 else | |
| 4280 { | |
| 4281 /* Mark a buffer scanned when it has been scanned completely */ | |
| 4282 if (type == 0 || type == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS) | |
| 4283 ins_buf->b_scanned = TRUE; | |
| 4284 | |
| 4285 compl_started = FALSE; | |
| 4286 } | |
| 449 | 4287 } |
| 4288 compl_started = TRUE; | |
| 7 | 4289 |
| 4290 if ((ctrl_x_mode == 0 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) | |
| 4291 && *e_cpt == NUL) /* Got to end of 'complete' */ | |
| 4292 found_new_match = FAIL; | |
| 4293 | |
| 4294 i = -1; /* total of matches, unknown */ | |
| 4295 if (found_new_match == FAIL | |
| 4296 || (ctrl_x_mode != 0 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)) | |
| 4297 i = ins_compl_make_cyclic(); | |
| 4298 | |
| 4299 /* If several matches were added (FORWARD) or the search failed and has | |
| 449 | 4300 * just been made cyclic then we have to move compl_curr_match to the next |
| 4301 * or previous entry (if any) -- Acevedo */ | |
| 724 | 4302 compl_curr_match = compl_direction == FORWARD ? old_match->cp_next |
| 4303 : old_match->cp_prev; | |
| 449 | 4304 if (compl_curr_match == NULL) |
| 4305 compl_curr_match = old_match; | |
| 7 | 4306 return i; |
| 4307 } | |
| 4308 | |
| 4309 /* Delete the old text being completed. */ | |
| 4310 static void | |
| 4311 ins_compl_delete() | |
| 4312 { | |
| 4313 int i; | |
| 4314 | |
| 4315 /* | |
| 4316 * In insert mode: Delete the typed part. | |
| 4317 * In replace mode: Put the old characters back, if any. | |
| 4318 */ | |
| 449 | 4319 i = compl_col + (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING ? compl_length : 0); |
| 7 | 4320 backspace_until_column(i); |
| 4321 changed_cline_bef_curs(); | |
| 4322 } | |
| 4323 | |
| 4324 /* Insert the new text being completed. */ | |
| 4325 static void | |
| 4326 ins_compl_insert() | |
| 4327 { | |
| 1782 | 4328 ins_bytes(compl_shown_match->cp_str + ins_compl_len()); |
| 683 | 4329 if (compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) |
| 4330 compl_used_match = FALSE; | |
| 4331 else | |
| 4332 compl_used_match = TRUE; | |
| 7 | 4333 } |
| 4334 | |
| 4335 /* | |
| 4336 * Fill in the next completion in the current direction. | |
| 464 | 4337 * If "allow_get_expansion" is TRUE, then we may call ins_compl_get_exp() to |
| 4338 * get more completions. If it is FALSE, then we just do nothing when there | |
| 4339 * are no more completions in a given direction. The latter case is used when | |
| 4340 * we are still in the middle of finding completions, to allow browsing | |
| 4341 * through the ones found so far. | |
| 7 | 4342 * Return the total number of matches, or -1 if still unknown -- webb. |
| 4343 * | |
| 449 | 4344 * compl_curr_match is currently being used by ins_compl_get_exp(), so we use |
| 4345 * compl_shown_match here. | |
| 7 | 4346 * |
| 4347 * Note that this function may be called recursively once only. First with | |
| 464 | 4348 * "allow_get_expansion" TRUE, which calls ins_compl_get_exp(), which in turn |
| 4349 * calls this function with "allow_get_expansion" FALSE. | |
| 7 | 4350 */ |
| 4351 static int | |
| 665 | 4352 ins_compl_next(allow_get_expansion, count, insert_match) |
| 7 | 4353 int allow_get_expansion; |
| 610 | 4354 int count; /* repeat completion this many times; should |
| 4355 be at least 1 */ | |
| 665 | 4356 int insert_match; /* Insert the newly selected match */ |
| 7 | 4357 { |
| 4358 int num_matches = -1; | |
| 4359 int i; | |
| 610 | 4360 int todo = count; |
| 657 | 4361 compl_T *found_compl = NULL; |
| 4362 int found_end = FALSE; | |
| 836 | 4363 int advance; |
| 7 | 4364 |
| 665 | 4365 if (compl_leader != NULL |
| 4366 && (compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0) | |
| 4367 { | |
| 4368 /* Set "compl_shown_match" to the actually shown match, it may differ | |
| 4369 * when "compl_leader" is used to omit some of the matches. */ | |
| 681 | 4370 while (!ins_compl_equal(compl_shown_match, |
| 835 | 4371 compl_leader, (int)STRLEN(compl_leader)) |
| 665 | 4372 && compl_shown_match->cp_next != NULL |
| 4373 && compl_shown_match->cp_next != compl_first_match) | |
| 4374 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_next; | |
| 887 | 4375 |
| 4376 /* If we didn't find it searching forward, and compl_shows_dir is | |
| 4377 * backward, find the last match. */ | |
| 4378 if (compl_shows_dir == BACKWARD | |
| 4379 && !ins_compl_equal(compl_shown_match, | |
| 4380 compl_leader, (int)STRLEN(compl_leader)) | |
| 4381 && (compl_shown_match->cp_next == NULL | |
| 4382 || compl_shown_match->cp_next == compl_first_match)) | |
| 4383 { | |
| 4384 while (!ins_compl_equal(compl_shown_match, | |
| 4385 compl_leader, (int)STRLEN(compl_leader)) | |
| 4386 && compl_shown_match->cp_prev != NULL | |
| 4387 && compl_shown_match->cp_prev != compl_first_match) | |
| 4388 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_prev; | |
| 4389 } | |
| 665 | 4390 } |
| 4391 | |
| 4392 if (allow_get_expansion && insert_match | |
| 874 | 4393 && (!(compl_get_longest || compl_restarting) || compl_used_match)) |
| 7 | 4394 /* Delete old text to be replaced */ |
| 4395 ins_compl_delete(); | |
| 665 | 4396 |
| 836 | 4397 /* When finding the longest common text we stick at the original text, |
| 4398 * don't let CTRL-N or CTRL-P move to the first match. */ | |
| 4399 advance = count != 1 || !allow_get_expansion || !compl_get_longest; | |
| 4400 | |
| 874 | 4401 /* When restarting the search don't insert the first match either. */ |
| 4402 if (compl_restarting) | |
| 4403 { | |
| 4404 advance = FALSE; | |
| 4405 compl_restarting = FALSE; | |
| 4406 } | |
| 4407 | |
| 610 | 4408 /* Repeat this for when <PageUp> or <PageDown> is typed. But don't wrap |
| 4409 * around. */ | |
| 4410 while (--todo >= 0) | |
| 4411 { | |
| 4412 if (compl_shows_dir == FORWARD && compl_shown_match->cp_next != NULL) | |
| 4413 { | |
| 4414 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_next; | |
| 657 | 4415 found_end = (compl_first_match != NULL |
| 4416 && (compl_shown_match->cp_next == compl_first_match | |
| 4417 || compl_shown_match == compl_first_match)); | |
| 610 | 4418 } |
| 4419 else if (compl_shows_dir == BACKWARD | |
| 4420 && compl_shown_match->cp_prev != NULL) | |
| 4421 { | |
| 657 | 4422 found_end = (compl_shown_match == compl_first_match); |
| 610 | 4423 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_prev; |
| 657 | 4424 found_end |= (compl_shown_match == compl_first_match); |
| 7 | 4425 } |
| 4426 else | |
| 610 | 4427 { |
| 909 | 4428 if (!allow_get_expansion) |
| 4429 { | |
| 4430 if (advance) | |
| 4431 { | |
| 4432 if (compl_shows_dir == BACKWARD) | |
| 4433 compl_pending -= todo + 1; | |
| 4434 else | |
| 4435 compl_pending += todo + 1; | |
| 4436 } | |
| 4437 return -1; | |
| 4438 } | |
| 4439 | |
| 836 | 4440 if (advance) |
| 4441 { | |
| 4442 if (compl_shows_dir == BACKWARD) | |
| 4443 --compl_pending; | |
| 4444 else | |
| 4445 ++compl_pending; | |
| 4446 } | |
| 657 | 4447 |
| 874 | 4448 /* Find matches. */ |
| 659 | 4449 num_matches = ins_compl_get_exp(&compl_startpos); |
| 909 | 4450 |
| 4451 /* handle any pending completions */ | |
| 4452 while (compl_pending != 0 && compl_direction == compl_shows_dir | |
| 836 | 4453 && advance) |
| 909 | 4454 { |
| 4455 if (compl_pending > 0 && compl_shown_match->cp_next != NULL) | |
| 4456 { | |
| 4457 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_next; | |
| 4458 --compl_pending; | |
| 4459 } | |
| 4460 if (compl_pending < 0 && compl_shown_match->cp_prev != NULL) | |
| 4461 { | |
| 4462 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_prev; | |
| 4463 ++compl_pending; | |
| 4464 } | |
| 4465 else | |
| 4466 break; | |
| 4467 } | |
| 657 | 4468 found_end = FALSE; |
| 4469 } | |
| 4470 if ((compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0 | |
| 4471 && compl_leader != NULL | |
| 681 | 4472 && !ins_compl_equal(compl_shown_match, |
| 835 | 4473 compl_leader, (int)STRLEN(compl_leader))) |
| 657 | 4474 ++todo; |
| 4475 else | |
| 4476 /* Remember a matching item. */ | |
| 4477 found_compl = compl_shown_match; | |
| 4478 | |
| 4479 /* Stop at the end of the list when we found a usable match. */ | |
| 4480 if (found_end) | |
| 4481 { | |
| 4482 if (found_compl != NULL) | |
| 610 | 4483 { |
| 657 | 4484 compl_shown_match = found_compl; |
| 4485 break; | |
| 610 | 4486 } |
| 657 | 4487 todo = 1; /* use first usable match after wrapping around */ |
| 610 | 4488 } |
| 7 | 4489 } |
| 4490 | |
| 665 | 4491 /* Insert the text of the new completion, or the compl_leader. */ |
| 4492 if (insert_match) | |
| 4493 { | |
| 4494 if (!compl_get_longest || compl_used_match) | |
| 4495 ins_compl_insert(); | |
| 4496 else | |
| 1782 | 4497 ins_bytes(compl_leader + ins_compl_len()); |
| 665 | 4498 } |
| 4499 else | |
| 4500 compl_used_match = FALSE; | |
| 7 | 4501 |
| 4502 if (!allow_get_expansion) | |
| 4503 { | |
| 540 | 4504 /* may undisplay the popup menu first */ |
| 4505 ins_compl_upd_pum(); | |
| 4506 | |
| 665 | 4507 /* redraw to show the user what was inserted */ |
| 4508 update_screen(0); | |
| 4509 | |
| 540 | 4510 /* display the updated popup menu */ |
| 4511 ins_compl_show_pum(); | |
| 864 | 4512 #ifdef FEAT_GUI |
| 4513 if (gui.in_use) | |
| 4514 { | |
| 4515 /* Show the cursor after the match, not after the redrawn text. */ | |
| 4516 setcursor(); | |
| 4517 out_flush(); | |
| 4518 gui_update_cursor(FALSE, FALSE); | |
| 4519 } | |
| 4520 #endif | |
| 540 | 4521 |
| 7 | 4522 /* Delete old text to be replaced, since we're still searching and |
| 4523 * don't want to match ourselves! */ | |
| 4524 ins_compl_delete(); | |
| 4525 } | |
| 4526 | |
| 825 | 4527 /* Enter will select a match when the match wasn't inserted and the popup |
| 1219 | 4528 * menu is visible. */ |
| 825 | 4529 compl_enter_selects = !insert_match && compl_match_array != NULL; |
| 4530 | |
| 7 | 4531 /* |
| 4532 * Show the file name for the match (if any) | |
| 4533 * Truncate the file name to avoid a wait for return. | |
| 4534 */ | |
| 464 | 4535 if (compl_shown_match->cp_fname != NULL) |
| 7 | 4536 { |
| 4537 STRCPY(IObuff, "match in file "); | |
| 464 | 4538 i = (vim_strsize(compl_shown_match->cp_fname) + 16) - sc_col; |
| 7 | 4539 if (i <= 0) |
| 4540 i = 0; | |
| 4541 else | |
| 4542 STRCAT(IObuff, "<"); | |
| 464 | 4543 STRCAT(IObuff, compl_shown_match->cp_fname + i); |
| 7 | 4544 msg(IObuff); |
| 4545 redraw_cmdline = FALSE; /* don't overwrite! */ | |
| 4546 } | |
| 4547 | |
| 4548 return num_matches; | |
| 4549 } | |
| 4550 | |
| 4551 /* | |
| 4552 * Call this while finding completions, to check whether the user has hit a key | |
| 4553 * that should change the currently displayed completion, or exit completion | |
| 716 | 4554 * mode. Also, when compl_pending is not zero, show a completion as soon as |
| 7 | 4555 * possible. -- webb |
| 464 | 4556 * "frequency" specifies out of how many calls we actually check. |
| 7 | 4557 */ |
| 4558 void | |
| 464 | 4559 ins_compl_check_keys(frequency) |
| 4560 int frequency; | |
| 7 | 4561 { |
| 4562 static int count = 0; | |
| 4563 | |
| 4564 int c; | |
| 4565 | |
| 4566 /* Don't check when reading keys from a script. That would break the test | |
| 4567 * scripts */ | |
| 4568 if (using_script()) | |
| 4569 return; | |
| 4570 | |
| 4571 /* Only do this at regular intervals */ | |
| 464 | 4572 if (++count < frequency) |
| 7 | 4573 return; |
| 4574 count = 0; | |
| 4575 | |
| 909 | 4576 /* Check for a typed key. Do use mappings, otherwise vim_is_ctrl_x_key() |
| 4577 * can't do its work correctly. */ | |
| 7 | 4578 c = vpeekc_any(); |
| 4579 if (c != NUL) | |
| 4580 { | |
| 4581 if (vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c) && c != Ctrl_X && c != Ctrl_R) | |
| 4582 { | |
| 4583 c = safe_vgetc(); /* Eat the character */ | |
| 610 | 4584 compl_shows_dir = ins_compl_key2dir(c); |
| 665 | 4585 (void)ins_compl_next(FALSE, ins_compl_key2count(c), |
| 4586 c != K_UP && c != K_DOWN); | |
| 7 | 4587 } |
| 909 | 4588 else |
| 4589 { | |
| 4590 /* Need to get the character to have KeyTyped set. We'll put it | |
| 1526 | 4591 * back with vungetc() below. But skip K_IGNORE. */ |
| 909 | 4592 c = safe_vgetc(); |
| 1526 | 4593 if (c != K_IGNORE) |
| 4594 { | |
| 4595 /* Don't interrupt completion when the character wasn't typed, | |
| 4596 * e.g., when doing @q to replay keys. */ | |
| 4597 if (c != Ctrl_R && KeyTyped) | |
| 4598 compl_interrupted = TRUE; | |
| 4599 | |
| 4600 vungetc(c); | |
| 4601 } | |
| 909 | 4602 } |
| 449 | 4603 } |
| 716 | 4604 if (compl_pending != 0 && !got_int) |
| 909 | 4605 { |
| 4606 int todo = compl_pending > 0 ? compl_pending : -compl_pending; | |
| 4607 | |
| 4608 compl_pending = 0; | |
| 4609 (void)ins_compl_next(FALSE, todo, TRUE); | |
| 4610 } | |
| 610 | 4611 } |
| 4612 | |
| 4613 /* | |
| 4614 * Decide the direction of Insert mode complete from the key typed. | |
| 4615 * Returns BACKWARD or FORWARD. | |
| 4616 */ | |
| 4617 static int | |
| 4618 ins_compl_key2dir(c) | |
| 4619 int c; | |
| 4620 { | |
| 665 | 4621 if (c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_L |
| 4622 || (pum_visible() && (c == K_PAGEUP || c == K_KPAGEUP | |
| 4623 || c == K_S_UP || c == K_UP))) | |
| 610 | 4624 return BACKWARD; |
| 4625 return FORWARD; | |
| 4626 } | |
| 4627 | |
| 4628 /* | |
| 644 | 4629 * Return TRUE for keys that are used for completion only when the popup menu |
| 4630 * is visible. | |
| 4631 */ | |
| 4632 static int | |
| 4633 ins_compl_pum_key(c) | |
| 4634 int c; | |
| 4635 { | |
| 4636 return pum_visible() && (c == K_PAGEUP || c == K_KPAGEUP || c == K_S_UP | |
| 665 | 4637 || c == K_PAGEDOWN || c == K_KPAGEDOWN || c == K_S_DOWN |
| 4638 || c == K_UP || c == K_DOWN); | |
| 644 | 4639 } |
| 4640 | |
| 4641 /* | |
| 610 | 4642 * Decide the number of completions to move forward. |
| 4643 * Returns 1 for most keys, height of the popup menu for page-up/down keys. | |
| 4644 */ | |
| 4645 static int | |
| 4646 ins_compl_key2count(c) | |
| 4647 int c; | |
| 4648 { | |
| 4649 int h; | |
| 4650 | |
| 665 | 4651 if (ins_compl_pum_key(c) && c != K_UP && c != K_DOWN) |
| 610 | 4652 { |
| 4653 h = pum_get_height(); | |
| 4654 if (h > 3) | |
| 4655 h -= 2; /* keep some context */ | |
| 4656 return h; | |
| 4657 } | |
| 4658 return 1; | |
| 7 | 4659 } |
| 4660 | |
| 4661 /* | |
| 681 | 4662 * Return TRUE if completion with "c" should insert the match, FALSE if only |
| 4663 * to change the currently selected completion. | |
| 4664 */ | |
| 4665 static int | |
| 4666 ins_compl_use_match(c) | |
| 4667 int c; | |
| 4668 { | |
| 4669 switch (c) | |
| 4670 { | |
| 4671 case K_UP: | |
| 4672 case K_DOWN: | |
| 4673 case K_PAGEDOWN: | |
| 4674 case K_KPAGEDOWN: | |
| 4675 case K_S_DOWN: | |
| 4676 case K_PAGEUP: | |
| 4677 case K_KPAGEUP: | |
| 4678 case K_S_UP: | |
| 4679 return FALSE; | |
| 4680 } | |
| 4681 return TRUE; | |
| 4682 } | |
| 4683 | |
| 4684 /* | |
| 7 | 4685 * Do Insert mode completion. |
| 4686 * Called when character "c" was typed, which has a meaning for completion. | |
| 4687 * Returns OK if completion was done, FAIL if something failed (out of mem). | |
| 4688 */ | |
| 4689 static int | |
| 4690 ins_complete(c) | |
| 449 | 4691 int c; |
| 7 | 4692 { |
| 449 | 4693 char_u *line; |
| 4694 int startcol = 0; /* column where searched text starts */ | |
| 4695 colnr_T curs_col; /* cursor column */ | |
| 4696 int n; | |
|
2107
4a4287c09953
updated for version 7.2.390
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
4697 int save_w_wrow; |
| 7 | 4698 |
| 610 | 4699 compl_direction = ins_compl_key2dir(c); |
| 449 | 4700 if (!compl_started) |
| 7 | 4701 { |
| 4702 /* First time we hit ^N or ^P (in a row, I mean) */ | |
| 4703 | |
| 4704 did_ai = FALSE; | |
| 4705 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 4706 did_si = FALSE; | |
| 4707 can_si = FALSE; | |
| 4708 can_si_back = FALSE; | |
| 4709 #endif | |
| 4710 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) | |
| 4711 return FAIL; | |
| 4712 | |
| 4713 line = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum); | |
| 449 | 4714 curs_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; |
| 716 | 4715 compl_pending = 0; |
| 7 | 4716 |
| 1430 | 4717 /* If this same ctrl_x_mode has been interrupted use the text from |
| 449 | 4718 * "compl_startpos" to the cursor as a pattern to add a new word |
| 4719 * instead of expand the one before the cursor, in word-wise if | |
| 1430 | 4720 * "compl_startpos" is not in the same line as the cursor then fix it |
| 4721 * (the line has been split because it was longer than 'tw'). if SOL | |
| 4722 * is set then skip the previous pattern, a word at the beginning of | |
| 4723 * the line has been inserted, we'll look for that -- Acevedo. */ | |
| 665 | 4724 if ((compl_cont_status & CONT_INTRPT) == CONT_INTRPT |
| 4725 && compl_cont_mode == ctrl_x_mode) | |
| 7 | 4726 { |
| 4727 /* | |
| 4728 * it is a continued search | |
| 4729 */ | |
| 449 | 4730 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_INTRPT; /* remove INTRPT */ |
| 7 | 4731 if (ctrl_x_mode == 0 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS |
| 4732 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES) | |
| 4733 { | |
| 449 | 4734 if (compl_startpos.lnum != curwin->w_cursor.lnum) |
| 7 | 4735 { |
| 449 | 4736 /* line (probably) wrapped, set compl_startpos to the |
| 4737 * first non_blank in the line, if it is not a wordchar | |
| 4738 * include it to get a better pattern, but then we don't | |
| 4739 * want the "\\<" prefix, check it bellow */ | |
| 4740 compl_col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(line) - line); | |
| 4741 compl_startpos.col = compl_col; | |
| 4742 compl_startpos.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 4743 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_SOL; /* clear SOL if present */ | |
| 7 | 4744 } |
| 4745 else | |
| 4746 { | |
| 4747 /* S_IPOS was set when we inserted a word that was at the | |
| 4748 * beginning of the line, which means that we'll go to SOL | |
| 449 | 4749 * mode but first we need to redefine compl_startpos */ |
| 4750 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_S_IPOS) | |
| 7 | 4751 { |
| 449 | 4752 compl_cont_status |= CONT_SOL; |
| 4753 compl_startpos.col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite( | |
| 4754 line + compl_length | |
| 4755 + compl_startpos.col) - line); | |
| 7 | 4756 } |
| 449 | 4757 compl_col = compl_startpos.col; |
| 7 | 4758 } |
| 449 | 4759 compl_length = curwin->w_cursor.col - (int)compl_col; |
| 502 | 4760 /* IObuff is used to add a "word from the next line" would we |
| 1796 | 4761 * have enough space? just being paranoid */ |
| 7 | 4762 #define MIN_SPACE 75 |
| 449 | 4763 if (compl_length > (IOSIZE - MIN_SPACE)) |
| 7 | 4764 { |
| 449 | 4765 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_SOL; |
| 4766 compl_length = (IOSIZE - MIN_SPACE); | |
| 4767 compl_col = curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_length; | |
| 7 | 4768 } |
| 449 | 4769 compl_cont_status |= CONT_ADDING | CONT_N_ADDS; |
| 4770 if (compl_length < 1) | |
| 4771 compl_cont_status &= CONT_LOCAL; | |
| 7 | 4772 } |
| 4773 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) | |
| 449 | 4774 compl_cont_status = CONT_ADDING | CONT_N_ADDS; |
| 7 | 4775 else |
| 449 | 4776 compl_cont_status = 0; |
| 7 | 4777 } |
| 4778 else | |
| 449 | 4779 compl_cont_status &= CONT_LOCAL; |
| 4780 | |
| 4781 if (!(compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)) /* normal expansion */ | |
| 4782 { | |
| 4783 compl_cont_mode = ctrl_x_mode; | |
| 7 | 4784 if (ctrl_x_mode != 0) /* Remove LOCAL if ctrl_x_mode != 0 */ |
| 449 | 4785 compl_cont_status = 0; |
| 4786 compl_cont_status |= CONT_N_ADDS; | |
| 4787 compl_startpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 4788 startcol = (int)curs_col; | |
| 4789 compl_col = 0; | |
| 7 | 4790 } |
| 4791 | |
| 4792 /* Work out completion pattern and original text -- webb */ | |
| 4793 if (ctrl_x_mode == 0 || (ctrl_x_mode & CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)) | |
| 4794 { | |
| 449 | 4795 if ((compl_cont_status & CONT_SOL) |
| 7 | 4796 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES) |
| 4797 { | |
| 449 | 4798 if (!(compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)) |
| 7 | 4799 { |
| 449 | 4800 while (--startcol >= 0 && vim_isIDc(line[startcol])) |
| 7 | 4801 ; |
| 449 | 4802 compl_col += ++startcol; |
| 4803 compl_length = curs_col - startcol; | |
| 7 | 4804 } |
| 4805 if (p_ic) | |
| 449 | 4806 compl_pattern = str_foldcase(line + compl_col, |
| 4807 compl_length, NULL, 0); | |
| 7 | 4808 else |
| 449 | 4809 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, |
| 4810 compl_length); | |
| 4811 if (compl_pattern == NULL) | |
| 7 | 4812 return FAIL; |
| 4813 } | |
| 449 | 4814 else if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) |
| 7 | 4815 { |
| 4816 char_u *prefix = (char_u *)"\\<"; | |
| 4817 | |
| 1872 | 4818 /* we need up to 2 extra chars for the prefix */ |
| 449 | 4819 compl_pattern = alloc(quote_meta(NULL, line + compl_col, |
| 1872 | 4820 compl_length) + 2); |
| 449 | 4821 if (compl_pattern == NULL) |
| 7 | 4822 return FAIL; |
| 449 | 4823 if (!vim_iswordp(line + compl_col) |
| 4824 || (compl_col > 0 | |
| 7 | 4825 && ( |
| 4826 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 449 | 4827 vim_iswordp(mb_prevptr(line, line + compl_col)) |
| 7 | 4828 #else |
| 449 | 4829 vim_iswordc(line[compl_col - 1]) |
| 7 | 4830 #endif |
| 4831 ))) | |
| 4832 prefix = (char_u *)""; | |
| 449 | 4833 STRCPY((char *)compl_pattern, prefix); |
| 4834 (void)quote_meta(compl_pattern + STRLEN(prefix), | |
| 4835 line + compl_col, compl_length); | |
| 7 | 4836 } |
| 449 | 4837 else if (--startcol < 0 || |
| 7 | 4838 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 449 | 4839 !vim_iswordp(mb_prevptr(line, line + startcol + 1)) |
| 7 | 4840 #else |
| 449 | 4841 !vim_iswordc(line[startcol]) |
| 7 | 4842 #endif |
| 4843 ) | |
| 4844 { | |
| 4845 /* Match any word of at least two chars */ | |
| 449 | 4846 compl_pattern = vim_strsave((char_u *)"\\<\\k\\k"); |
| 4847 if (compl_pattern == NULL) | |
| 7 | 4848 return FAIL; |
| 449 | 4849 compl_col += curs_col; |
| 4850 compl_length = 0; | |
| 7 | 4851 } |
| 4852 else | |
| 4853 { | |
| 4854 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 4855 /* Search the point of change class of multibyte character | |
| 4856 * or not a word single byte character backward. */ | |
| 4857 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 4858 { | |
| 4859 int base_class; | |
| 4860 int head_off; | |
| 4861 | |
| 449 | 4862 startcol -= (*mb_head_off)(line, line + startcol); |
| 4863 base_class = mb_get_class(line + startcol); | |
| 4864 while (--startcol >= 0) | |
| 7 | 4865 { |
| 449 | 4866 head_off = (*mb_head_off)(line, line + startcol); |
| 4867 if (base_class != mb_get_class(line + startcol | |
| 4868 - head_off)) | |
| 7 | 4869 break; |
| 449 | 4870 startcol -= head_off; |
| 7 | 4871 } |
| 4872 } | |
| 4873 else | |
| 4874 #endif | |
| 449 | 4875 while (--startcol >= 0 && vim_iswordc(line[startcol])) |
| 7 | 4876 ; |
| 449 | 4877 compl_col += ++startcol; |
| 4878 compl_length = (int)curs_col - startcol; | |
| 4879 if (compl_length == 1) | |
| 7 | 4880 { |
| 4881 /* Only match word with at least two chars -- webb | |
| 4882 * there's no need to call quote_meta, | |
| 4883 * alloc(7) is enough -- Acevedo | |
| 4884 */ | |
| 449 | 4885 compl_pattern = alloc(7); |
| 4886 if (compl_pattern == NULL) | |
| 7 | 4887 return FAIL; |
| 449 | 4888 STRCPY((char *)compl_pattern, "\\<"); |
| 4889 (void)quote_meta(compl_pattern + 2, line + compl_col, 1); | |
| 4890 STRCAT((char *)compl_pattern, "\\k"); | |
| 7 | 4891 } |
| 4892 else | |
| 4893 { | |
| 449 | 4894 compl_pattern = alloc(quote_meta(NULL, line + compl_col, |
| 1872 | 4895 compl_length) + 2); |
| 449 | 4896 if (compl_pattern == NULL) |
| 7 | 4897 return FAIL; |
| 449 | 4898 STRCPY((char *)compl_pattern, "\\<"); |
| 4899 (void)quote_meta(compl_pattern + 2, line + compl_col, | |
| 4900 compl_length); | |
| 7 | 4901 } |
| 4902 } | |
| 4903 } | |
| 4904 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) | |
| 4905 { | |
| 835 | 4906 compl_col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(line) - line); |
| 449 | 4907 compl_length = (int)curs_col - (int)compl_col; |
| 4908 if (compl_length < 0) /* cursor in indent: empty pattern */ | |
| 4909 compl_length = 0; | |
| 7 | 4910 if (p_ic) |
| 449 | 4911 compl_pattern = str_foldcase(line + compl_col, compl_length, |
| 4912 NULL, 0); | |
| 7 | 4913 else |
| 449 | 4914 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length); |
| 4915 if (compl_pattern == NULL) | |
| 7 | 4916 return FAIL; |
| 4917 } | |
| 4918 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FILES) | |
| 4919 { | |
| 449 | 4920 while (--startcol >= 0 && vim_isfilec(line[startcol])) |
| 7 | 4921 ; |
| 449 | 4922 compl_col += ++startcol; |
| 4923 compl_length = (int)curs_col - startcol; | |
| 4924 compl_pattern = addstar(line + compl_col, compl_length, | |
| 4925 EXPAND_FILES); | |
| 4926 if (compl_pattern == NULL) | |
| 7 | 4927 return FAIL; |
| 4928 } | |
| 4929 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_CMDLINE) | |
| 4930 { | |
| 449 | 4931 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line, curs_col); |
| 4932 if (compl_pattern == NULL) | |
| 7 | 4933 return FAIL; |
| 449 | 4934 set_cmd_context(&compl_xp, compl_pattern, |
| 4935 (int)STRLEN(compl_pattern), curs_col); | |
| 4936 if (compl_xp.xp_context == EXPAND_UNSUCCESSFUL | |
| 4937 || compl_xp.xp_context == EXPAND_NOTHING) | |
| 935 | 4938 /* No completion possible, use an empty pattern to get a |
| 4939 * "pattern not found" message. */ | |
| 897 | 4940 compl_col = curs_col; |
| 4941 else | |
| 935 | 4942 compl_col = (int)(compl_xp.xp_pattern - compl_pattern); |
| 4943 compl_length = curs_col - compl_col; | |
| 7 | 4944 } |
| 523 | 4945 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_OMNI) |
| 502 | 4946 { |
| 12 | 4947 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC |
| 4948 /* | |
| 502 | 4949 * Call user defined function 'completefunc' with "a:findstart" |
| 4950 * set to 1 to obtain the length of text to use for completion. | |
| 12 | 4951 */ |
| 502 | 4952 char_u *args[2]; |
| 452 | 4953 int col; |
| 502 | 4954 char_u *funcname; |
| 4955 pos_T pos; | |
| 4956 | |
| 523 | 4957 /* Call 'completefunc' or 'omnifunc' and get pattern length as a |
| 502 | 4958 * string */ |
| 4959 funcname = ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION | |
| 4960 ? curbuf->b_p_cfu : curbuf->b_p_ofu; | |
| 4961 if (*funcname == NUL) | |
| 523 | 4962 { |
| 4963 EMSG2(_(e_notset), ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION | |
| 4964 ? "completefunc" : "omnifunc"); | |
| 12 | 4965 return FAIL; |
| 523 | 4966 } |
| 452 | 4967 |
| 4968 args[0] = (char_u *)"1"; | |
| 502 | 4969 args[1] = NULL; |
| 4970 pos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 4971 col = call_func_retnr(funcname, 2, args, FALSE); | |
| 4972 curwin->w_cursor = pos; /* restore the cursor position */ | |
| 4973 | |
| 452 | 4974 if (col < 0) |
| 523 | 4975 col = curs_col; |
| 452 | 4976 compl_col = col; |
| 1872 | 4977 if (compl_col > curs_col) |
| 452 | 4978 compl_col = curs_col; |
| 449 | 4979 |
| 4980 /* Setup variables for completion. Need to obtain "line" again, | |
| 4981 * it may have become invalid. */ | |
| 4982 line = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum); | |
| 452 | 4983 compl_length = curs_col - compl_col; |
| 449 | 4984 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length); |
| 4985 if (compl_pattern == NULL) | |
| 502 | 4986 #endif |
| 449 | 4987 return FAIL; |
| 4988 } | |
| 477 | 4989 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_SPELL) |
| 4990 { | |
| 744 | 4991 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
| 497 | 4992 if (spell_bad_len > 0) |
| 4993 compl_col = curs_col - spell_bad_len; | |
| 4994 else | |
| 4995 compl_col = spell_word_start(startcol); | |
| 4996 if (compl_col >= (colnr_T)startcol) | |
| 897 | 4997 { |
| 4998 compl_length = 0; | |
| 4999 compl_col = curs_col; | |
| 5000 } | |
| 5001 else | |
| 5002 { | |
| 5003 spell_expand_check_cap(compl_col); | |
| 5004 compl_length = (int)curs_col - compl_col; | |
| 5005 } | |
| 818 | 5006 /* Need to obtain "line" again, it may have become invalid. */ |
| 5007 line = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum); | |
| 477 | 5008 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length); |
| 5009 if (compl_pattern == NULL) | |
| 5010 #endif | |
| 5011 return FAIL; | |
| 5012 } | |
| 449 | 5013 else |
| 5014 { | |
| 5015 EMSG2(_(e_intern2), "ins_complete()"); | |
| 5016 return FAIL; | |
| 5017 } | |
| 5018 | |
| 5019 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) | |
| 7 | 5020 { |
| 5021 edit_submode_pre = (char_u *)_(" Adding"); | |
| 5022 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) | |
| 5023 { | |
| 5024 /* Insert a new line, keep indentation but ignore 'comments' */ | |
| 5025 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 5026 char_u *old = curbuf->b_p_com; | |
| 5027 | |
| 5028 curbuf->b_p_com = (char_u *)""; | |
| 5029 #endif | |
| 449 | 5030 compl_startpos.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; |
| 5031 compl_startpos.col = compl_col; | |
| 7 | 5032 ins_eol('\r'); |
| 5033 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 5034 curbuf->b_p_com = old; | |
| 5035 #endif | |
| 449 | 5036 compl_length = 0; |
| 5037 compl_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 7 | 5038 } |
| 5039 } | |
| 5040 else | |
| 5041 { | |
| 5042 edit_submode_pre = NULL; | |
| 449 | 5043 compl_startpos.col = compl_col; |
| 5044 } | |
| 5045 | |
| 5046 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_LOCAL) | |
| 5047 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(ctrl_x_msgs[CTRL_X_LOCAL_MSG]); | |
| 7 | 5048 else |
| 5049 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(CTRL_X_MSG(ctrl_x_mode)); | |
| 5050 | |
| 694 | 5051 /* Always add completion for the original text. */ |
| 5052 vim_free(compl_orig_text); | |
| 449 | 5053 compl_orig_text = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length); |
| 5054 if (compl_orig_text == NULL || ins_compl_add(compl_orig_text, | |
| 942 | 5055 -1, p_ic, NULL, NULL, 0, ORIGINAL_TEXT, FALSE) != OK) |
| 449 | 5056 { |
| 5057 vim_free(compl_pattern); | |
| 5058 compl_pattern = NULL; | |
| 5059 vim_free(compl_orig_text); | |
| 5060 compl_orig_text = NULL; | |
| 7 | 5061 return FAIL; |
| 5062 } | |
| 5063 | |
| 5064 /* showmode might reset the internal line pointers, so it must | |
| 5065 * be called before line = ml_get(), or when this address is no | |
| 5066 * longer needed. -- Acevedo. | |
| 5067 */ | |
| 5068 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("-- Searching..."); | |
| 5069 edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT; | |
| 5070 showmode(); | |
| 5071 edit_submode_extra = NULL; | |
| 5072 out_flush(); | |
| 5073 } | |
| 5074 | |
| 449 | 5075 compl_shown_match = compl_curr_match; |
| 5076 compl_shows_dir = compl_direction; | |
| 7 | 5077 |
| 5078 /* | |
| 665 | 5079 * Find next match (and following matches). |
| 7 | 5080 */ |
|
2107
4a4287c09953
updated for version 7.2.390
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
5081 save_w_wrow = curwin->w_wrow; |
| 681 | 5082 n = ins_compl_next(TRUE, ins_compl_key2count(c), ins_compl_use_match(c)); |
| 449 | 5083 |
| 540 | 5084 /* may undisplay the popup menu */ |
| 5085 ins_compl_upd_pum(); | |
| 5086 | |
| 449 | 5087 if (n > 1) /* all matches have been found */ |
| 5088 compl_matches = n; | |
| 5089 compl_curr_match = compl_shown_match; | |
| 5090 compl_direction = compl_shows_dir; | |
| 857 | 5091 |
| 5092 /* Eat the ESC that vgetc() returns after a CTRL-C to avoid leaving Insert | |
| 5093 * mode. */ | |
| 7 | 5094 if (got_int && !global_busy) |
| 5095 { | |
| 5096 (void)vgetc(); | |
| 5097 got_int = FALSE; | |
| 5098 } | |
| 5099 | |
| 449 | 5100 /* we found no match if the list has only the "compl_orig_text"-entry */ |
| 464 | 5101 if (compl_first_match == compl_first_match->cp_next) |
| 449 | 5102 { |
| 5103 edit_submode_extra = (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) | |
| 5104 && compl_length > 1 | |
| 7 | 5105 ? (char_u *)_(e_hitend) : (char_u *)_(e_patnotf); |
| 5106 edit_submode_highl = HLF_E; | |
| 5107 /* remove N_ADDS flag, so next ^X<> won't try to go to ADDING mode, | |
| 5108 * because we couldn't expand anything at first place, but if we used | |
| 5109 * ^P, ^N, ^X^I or ^X^D we might want to add-expand a single-char-word | |
| 5110 * (such as M in M'exico) if not tried already. -- Acevedo */ | |
| 449 | 5111 if ( compl_length > 1 |
| 5112 || (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) | |
| 7 | 5113 || (ctrl_x_mode != 0 |
| 5114 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS | |
| 5115 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES)) | |
| 449 | 5116 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_N_ADDS; |
| 5117 } | |
| 5118 | |
| 464 | 5119 if (compl_curr_match->cp_flags & CONT_S_IPOS) |
| 449 | 5120 compl_cont_status |= CONT_S_IPOS; |
| 7 | 5121 else |
| 449 | 5122 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_S_IPOS; |
| 7 | 5123 |
| 5124 if (edit_submode_extra == NULL) | |
| 5125 { | |
| 464 | 5126 if (compl_curr_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) |
| 7 | 5127 { |
| 5128 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("Back at original"); | |
| 5129 edit_submode_highl = HLF_W; | |
| 5130 } | |
| 449 | 5131 else if (compl_cont_status & CONT_S_IPOS) |
| 7 | 5132 { |
| 5133 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("Word from other line"); | |
| 5134 edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT; | |
| 5135 } | |
| 464 | 5136 else if (compl_curr_match->cp_next == compl_curr_match->cp_prev) |
| 7 | 5137 { |
| 5138 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("The only match"); | |
| 5139 edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT; | |
| 5140 } | |
| 5141 else | |
| 5142 { | |
| 5143 /* Update completion sequence number when needed. */ | |
| 464 | 5144 if (compl_curr_match->cp_number == -1) |
| 7 | 5145 { |
| 464 | 5146 int number = 0; |
| 5147 compl_T *match; | |
| 7 | 5148 |
| 449 | 5149 if (compl_direction == FORWARD) |
| 7 | 5150 { |
| 5151 /* search backwards for the first valid (!= -1) number. | |
| 5152 * This should normally succeed already at the first loop | |
| 5153 * cycle, so it's fast! */ | |
| 464 | 5154 for (match = compl_curr_match->cp_prev; match != NULL |
| 5155 && match != compl_first_match; | |
| 5156 match = match->cp_prev) | |
| 5157 if (match->cp_number != -1) | |
| 7 | 5158 { |
| 464 | 5159 number = match->cp_number; |
| 7 | 5160 break; |
| 5161 } | |
| 5162 if (match != NULL) | |
| 5163 /* go up and assign all numbers which are not assigned | |
| 5164 * yet */ | |
| 540 | 5165 for (match = match->cp_next; |
| 5166 match != NULL && match->cp_number == -1; | |
| 464 | 5167 match = match->cp_next) |
| 5168 match->cp_number = ++number; | |
| 7 | 5169 } |
| 5170 else /* BACKWARD */ | |
| 5171 { | |
| 5172 /* search forwards (upwards) for the first valid (!= -1) | |
| 5173 * number. This should normally succeed already at the | |
| 5174 * first loop cycle, so it's fast! */ | |
| 464 | 5175 for (match = compl_curr_match->cp_next; match != NULL |
| 5176 && match != compl_first_match; | |
| 5177 match = match->cp_next) | |
| 5178 if (match->cp_number != -1) | |
| 7 | 5179 { |
| 464 | 5180 number = match->cp_number; |
| 7 | 5181 break; |
| 5182 } | |
| 5183 if (match != NULL) | |
| 5184 /* go down and assign all numbers which are not | |
| 5185 * assigned yet */ | |
| 464 | 5186 for (match = match->cp_prev; match |
| 5187 && match->cp_number == -1; | |
| 5188 match = match->cp_prev) | |
| 5189 match->cp_number = ++number; | |
| 7 | 5190 } |
| 5191 } | |
| 5192 | |
| 540 | 5193 /* The match should always have a sequence number now, this is |
| 5194 * just a safety check. */ | |
| 464 | 5195 if (compl_curr_match->cp_number != -1) |
| 7 | 5196 { |
| 1063 | 5197 /* Space for 10 text chars. + 2x10-digit no.s = 31. |
| 5198 * Translations may need more than twice that. */ | |
| 5199 static char_u match_ref[81]; | |
| 7 | 5200 |
| 449 | 5201 if (compl_matches > 0) |
| 1063 | 5202 vim_snprintf((char *)match_ref, sizeof(match_ref), |
| 5203 _("match %d of %d"), | |
| 464 | 5204 compl_curr_match->cp_number, compl_matches); |
| 7 | 5205 else |
| 1063 | 5206 vim_snprintf((char *)match_ref, sizeof(match_ref), |
| 5207 _("match %d"), | |
| 5208 compl_curr_match->cp_number); | |
| 7 | 5209 edit_submode_extra = match_ref; |
| 5210 edit_submode_highl = HLF_R; | |
| 5211 if (dollar_vcol) | |
| 5212 curs_columns(FALSE); | |
| 5213 } | |
| 5214 } | |
| 5215 } | |
| 5216 | |
| 5217 /* Show a message about what (completion) mode we're in. */ | |
| 5218 showmode(); | |
| 5219 if (edit_submode_extra != NULL) | |
| 5220 { | |
| 5221 if (!p_smd) | |
| 5222 msg_attr(edit_submode_extra, | |
| 5223 edit_submode_highl < HLF_COUNT | |
| 5224 ? hl_attr(edit_submode_highl) : 0); | |
| 5225 } | |
| 5226 else | |
| 5227 msg_clr_cmdline(); /* necessary for "noshowmode" */ | |
| 5228 | |
| 857 | 5229 /* Show the popup menu, unless we got interrupted. */ |
| 5230 if (!compl_interrupted) | |
| 5231 { | |
| 5232 /* RedrawingDisabled may be set when invoked through complete(). */ | |
| 5233 n = RedrawingDisabled; | |
| 5234 RedrawingDisabled = 0; | |
|
2107
4a4287c09953
updated for version 7.2.390
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
5235 |
|
4a4287c09953
updated for version 7.2.390
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
5236 /* If the cursor moved we need to remove the pum first. */ |
|
4a4287c09953
updated for version 7.2.390
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
5237 setcursor(); |
|
4a4287c09953
updated for version 7.2.390
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
5238 if (save_w_wrow != curwin->w_wrow) |
|
4a4287c09953
updated for version 7.2.390
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
5239 ins_compl_del_pum(); |
|
4a4287c09953
updated for version 7.2.390
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
5240 |
| 857 | 5241 ins_compl_show_pum(); |
| 5242 setcursor(); | |
| 5243 RedrawingDisabled = n; | |
| 5244 } | |
| 874 | 5245 compl_was_interrupted = compl_interrupted; |
| 857 | 5246 compl_interrupted = FALSE; |
| 540 | 5247 |
| 7 | 5248 return OK; |
| 5249 } | |
| 5250 | |
| 5251 /* | |
| 5252 * Looks in the first "len" chars. of "src" for search-metachars. | |
| 5253 * If dest is not NULL the chars. are copied there quoting (with | |
| 5254 * a backslash) the metachars, and dest would be NUL terminated. | |
| 5255 * Returns the length (needed) of dest | |
| 5256 */ | |
| 1872 | 5257 static unsigned |
| 7 | 5258 quote_meta(dest, src, len) |
| 5259 char_u *dest; | |
| 5260 char_u *src; | |
| 5261 int len; | |
| 5262 { | |
| 1872 | 5263 unsigned m = (unsigned)len + 1; /* one extra for the NUL */ |
| 5264 | |
| 5265 for ( ; --len >= 0; src++) | |
| 7 | 5266 { |
| 5267 switch (*src) | |
| 5268 { | |
| 5269 case '.': | |
| 5270 case '*': | |
| 5271 case '[': | |
| 5272 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY | |
| 5273 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS) | |
| 5274 break; | |
| 5275 case '~': | |
| 5276 if (!p_magic) /* quote these only if magic is set */ | |
| 5277 break; | |
| 5278 case '\\': | |
| 5279 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY | |
| 5280 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS) | |
| 5281 break; | |
| 5282 case '^': /* currently it's not needed. */ | |
| 5283 case '$': | |
| 5284 m++; | |
| 5285 if (dest != NULL) | |
| 5286 *dest++ = '\\'; | |
| 5287 break; | |
| 5288 } | |
| 5289 if (dest != NULL) | |
| 5290 *dest++ = *src; | |
| 464 | 5291 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 7 | 5292 /* Copy remaining bytes of a multibyte character. */ |
| 5293 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 5294 { | |
| 5295 int i, mb_len; | |
| 5296 | |
| 474 | 5297 mb_len = (*mb_ptr2len)(src) - 1; |
| 7 | 5298 if (mb_len > 0 && len >= mb_len) |
| 5299 for (i = 0; i < mb_len; ++i) | |
| 5300 { | |
| 5301 --len; | |
| 5302 ++src; | |
| 5303 if (dest != NULL) | |
| 5304 *dest++ = *src; | |
| 5305 } | |
| 5306 } | |
| 464 | 5307 # endif |
| 7 | 5308 } |
| 5309 if (dest != NULL) | |
| 5310 *dest = NUL; | |
| 5311 | |
| 5312 return m; | |
| 5313 } | |
| 5314 #endif /* FEAT_INS_EXPAND */ | |
| 5315 | |
| 5316 /* | |
| 5317 * Next character is interpreted literally. | |
| 5318 * A one, two or three digit decimal number is interpreted as its byte value. | |
| 5319 * If one or two digits are entered, the next character is given to vungetc(). | |
| 5320 * For Unicode a character > 255 may be returned. | |
| 5321 */ | |
| 5322 int | |
| 5323 get_literal() | |
| 5324 { | |
| 5325 int cc; | |
| 5326 int nc; | |
| 5327 int i; | |
| 5328 int hex = FALSE; | |
| 5329 int octal = FALSE; | |
| 5330 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5331 int unicode = 0; | |
| 5332 #endif | |
| 5333 | |
| 5334 if (got_int) | |
| 5335 return Ctrl_C; | |
| 5336 | |
| 5337 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 5338 /* | |
| 5339 * In GUI there is no point inserting the internal code for a special key. | |
| 5340 * It is more useful to insert the string "<KEY>" instead. This would | |
| 5341 * probably be useful in a text window too, but it would not be | |
| 5342 * vi-compatible (maybe there should be an option for it?) -- webb | |
| 5343 */ | |
| 5344 if (gui.in_use) | |
| 5345 ++allow_keys; | |
| 5346 #endif | |
| 5347 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL | |
| 5348 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */ | |
| 5349 #endif | |
| 5350 ++no_mapping; /* don't map the next key hits */ | |
| 5351 cc = 0; | |
| 5352 i = 0; | |
| 5353 for (;;) | |
| 5354 { | |
| 1389 | 5355 nc = plain_vgetc(); |
| 7 | 5356 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO |
| 5357 if (!(State & CMDLINE) | |
| 5358 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5359 && MB_BYTE2LEN_CHECK(nc) == 1 | |
| 5360 # endif | |
| 5361 ) | |
| 5362 add_to_showcmd(nc); | |
| 5363 #endif | |
| 5364 if (nc == 'x' || nc == 'X') | |
| 5365 hex = TRUE; | |
| 5366 else if (nc == 'o' || nc == 'O') | |
| 5367 octal = TRUE; | |
| 5368 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5369 else if (nc == 'u' || nc == 'U') | |
| 5370 unicode = nc; | |
| 5371 #endif | |
| 5372 else | |
| 5373 { | |
| 5374 if (hex | |
| 5375 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5376 || unicode != 0 | |
| 5377 #endif | |
| 5378 ) | |
| 5379 { | |
| 5380 if (!vim_isxdigit(nc)) | |
| 5381 break; | |
| 5382 cc = cc * 16 + hex2nr(nc); | |
| 5383 } | |
| 5384 else if (octal) | |
| 5385 { | |
| 5386 if (nc < '0' || nc > '7') | |
| 5387 break; | |
| 5388 cc = cc * 8 + nc - '0'; | |
| 5389 } | |
| 5390 else | |
| 5391 { | |
| 5392 if (!VIM_ISDIGIT(nc)) | |
| 5393 break; | |
| 5394 cc = cc * 10 + nc - '0'; | |
| 5395 } | |
| 5396 | |
| 5397 ++i; | |
| 5398 } | |
| 5399 | |
| 5400 if (cc > 255 | |
| 5401 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5402 && unicode == 0 | |
| 5403 #endif | |
| 5404 ) | |
| 5405 cc = 255; /* limit range to 0-255 */ | |
| 5406 nc = 0; | |
| 5407 | |
| 5408 if (hex) /* hex: up to two chars */ | |
| 5409 { | |
| 5410 if (i >= 2) | |
| 5411 break; | |
| 5412 } | |
| 5413 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5414 else if (unicode) /* Unicode: up to four or eight chars */ | |
| 5415 { | |
| 5416 if ((unicode == 'u' && i >= 4) || (unicode == 'U' && i >= 8)) | |
| 5417 break; | |
| 5418 } | |
| 5419 #endif | |
| 5420 else if (i >= 3) /* decimal or octal: up to three chars */ | |
| 5421 break; | |
| 5422 } | |
| 5423 if (i == 0) /* no number entered */ | |
| 5424 { | |
| 5425 if (nc == K_ZERO) /* NUL is stored as NL */ | |
| 5426 { | |
| 5427 cc = '\n'; | |
| 5428 nc = 0; | |
| 5429 } | |
| 5430 else | |
| 5431 { | |
| 5432 cc = nc; | |
| 5433 nc = 0; | |
| 5434 } | |
| 5435 } | |
| 5436 | |
| 5437 if (cc == 0) /* NUL is stored as NL */ | |
| 5438 cc = '\n'; | |
| 221 | 5439 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 5440 if (enc_dbcs && (cc & 0xff) == 0) | |
| 5441 cc = '?'; /* don't accept an illegal DBCS char, the NUL in the | |
| 5442 second byte will cause trouble! */ | |
| 5443 #endif | |
| 7 | 5444 |
| 5445 --no_mapping; | |
| 5446 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 5447 if (gui.in_use) | |
| 5448 --allow_keys; | |
| 5449 #endif | |
| 5450 if (nc) | |
| 5451 vungetc(nc); | |
| 5452 got_int = FALSE; /* CTRL-C typed after CTRL-V is not an interrupt */ | |
| 5453 return cc; | |
| 5454 } | |
| 5455 | |
| 5456 /* | |
| 5457 * Insert character, taking care of special keys and mod_mask | |
| 5458 */ | |
| 5459 static void | |
| 5460 insert_special(c, allow_modmask, ctrlv) | |
| 5461 int c; | |
| 5462 int allow_modmask; | |
| 5463 int ctrlv; /* c was typed after CTRL-V */ | |
| 5464 { | |
| 5465 char_u *p; | |
| 5466 int len; | |
| 5467 | |
| 5468 /* | |
| 5469 * Special function key, translate into "<Key>". Up to the last '>' is | |
| 5470 * inserted with ins_str(), so as not to replace characters in replace | |
| 5471 * mode. | |
| 5472 * Only use mod_mask for special keys, to avoid things like <S-Space>, | |
| 5473 * unless 'allow_modmask' is TRUE. | |
| 5474 */ | |
| 5475 #ifdef MACOS | |
| 5476 /* Command-key never produces a normal key */ | |
| 5477 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_CMD) | |
| 5478 allow_modmask = TRUE; | |
| 5479 #endif | |
| 5480 if (IS_SPECIAL(c) || (mod_mask && allow_modmask)) | |
| 5481 { | |
| 5482 p = get_special_key_name(c, mod_mask); | |
| 5483 len = (int)STRLEN(p); | |
| 5484 c = p[len - 1]; | |
| 5485 if (len > 2) | |
| 5486 { | |
| 5487 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) | |
| 5488 return; | |
| 5489 p[len - 1] = NUL; | |
| 5490 ins_str(p); | |
| 620 | 5491 AppendToRedobuffLit(p, -1); |
| 7 | 5492 ctrlv = FALSE; |
| 5493 } | |
| 5494 } | |
| 5495 if (stop_arrow() == OK) | |
| 5496 insertchar(c, ctrlv ? INSCHAR_CTRLV : 0, -1); | |
| 5497 } | |
| 5498 | |
| 5499 /* | |
| 5500 * Special characters in this context are those that need processing other | |
| 5501 * than the simple insertion that can be performed here. This includes ESC | |
| 5502 * which terminates the insert, and CR/NL which need special processing to | |
| 5503 * open up a new line. This routine tries to optimize insertions performed by | |
| 5504 * the "redo", "undo" or "put" commands, so it needs to know when it should | |
| 5505 * stop and defer processing to the "normal" mechanism. | |
| 5506 * '0' and '^' are special, because they can be followed by CTRL-D. | |
| 5507 */ | |
| 5508 #ifdef EBCDIC | |
| 5509 # define ISSPECIAL(c) ((c) < ' ' || (c) == '0' || (c) == '^') | |
| 5510 #else | |
| 5511 # define ISSPECIAL(c) ((c) < ' ' || (c) >= DEL || (c) == '0' || (c) == '^') | |
| 5512 #endif | |
| 5513 | |
| 5514 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5515 # define WHITECHAR(cc) (vim_iswhite(cc) && (!enc_utf8 || !utf_iscomposing(utf_ptr2char(ml_get_cursor() + 1)))) | |
| 5516 #else | |
| 5517 # define WHITECHAR(cc) vim_iswhite(cc) | |
| 5518 #endif | |
| 5519 | |
| 5520 void | |
| 5521 insertchar(c, flags, second_indent) | |
| 5522 int c; /* character to insert or NUL */ | |
| 5523 int flags; /* INSCHAR_FORMAT, etc. */ | |
| 5524 int second_indent; /* indent for second line if >= 0 */ | |
| 5525 { | |
| 5526 int textwidth; | |
| 5527 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 5528 char_u *p; | |
| 667 | 5529 #endif |
| 7 | 5530 int fo_ins_blank; |
| 5531 | |
| 5532 textwidth = comp_textwidth(flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT); | |
| 5533 fo_ins_blank = has_format_option(FO_INS_BLANK); | |
| 5534 | |
| 5535 /* | |
| 5536 * Try to break the line in two or more pieces when: | |
| 5537 * - Always do this if we have been called to do formatting only. | |
| 5538 * - Always do this when 'formatoptions' has the 'a' flag and the line | |
| 5539 * ends in white space. | |
| 5540 * - Otherwise: | |
| 5541 * - Don't do this if inserting a blank | |
| 5542 * - Don't do this if an existing character is being replaced, unless | |
| 5543 * we're in VREPLACE mode. | |
| 5544 * - Do this if the cursor is not on the line where insert started | |
| 5545 * or - 'formatoptions' doesn't have 'l' or the line was not too long | |
| 5546 * before the insert. | |
| 5547 * - 'formatoptions' doesn't have 'b' or a blank was inserted at or | |
| 5548 * before 'textwidth' | |
| 5549 */ | |
| 667 | 5550 if (textwidth > 0 |
| 7 | 5551 && ((flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT) |
| 5552 || (!vim_iswhite(c) | |
| 5553 && !((State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 5554 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 5555 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 5556 #endif | |
| 5557 && *ml_get_cursor() != NUL) | |
| 5558 && (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum | |
| 5559 || ((!has_format_option(FO_INS_LONG) | |
| 5560 || Insstart_textlen <= (colnr_T)textwidth) | |
| 5561 && (!fo_ins_blank | |
| 5562 || Insstart_blank_vcol <= (colnr_T)textwidth | |
| 5563 )))))) | |
| 5564 { | |
| 667 | 5565 /* Format with 'formatexpr' when it's set. Use internal formatting |
| 5566 * when 'formatexpr' isn't set or it returns non-zero. */ | |
| 5567 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) | |
| 1000 | 5568 int do_internal = TRUE; |
| 5569 | |
| 1563 | 5570 if (*curbuf->b_p_fex != NUL && (flags & INSCHAR_NO_FEX) == 0) |
| 1000 | 5571 { |
| 5572 do_internal = (fex_format(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 1L, c) != 0); | |
| 5573 /* It may be required to save for undo again, e.g. when setline() | |
| 5574 * was called. */ | |
| 5575 ins_need_undo = TRUE; | |
| 5576 } | |
| 5577 if (do_internal) | |
| 667 | 5578 #endif |
| 2004 | 5579 internal_format(textwidth, second_indent, flags, c == NUL, c); |
| 667 | 5580 } |
| 5581 | |
| 7 | 5582 if (c == NUL) /* only formatting was wanted */ |
| 5583 return; | |
| 5584 | |
| 5585 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 5586 /* Check whether this character should end a comment. */ | |
| 5587 if (did_ai && (int)c == end_comment_pending) | |
| 5588 { | |
| 5589 char_u *line; | |
| 5590 char_u lead_end[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* end-comment string */ | |
| 5591 int middle_len, end_len; | |
| 5592 int i; | |
| 5593 | |
| 5594 /* | |
| 5595 * Need to remove existing (middle) comment leader and insert end | |
| 5596 * comment leader. First, check what comment leader we can find. | |
| 5597 */ | |
| 5598 i = get_leader_len(line = ml_get_curline(), &p, FALSE); | |
| 5599 if (i > 0 && vim_strchr(p, COM_MIDDLE) != NULL) /* Just checking */ | |
| 5600 { | |
| 5601 /* Skip middle-comment string */ | |
| 5602 while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of middle flags */ | |
| 5603 ++p; | |
| 5604 middle_len = copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ","); | |
| 5605 /* Don't count trailing white space for middle_len */ | |
| 5606 while (middle_len > 0 && vim_iswhite(lead_end[middle_len - 1])) | |
| 5607 --middle_len; | |
| 5608 | |
| 5609 /* Find the end-comment string */ | |
| 5610 while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of end flags */ | |
| 5611 ++p; | |
| 5612 end_len = copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ","); | |
| 5613 | |
| 5614 /* Skip white space before the cursor */ | |
| 5615 i = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 5616 while (--i >= 0 && vim_iswhite(line[i])) | |
| 5617 ; | |
| 5618 i++; | |
| 5619 | |
| 5620 /* Skip to before the middle leader */ | |
| 5621 i -= middle_len; | |
| 5622 | |
| 5623 /* Check some expected things before we go on */ | |
| 5624 if (i >= 0 && lead_end[end_len - 1] == end_comment_pending) | |
| 5625 { | |
| 5626 /* Backspace over all the stuff we want to replace */ | |
| 5627 backspace_until_column(i); | |
| 5628 | |
| 5629 /* | |
| 5630 * Insert the end-comment string, except for the last | |
| 5631 * character, which will get inserted as normal later. | |
| 5632 */ | |
| 5633 ins_bytes_len(lead_end, end_len - 1); | |
| 5634 } | |
| 5635 } | |
| 5636 } | |
| 5637 end_comment_pending = NUL; | |
| 5638 #endif | |
| 5639 | |
| 5640 did_ai = FALSE; | |
| 5641 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 5642 did_si = FALSE; | |
| 5643 can_si = FALSE; | |
| 5644 can_si_back = FALSE; | |
| 5645 #endif | |
| 5646 | |
| 5647 /* | |
| 5648 * If there's any pending input, grab up to INPUT_BUFLEN at once. | |
| 5649 * This speeds up normal text input considerably. | |
| 5650 * Don't do this when 'cindent' or 'indentexpr' is set, because we might | |
| 5651 * need to re-indent at a ':', or any other character (but not what | |
| 5652 * 'paste' is set).. | |
| 5653 */ | |
| 5654 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL | |
| 5655 dont_scroll = FALSE; /* allow scrolling here */ | |
| 5656 #endif | |
| 5657 | |
| 5658 if ( !ISSPECIAL(c) | |
| 5659 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5660 && (!has_mbyte || (*mb_char2len)(c) == 1) | |
| 5661 #endif | |
| 5662 && vpeekc() != NUL | |
| 5663 && !(State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 5664 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 5665 && !cindent_on() | |
| 5666 #endif | |
| 5667 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 5668 && !p_ri | |
| 5669 #endif | |
| 5670 ) | |
| 5671 { | |
| 5672 #define INPUT_BUFLEN 100 | |
| 5673 char_u buf[INPUT_BUFLEN + 1]; | |
| 5674 int i; | |
| 5675 colnr_T virtcol = 0; | |
| 5676 | |
| 5677 buf[0] = c; | |
| 5678 i = 1; | |
| 667 | 5679 if (textwidth > 0) |
| 7 | 5680 virtcol = get_nolist_virtcol(); |
| 5681 /* | |
| 5682 * Stop the string when: | |
| 5683 * - no more chars available | |
| 5684 * - finding a special character (command key) | |
| 5685 * - buffer is full | |
| 5686 * - running into the 'textwidth' boundary | |
| 5687 * - need to check for abbreviation: A non-word char after a word-char | |
| 5688 */ | |
| 5689 while ( (c = vpeekc()) != NUL | |
| 5690 && !ISSPECIAL(c) | |
| 5691 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5692 && (!has_mbyte || MB_BYTE2LEN_CHECK(c) == 1) | |
| 5693 #endif | |
| 5694 && i < INPUT_BUFLEN | |
| 5695 && (textwidth == 0 | |
| 5696 || (virtcol += byte2cells(buf[i - 1])) < (colnr_T)textwidth) | |
| 5697 && !(!no_abbr && !vim_iswordc(c) && vim_iswordc(buf[i - 1]))) | |
| 5698 { | |
| 5699 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 5700 c = vgetc(); | |
| 5701 if (p_hkmap && KeyTyped) | |
| 5702 c = hkmap(c); /* Hebrew mode mapping */ | |
| 5703 # ifdef FEAT_FKMAP | |
| 5704 if (p_fkmap && KeyTyped) | |
| 5705 c = fkmap(c); /* Farsi mode mapping */ | |
| 5706 # endif | |
| 5707 buf[i++] = c; | |
| 5708 #else | |
| 5709 buf[i++] = vgetc(); | |
| 5710 #endif | |
| 5711 } | |
| 5712 | |
| 5713 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS | |
| 5714 do_digraph(-1); /* clear digraphs */ | |
| 5715 do_digraph(buf[i-1]); /* may be the start of a digraph */ | |
| 5716 #endif | |
| 5717 buf[i] = NUL; | |
| 5718 ins_str(buf); | |
| 5719 if (flags & INSCHAR_CTRLV) | |
| 5720 { | |
| 5721 redo_literal(*buf); | |
| 5722 i = 1; | |
| 5723 } | |
| 5724 else | |
| 5725 i = 0; | |
| 5726 if (buf[i] != NUL) | |
| 620 | 5727 AppendToRedobuffLit(buf + i, -1); |
| 7 | 5728 } |
| 5729 else | |
| 5730 { | |
| 5731 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 667 | 5732 int cc; |
| 5733 | |
| 7 | 5734 if (has_mbyte && (cc = (*mb_char2len)(c)) > 1) |
| 5735 { | |
| 5736 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; | |
| 5737 | |
| 5738 (*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf); | |
| 5739 buf[cc] = NUL; | |
| 5740 ins_char_bytes(buf, cc); | |
| 5741 AppendCharToRedobuff(c); | |
| 5742 } | |
| 5743 else | |
| 5744 #endif | |
| 5745 { | |
| 5746 ins_char(c); | |
| 5747 if (flags & INSCHAR_CTRLV) | |
| 5748 redo_literal(c); | |
| 5749 else | |
| 5750 AppendCharToRedobuff(c); | |
| 5751 } | |
| 5752 } | |
| 5753 } | |
| 5754 | |
| 5755 /* | |
| 667 | 5756 * Format text at the current insert position. |
| 5757 */ | |
| 5758 static void | |
| 2004 | 5759 internal_format(textwidth, second_indent, flags, format_only, c) |
| 667 | 5760 int textwidth; |
| 5761 int second_indent; | |
| 5762 int flags; | |
| 5763 int format_only; | |
| 2004 | 5764 int c; /* character to be inserted (can be NUL) */ |
| 667 | 5765 { |
| 5766 int cc; | |
| 5767 int save_char = NUL; | |
| 5768 int haveto_redraw = FALSE; | |
| 5769 int fo_ins_blank = has_format_option(FO_INS_BLANK); | |
| 5770 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5771 int fo_multibyte = has_format_option(FO_MBYTE_BREAK); | |
| 5772 #endif | |
| 5773 int fo_white_par = has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR); | |
| 5774 int first_line = TRUE; | |
| 5775 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 5776 colnr_T leader_len; | |
| 5777 int no_leader = FALSE; | |
| 5778 int do_comments = (flags & INSCHAR_DO_COM); | |
| 5779 #endif | |
| 5780 | |
| 5781 /* | |
| 5782 * When 'ai' is off we don't want a space under the cursor to be | |
| 5783 * deleted. Replace it with an 'x' temporarily. | |
| 5784 */ | |
| 2004 | 5785 if (!curbuf->b_p_ai |
| 5786 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 5787 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 5788 #endif | |
| 5789 ) | |
| 667 | 5790 { |
| 5791 cc = gchar_cursor(); | |
| 5792 if (vim_iswhite(cc)) | |
| 5793 { | |
| 5794 save_char = cc; | |
| 5795 pchar_cursor('x'); | |
| 5796 } | |
| 5797 } | |
| 5798 | |
| 5799 /* | |
| 5800 * Repeat breaking lines, until the current line is not too long. | |
| 5801 */ | |
| 5802 while (!got_int) | |
| 5803 { | |
| 5804 int startcol; /* Cursor column at entry */ | |
| 5805 int wantcol; /* column at textwidth border */ | |
| 5806 int foundcol; /* column for start of spaces */ | |
| 5807 int end_foundcol = 0; /* column for start of word */ | |
| 5808 colnr_T len; | |
| 5809 colnr_T virtcol; | |
| 5810 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 5811 int orig_col = 0; | |
| 5812 char_u *saved_text = NULL; | |
| 5813 #endif | |
| 5814 colnr_T col; | |
| 2004 | 5815 colnr_T end_col; |
| 5816 | |
| 5817 virtcol = get_nolist_virtcol() | |
| 5818 + char2cells(c != NUL ? c : gchar_cursor()); | |
| 5819 if (virtcol <= (colnr_T)textwidth) | |
| 667 | 5820 break; |
| 5821 | |
| 5822 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 5823 if (no_leader) | |
| 5824 do_comments = FALSE; | |
| 5825 else if (!(flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT) | |
| 5826 && has_format_option(FO_WRAP_COMS)) | |
| 5827 do_comments = TRUE; | |
| 5828 | |
| 5829 /* Don't break until after the comment leader */ | |
| 5830 if (do_comments) | |
| 5831 leader_len = get_leader_len(ml_get_curline(), NULL, FALSE); | |
| 5832 else | |
| 5833 leader_len = 0; | |
| 5834 | |
| 5835 /* If the line doesn't start with a comment leader, then don't | |
| 5836 * start one in a following broken line. Avoids that a %word | |
| 5837 * moved to the start of the next line causes all following lines | |
| 5838 * to start with %. */ | |
| 5839 if (leader_len == 0) | |
| 5840 no_leader = TRUE; | |
| 5841 #endif | |
| 5842 if (!(flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT) | |
| 5843 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 5844 && leader_len == 0 | |
| 5845 #endif | |
| 5846 && !has_format_option(FO_WRAP)) | |
| 5847 | |
| 5848 break; | |
| 5849 if ((startcol = curwin->w_cursor.col) == 0) | |
| 5850 break; | |
| 5851 | |
| 5852 /* find column of textwidth border */ | |
| 5853 coladvance((colnr_T)textwidth); | |
| 5854 wantcol = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 5855 | |
| 2004 | 5856 curwin->w_cursor.col = startcol; |
| 667 | 5857 foundcol = 0; |
| 5858 | |
| 5859 /* | |
| 5860 * Find position to break at. | |
| 5861 * Stop at first entered white when 'formatoptions' has 'v' | |
| 5862 */ | |
| 5863 while ((!fo_ins_blank && !has_format_option(FO_INS_VI)) | |
| 5864 || curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum | |
| 5865 || curwin->w_cursor.col >= Insstart.col) | |
| 5866 { | |
| 2004 | 5867 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == startcol && c != NUL) |
| 5868 cc = c; | |
| 5869 else | |
| 5870 cc = gchar_cursor(); | |
| 667 | 5871 if (WHITECHAR(cc)) |
| 5872 { | |
| 5873 /* remember position of blank just before text */ | |
| 2004 | 5874 end_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; |
| 667 | 5875 |
| 5876 /* find start of sequence of blanks */ | |
| 5877 while (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && WHITECHAR(cc)) | |
| 5878 { | |
| 5879 dec_cursor(); | |
| 5880 cc = gchar_cursor(); | |
| 5881 } | |
| 5882 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0 && WHITECHAR(cc)) | |
| 5883 break; /* only spaces in front of text */ | |
| 5884 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 5885 /* Don't break until after the comment leader */ | |
| 5886 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < leader_len) | |
| 5887 break; | |
| 5888 #endif | |
| 5889 if (has_format_option(FO_ONE_LETTER)) | |
| 5890 { | |
| 5891 /* do not break after one-letter words */ | |
| 5892 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0) | |
| 5893 break; /* one-letter word at begin */ | |
| 2004 | 5894 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS |
| 5895 /* do not break "#a b" when 'tw' is 2 */ | |
| 5896 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= leader_len) | |
| 5897 break; | |
| 5898 #endif | |
| 667 | 5899 col = curwin->w_cursor.col; |
| 5900 dec_cursor(); | |
| 5901 cc = gchar_cursor(); | |
| 5902 | |
| 5903 if (WHITECHAR(cc)) | |
| 5904 continue; /* one-letter, continue */ | |
| 5905 curwin->w_cursor.col = col; | |
| 5906 } | |
| 2004 | 5907 |
| 5908 inc_cursor(); | |
| 5909 | |
| 5910 end_foundcol = end_col + 1; | |
| 5911 foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 5912 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= (colnr_T)wantcol) | |
| 667 | 5913 break; |
| 5914 } | |
| 5915 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2004 | 5916 else if (cc >= 0x100 && fo_multibyte) |
| 667 | 5917 { |
| 5918 /* Break after or before a multi-byte character. */ | |
| 2004 | 5919 if (curwin->w_cursor.col != startcol) |
| 5920 { | |
| 5921 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 5922 /* Don't break until after the comment leader */ | |
| 5923 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < leader_len) | |
| 5924 break; | |
| 5925 #endif | |
| 5926 col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 5927 inc_cursor(); | |
| 5928 /* Don't change end_foundcol if already set. */ | |
| 5929 if (foundcol != curwin->w_cursor.col) | |
| 5930 { | |
| 5931 foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 5932 end_foundcol = foundcol; | |
| 5933 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= (colnr_T)wantcol) | |
| 5934 break; | |
| 5935 } | |
| 5936 curwin->w_cursor.col = col; | |
| 5937 } | |
| 5938 | |
| 5939 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0) | |
| 5940 break; | |
| 5941 | |
| 5942 col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 5943 | |
| 5944 dec_cursor(); | |
| 5945 cc = gchar_cursor(); | |
| 5946 | |
| 5947 if (WHITECHAR(cc)) | |
| 5948 continue; /* break with space */ | |
| 5949 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 5950 /* Don't break until after the comment leader */ | |
| 5951 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < leader_len) | |
| 5952 break; | |
| 5953 #endif | |
| 5954 | |
| 5955 curwin->w_cursor.col = col; | |
| 5956 | |
| 667 | 5957 foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col; |
| 5958 end_foundcol = foundcol; | |
| 2004 | 5959 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= (colnr_T)wantcol) |
| 5960 break; | |
| 667 | 5961 } |
| 5962 #endif | |
| 5963 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0) | |
| 5964 break; | |
| 5965 dec_cursor(); | |
| 5966 } | |
| 5967 | |
| 5968 if (foundcol == 0) /* no spaces, cannot break line */ | |
| 5969 { | |
| 5970 curwin->w_cursor.col = startcol; | |
| 5971 break; | |
| 5972 } | |
| 5973 | |
| 5974 /* Going to break the line, remove any "$" now. */ | |
| 5975 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 5976 | |
| 5977 /* | |
| 5978 * Offset between cursor position and line break is used by replace | |
| 5979 * stack functions. VREPLACE does not use this, and backspaces | |
| 5980 * over the text instead. | |
| 5981 */ | |
| 5982 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 5983 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 5984 orig_col = startcol; /* Will start backspacing from here */ | |
| 5985 else | |
| 5986 #endif | |
| 2004 | 5987 replace_offset = startcol - end_foundcol; |
| 667 | 5988 |
| 5989 /* | |
| 5990 * adjust startcol for spaces that will be deleted and | |
| 5991 * characters that will remain on top line | |
| 5992 */ | |
| 5993 curwin->w_cursor.col = foundcol; | |
| 2004 | 5994 while ((cc = gchar_cursor(), WHITECHAR(cc)) |
| 5995 && (!fo_white_par || curwin->w_cursor.col < startcol)) | |
| 667 | 5996 inc_cursor(); |
| 5997 startcol -= curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 5998 if (startcol < 0) | |
| 5999 startcol = 0; | |
| 6000 | |
| 6001 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 6002 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 6003 { | |
| 6004 /* | |
| 6005 * In VREPLACE mode, we will backspace over the text to be | |
| 6006 * wrapped, so save a copy now to put on the next line. | |
| 6007 */ | |
| 6008 saved_text = vim_strsave(ml_get_cursor()); | |
| 6009 curwin->w_cursor.col = orig_col; | |
| 6010 if (saved_text == NULL) | |
| 6011 break; /* Can't do it, out of memory */ | |
| 6012 saved_text[startcol] = NUL; | |
| 6013 | |
| 6014 /* Backspace over characters that will move to the next line */ | |
| 6015 if (!fo_white_par) | |
| 6016 backspace_until_column(foundcol); | |
| 6017 } | |
| 6018 else | |
| 6019 #endif | |
| 6020 { | |
| 6021 /* put cursor after pos. to break line */ | |
| 6022 if (!fo_white_par) | |
| 6023 curwin->w_cursor.col = foundcol; | |
| 6024 } | |
| 6025 | |
| 6026 /* | |
| 6027 * Split the line just before the margin. | |
| 6028 * Only insert/delete lines, but don't really redraw the window. | |
| 6029 */ | |
| 6030 open_line(FORWARD, OPENLINE_DELSPACES + OPENLINE_MARKFIX | |
| 6031 + (fo_white_par ? OPENLINE_KEEPTRAIL : 0) | |
| 6032 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 6033 + (do_comments ? OPENLINE_DO_COM : 0) | |
| 6034 #endif | |
| 6035 , old_indent); | |
| 6036 old_indent = 0; | |
| 6037 | |
| 6038 replace_offset = 0; | |
| 6039 if (first_line) | |
| 6040 { | |
| 6041 if (second_indent < 0 && has_format_option(FO_Q_NUMBER)) | |
| 6042 second_indent = get_number_indent(curwin->w_cursor.lnum -1); | |
| 6043 if (second_indent >= 0) | |
| 6044 { | |
| 6045 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 6046 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 1516 | 6047 change_indent(INDENT_SET, second_indent, FALSE, NUL, TRUE); |
| 667 | 6048 else |
| 6049 #endif | |
| 6050 (void)set_indent(second_indent, SIN_CHANGED); | |
| 6051 } | |
| 6052 first_line = FALSE; | |
| 6053 } | |
| 6054 | |
| 6055 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 6056 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 6057 { | |
| 6058 /* | |
| 6059 * In VREPLACE mode we have backspaced over the text to be | |
| 6060 * moved, now we re-insert it into the new line. | |
| 6061 */ | |
| 6062 ins_bytes(saved_text); | |
| 6063 vim_free(saved_text); | |
| 6064 } | |
| 6065 else | |
| 6066 #endif | |
| 6067 { | |
| 6068 /* | |
| 6069 * Check if cursor is not past the NUL off the line, cindent | |
| 6070 * may have added or removed indent. | |
| 6071 */ | |
| 6072 curwin->w_cursor.col += startcol; | |
| 6073 len = (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get_curline()); | |
| 6074 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > len) | |
| 6075 curwin->w_cursor.col = len; | |
| 6076 } | |
| 6077 | |
| 6078 haveto_redraw = TRUE; | |
| 6079 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 6080 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
| 6081 #endif | |
| 6082 /* moved the cursor, don't autoindent or cindent now */ | |
| 6083 did_ai = FALSE; | |
| 6084 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 6085 did_si = FALSE; | |
| 6086 can_si = FALSE; | |
| 6087 can_si_back = FALSE; | |
| 6088 #endif | |
| 6089 line_breakcheck(); | |
| 6090 } | |
| 6091 | |
| 6092 if (save_char != NUL) /* put back space after cursor */ | |
| 6093 pchar_cursor(save_char); | |
| 6094 | |
| 6095 if (!format_only && haveto_redraw) | |
| 6096 { | |
| 6097 update_topline(); | |
| 6098 redraw_curbuf_later(VALID); | |
| 6099 } | |
| 6100 } | |
| 6101 | |
| 6102 /* | |
| 7 | 6103 * Called after inserting or deleting text: When 'formatoptions' includes the |
| 6104 * 'a' flag format from the current line until the end of the paragraph. | |
| 6105 * Keep the cursor at the same position relative to the text. | |
| 6106 * The caller must have saved the cursor line for undo, following ones will be | |
| 6107 * saved here. | |
| 6108 */ | |
| 6109 void | |
| 6110 auto_format(trailblank, prev_line) | |
| 6111 int trailblank; /* when TRUE also format with trailing blank */ | |
| 6112 int prev_line; /* may start in previous line */ | |
| 6113 { | |
| 6114 pos_T pos; | |
| 6115 colnr_T len; | |
| 6116 char_u *old; | |
| 6117 char_u *new, *pnew; | |
| 6118 int wasatend; | |
| 301 | 6119 int cc; |
| 7 | 6120 |
| 6121 if (!has_format_option(FO_AUTO)) | |
| 6122 return; | |
| 6123 | |
| 6124 pos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 6125 old = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 6126 | |
| 6127 /* may remove added space */ | |
| 6128 check_auto_format(FALSE); | |
| 6129 | |
| 6130 /* Don't format in Insert mode when the cursor is on a trailing blank, the | |
| 6131 * user might insert normal text next. Also skip formatting when "1" is | |
| 6132 * in 'formatoptions' and there is a single character before the cursor. | |
| 6133 * Otherwise the line would be broken and when typing another non-white | |
| 6134 * next they are not joined back together. */ | |
| 1872 | 6135 wasatend = (pos.col == (colnr_T)STRLEN(old)); |
| 7 | 6136 if (*old != NUL && !trailblank && wasatend) |
| 6137 { | |
| 6138 dec_cursor(); | |
| 301 | 6139 cc = gchar_cursor(); |
| 6140 if (!WHITECHAR(cc) && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 | |
| 6141 && has_format_option(FO_ONE_LETTER)) | |
| 7 | 6142 dec_cursor(); |
| 301 | 6143 cc = gchar_cursor(); |
| 6144 if (WHITECHAR(cc)) | |
| 7 | 6145 { |
| 6146 curwin->w_cursor = pos; | |
| 6147 return; | |
| 6148 } | |
| 6149 curwin->w_cursor = pos; | |
| 6150 } | |
| 6151 | |
| 6152 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 6153 /* With the 'c' flag in 'formatoptions' and 't' missing: only format | |
| 6154 * comments. */ | |
| 6155 if (has_format_option(FO_WRAP_COMS) && !has_format_option(FO_WRAP) | |
| 6156 && get_leader_len(old, NULL, FALSE) == 0) | |
| 6157 return; | |
| 6158 #endif | |
| 6159 | |
| 6160 /* | |
| 6161 * May start formatting in a previous line, so that after "x" a word is | |
| 6162 * moved to the previous line if it fits there now. Only when this is not | |
| 6163 * the start of a paragraph. | |
| 6164 */ | |
| 6165 if (prev_line && !paragraph_start(curwin->w_cursor.lnum)) | |
| 6166 { | |
| 6167 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 6168 if (u_save_cursor() == FAIL) | |
| 6169 return; | |
| 6170 } | |
| 6171 | |
| 6172 /* | |
| 6173 * Do the formatting and restore the cursor position. "saved_cursor" will | |
| 6174 * be adjusted for the text formatting. | |
| 6175 */ | |
| 6176 saved_cursor = pos; | |
| 1563 | 6177 format_lines((linenr_T)-1, FALSE); |
| 7 | 6178 curwin->w_cursor = saved_cursor; |
| 6179 saved_cursor.lnum = 0; | |
| 6180 | |
| 6181 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
| 6182 { | |
| 6183 /* "cannot happen" */ | |
| 6184 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
| 6185 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL); | |
| 6186 } | |
| 6187 else | |
| 6188 check_cursor_col(); | |
| 6189 | |
| 6190 /* Insert mode: If the cursor is now after the end of the line while it | |
| 6191 * previously wasn't, the line was broken. Because of the rule above we | |
| 6192 * need to add a space when 'w' is in 'formatoptions' to keep a paragraph | |
| 6193 * formatted. */ | |
| 6194 if (!wasatend && has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR)) | |
| 6195 { | |
| 6196 new = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 835 | 6197 len = (colnr_T)STRLEN(new); |
| 7 | 6198 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == len) |
| 6199 { | |
| 6200 pnew = vim_strnsave(new, len + 2); | |
| 6201 pnew[len] = ' '; | |
| 6202 pnew[len + 1] = NUL; | |
| 6203 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, pnew, FALSE); | |
| 6204 /* remove the space later */ | |
| 6205 did_add_space = TRUE; | |
| 6206 } | |
| 6207 else | |
| 6208 /* may remove added space */ | |
| 6209 check_auto_format(FALSE); | |
| 6210 } | |
| 6211 | |
| 6212 check_cursor(); | |
| 6213 } | |
| 6214 | |
| 6215 /* | |
| 6216 * When an extra space was added to continue a paragraph for auto-formatting, | |
| 6217 * delete it now. The space must be under the cursor, just after the insert | |
| 6218 * position. | |
| 6219 */ | |
| 6220 static void | |
| 6221 check_auto_format(end_insert) | |
| 6222 int end_insert; /* TRUE when ending Insert mode */ | |
| 6223 { | |
| 6224 int c = ' '; | |
| 301 | 6225 int cc; |
| 7 | 6226 |
| 6227 if (did_add_space) | |
| 6228 { | |
| 301 | 6229 cc = gchar_cursor(); |
| 6230 if (!WHITECHAR(cc)) | |
| 7 | 6231 /* Somehow the space was removed already. */ |
| 6232 did_add_space = FALSE; | |
| 6233 else | |
| 6234 { | |
| 6235 if (!end_insert) | |
| 6236 { | |
| 6237 inc_cursor(); | |
| 6238 c = gchar_cursor(); | |
| 6239 dec_cursor(); | |
| 6240 } | |
| 6241 if (c != NUL) | |
| 6242 { | |
| 6243 /* The space is no longer at the end of the line, delete it. */ | |
| 6244 del_char(FALSE); | |
| 6245 did_add_space = FALSE; | |
| 6246 } | |
| 6247 } | |
| 6248 } | |
| 6249 } | |
| 6250 | |
| 6251 /* | |
| 6252 * Find out textwidth to be used for formatting: | |
| 6253 * if 'textwidth' option is set, use it | |
| 6254 * else if 'wrapmargin' option is set, use W_WIDTH(curwin) - 'wrapmargin' | |
| 6255 * if invalid value, use 0. | |
| 6256 * Set default to window width (maximum 79) for "gq" operator. | |
| 6257 */ | |
| 6258 int | |
| 6259 comp_textwidth(ff) | |
| 867 | 6260 int ff; /* force formatting (for "gq" command) */ |
| 7 | 6261 { |
| 6262 int textwidth; | |
| 6263 | |
| 6264 textwidth = curbuf->b_p_tw; | |
| 6265 if (textwidth == 0 && curbuf->b_p_wm) | |
| 6266 { | |
| 6267 /* The width is the window width minus 'wrapmargin' minus all the | |
| 6268 * things that add to the margin. */ | |
| 6269 textwidth = W_WIDTH(curwin) - curbuf->b_p_wm; | |
| 6270 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN | |
| 6271 if (cmdwin_type != 0) | |
| 6272 textwidth -= 1; | |
| 6273 #endif | |
| 6274 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 6275 textwidth -= curwin->w_p_fdc; | |
| 6276 #endif | |
| 6277 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS | |
| 6278 if (curwin->w_buffer->b_signlist != NULL | |
| 6279 # ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG | |
| 2210 | 6280 || netbeans_active() |
| 7 | 6281 # endif |
| 6282 ) | |
| 6283 textwidth -= 1; | |
| 6284 #endif | |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2107
diff
changeset
|
6285 if (curwin->w_p_nu || curwin->w_p_rnu) |
| 7 | 6286 textwidth -= 8; |
| 6287 } | |
| 6288 if (textwidth < 0) | |
| 6289 textwidth = 0; | |
| 6290 if (ff && textwidth == 0) | |
| 6291 { | |
| 6292 textwidth = W_WIDTH(curwin) - 1; | |
| 6293 if (textwidth > 79) | |
| 6294 textwidth = 79; | |
| 6295 } | |
| 6296 return textwidth; | |
| 6297 } | |
| 6298 | |
| 6299 /* | |
| 6300 * Put a character in the redo buffer, for when just after a CTRL-V. | |
| 6301 */ | |
| 6302 static void | |
| 6303 redo_literal(c) | |
| 6304 int c; | |
| 6305 { | |
| 6306 char_u buf[10]; | |
| 6307 | |
| 6308 /* Only digits need special treatment. Translate them into a string of | |
| 6309 * three digits. */ | |
| 6310 if (VIM_ISDIGIT(c)) | |
| 6311 { | |
| 1872 | 6312 vim_snprintf((char *)buf, sizeof(buf), "%03d", c); |
| 7 | 6313 AppendToRedobuff(buf); |
| 6314 } | |
| 6315 else | |
| 6316 AppendCharToRedobuff(c); | |
| 6317 } | |
| 6318 | |
| 6319 /* | |
| 6320 * start_arrow() is called when an arrow key is used in insert mode. | |
| 484 | 6321 * For undo/redo it resembles hitting the <ESC> key. |
| 7 | 6322 */ |
| 6323 static void | |
| 6324 start_arrow(end_insert_pos) | |
| 840 | 6325 pos_T *end_insert_pos; /* can be NULL */ |
| 7 | 6326 { |
| 6327 if (!arrow_used) /* something has been inserted */ | |
| 6328 { | |
| 6329 AppendToRedobuff(ESC_STR); | |
| 6330 stop_insert(end_insert_pos, FALSE); | |
| 6331 arrow_used = TRUE; /* this means we stopped the current insert */ | |
| 6332 } | |
| 744 | 6333 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
| 221 | 6334 check_spell_redraw(); |
| 6335 #endif | |
| 7 | 6336 } |
| 6337 | |
| 744 | 6338 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
| 221 | 6339 /* |
| 6340 * If we skipped highlighting word at cursor, do it now. | |
| 6341 * It may be skipped again, thus reset spell_redraw_lnum first. | |
| 6342 */ | |
| 6343 static void | |
| 6344 check_spell_redraw() | |
| 6345 { | |
| 6346 if (spell_redraw_lnum != 0) | |
| 6347 { | |
| 6348 linenr_T lnum = spell_redraw_lnum; | |
| 6349 | |
| 6350 spell_redraw_lnum = 0; | |
| 6351 redrawWinline(lnum, FALSE); | |
| 6352 } | |
| 6353 } | |
| 484 | 6354 |
| 6355 /* | |
| 6356 * Called when starting CTRL_X_SPELL mode: Move backwards to a previous badly | |
| 6357 * spelled word, if there is one. | |
| 6358 */ | |
| 6359 static void | |
| 6360 spell_back_to_badword() | |
| 6361 { | |
| 6362 pos_T tpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 6363 | |
| 499 | 6364 spell_bad_len = spell_move_to(curwin, BACKWARD, TRUE, TRUE, NULL); |
| 484 | 6365 if (curwin->w_cursor.col != tpos.col) |
| 6366 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
| 6367 } | |
| 221 | 6368 #endif |
| 6369 | |
| 7 | 6370 /* |
| 6371 * stop_arrow() is called before a change is made in insert mode. | |
| 6372 * If an arrow key has been used, start a new insertion. | |
| 6373 * Returns FAIL if undo is impossible, shouldn't insert then. | |
| 6374 */ | |
| 6375 int | |
| 6376 stop_arrow() | |
| 6377 { | |
| 6378 if (arrow_used) | |
| 6379 { | |
| 6380 if (u_save_cursor() == OK) | |
| 6381 { | |
| 6382 arrow_used = FALSE; | |
| 6383 ins_need_undo = FALSE; | |
| 6384 } | |
| 6385 Insstart = curwin->w_cursor; /* new insertion starts here */ | |
| 1869 | 6386 Insstart_textlen = (colnr_T)linetabsize(ml_get_curline()); |
| 7 | 6387 ai_col = 0; |
| 6388 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 6389 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 6390 { | |
| 6391 orig_line_count = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
| 6392 vr_lines_changed = 1; | |
| 6393 } | |
| 6394 #endif | |
| 6395 ResetRedobuff(); | |
| 6396 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)"1i"); /* pretend we start an insertion */ | |
| 613 | 6397 new_insert_skip = 2; |
| 7 | 6398 } |
| 6399 else if (ins_need_undo) | |
| 6400 { | |
| 6401 if (u_save_cursor() == OK) | |
| 6402 ins_need_undo = FALSE; | |
| 6403 } | |
| 6404 | |
| 6405 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 6406 /* Always open fold at the cursor line when inserting something. */ | |
| 6407 foldOpenCursor(); | |
| 6408 #endif | |
| 6409 | |
| 6410 return (arrow_used || ins_need_undo ? FAIL : OK); | |
| 6411 } | |
| 6412 | |
| 6413 /* | |
| 840 | 6414 * Do a few things to stop inserting. |
| 6415 * "end_insert_pos" is where insert ended. It is NULL when we already jumped | |
| 6416 * to another window/buffer. | |
| 7 | 6417 */ |
| 6418 static void | |
| 6419 stop_insert(end_insert_pos, esc) | |
| 840 | 6420 pos_T *end_insert_pos; |
| 603 | 6421 int esc; /* called by ins_esc() */ |
| 7 | 6422 { |
| 603 | 6423 int cc; |
| 6424 char_u *ptr; | |
| 7 | 6425 |
| 6426 stop_redo_ins(); | |
| 6427 replace_flush(); /* abandon replace stack */ | |
| 6428 | |
| 6429 /* | |
| 603 | 6430 * Save the inserted text for later redo with ^@ and CTRL-A. |
| 6431 * Don't do it when "restart_edit" was set and nothing was inserted, | |
| 6432 * otherwise CTRL-O w and then <Left> will clear "last_insert". | |
| 7 | 6433 */ |
| 603 | 6434 ptr = get_inserted(); |
| 615 | 6435 if (did_restart_edit == 0 || (ptr != NULL |
| 6436 && (int)STRLEN(ptr) > new_insert_skip)) | |
| 603 | 6437 { |
| 6438 vim_free(last_insert); | |
| 6439 last_insert = ptr; | |
| 6440 last_insert_skip = new_insert_skip; | |
| 6441 } | |
| 6442 else | |
| 6443 vim_free(ptr); | |
| 7 | 6444 |
| 840 | 6445 if (!arrow_used && end_insert_pos != NULL) |
| 7 | 6446 { |
| 6447 /* Auto-format now. It may seem strange to do this when stopping an | |
| 6448 * insertion (or moving the cursor), but it's required when appending | |
| 6449 * a line and having it end in a space. But only do it when something | |
| 6450 * was actually inserted, otherwise undo won't work. */ | |
| 10 | 6451 if (!ins_need_undo && has_format_option(FO_AUTO)) |
| 7 | 6452 { |
| 10 | 6453 pos_T tpos = curwin->w_cursor; |
| 6454 | |
| 7 | 6455 /* When the cursor is at the end of the line after a space the |
| 6456 * formatting will move it to the following word. Avoid that by | |
| 6457 * moving the cursor onto the space. */ | |
| 6458 cc = 'x'; | |
| 6459 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && gchar_cursor() == NUL) | |
| 6460 { | |
| 6461 dec_cursor(); | |
| 6462 cc = gchar_cursor(); | |
| 6463 if (!vim_iswhite(cc)) | |
| 10 | 6464 curwin->w_cursor = tpos; |
| 7 | 6465 } |
| 6466 | |
| 6467 auto_format(TRUE, FALSE); | |
| 6468 | |
| 10 | 6469 if (vim_iswhite(cc)) |
| 6470 { | |
| 6471 if (gchar_cursor() != NUL) | |
| 6472 inc_cursor(); | |
| 6473 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 6474 /* If the cursor is still at the same character, also keep | |
| 6475 * the "coladd". */ | |
| 6476 if (gchar_cursor() == NUL | |
| 6477 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == tpos.lnum | |
| 6478 && curwin->w_cursor.col == tpos.col) | |
| 6479 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = tpos.coladd; | |
| 6480 #endif | |
| 6481 } | |
| 7 | 6482 } |
| 6483 | |
| 6484 /* If a space was inserted for auto-formatting, remove it now. */ | |
| 6485 check_auto_format(TRUE); | |
| 6486 | |
| 6487 /* If we just did an auto-indent, remove the white space from the end | |
| 10 | 6488 * of the line, and put the cursor back. |
| 1892 | 6489 * Do this when ESC was used or moving the cursor up/down. |
| 6490 * Check for the old position still being valid, just in case the text | |
| 6491 * got changed unexpectedly. */ | |
| 10 | 6492 if (did_ai && (esc || (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_INDENT) == NULL |
| 1892 | 6493 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum != end_insert_pos->lnum)) |
| 6494 && end_insert_pos->lnum <= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
| 7 | 6495 { |
| 10 | 6496 pos_T tpos = curwin->w_cursor; |
| 6497 | |
| 6498 curwin->w_cursor = *end_insert_pos; | |
| 1892 | 6499 check_cursor_col(); /* make sure it is not past the line */ |
| 786 | 6500 for (;;) |
| 6501 { | |
| 6502 if (gchar_cursor() == NUL && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0) | |
| 6503 --curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 6504 cc = gchar_cursor(); | |
| 6505 if (!vim_iswhite(cc)) | |
| 6506 break; | |
| 1892 | 6507 if (del_char(TRUE) == FAIL) |
| 6508 break; /* should not happen */ | |
| 786 | 6509 } |
| 10 | 6510 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != tpos.lnum) |
| 6511 curwin->w_cursor = tpos; | |
| 6512 else if (cc != NUL) | |
| 7 | 6513 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; /* put cursor back on the NUL */ |
| 6514 | |
| 6515 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
| 6516 /* <C-S-Right> may have started Visual mode, adjust the position for | |
| 6517 * deleted characters. */ | |
| 6518 if (VIsual_active && VIsual.lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum) | |
| 6519 { | |
| 1872 | 6520 int len = (int)STRLEN(ml_get_curline()); |
| 6521 | |
| 6522 if (VIsual.col > len) | |
| 7 | 6523 { |
| 1872 | 6524 VIsual.col = len; |
| 7 | 6525 # ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT |
| 6526 VIsual.coladd = 0; | |
| 6527 # endif | |
| 6528 } | |
| 6529 } | |
| 6530 #endif | |
| 6531 } | |
| 6532 } | |
| 6533 did_ai = FALSE; | |
| 6534 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 6535 did_si = FALSE; | |
| 6536 can_si = FALSE; | |
| 6537 can_si_back = FALSE; | |
| 6538 #endif | |
| 6539 | |
| 840 | 6540 /* Set '[ and '] to the inserted text. When end_insert_pos is NULL we are |
| 6541 * now in a different buffer. */ | |
| 6542 if (end_insert_pos != NULL) | |
| 6543 { | |
| 6544 curbuf->b_op_start = Insstart; | |
| 6545 curbuf->b_op_end = *end_insert_pos; | |
| 6546 } | |
| 7 | 6547 } |
| 6548 | |
| 6549 /* | |
| 6550 * Set the last inserted text to a single character. | |
| 6551 * Used for the replace command. | |
| 6552 */ | |
| 6553 void | |
| 6554 set_last_insert(c) | |
| 6555 int c; | |
| 6556 { | |
| 6557 char_u *s; | |
| 6558 | |
| 6559 vim_free(last_insert); | |
| 6560 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 6561 last_insert = alloc(MB_MAXBYTES * 3 + 5); | |
| 6562 #else | |
| 6563 last_insert = alloc(6); | |
| 6564 #endif | |
| 6565 if (last_insert != NULL) | |
| 6566 { | |
| 6567 s = last_insert; | |
| 6568 /* Use the CTRL-V only when entering a special char */ | |
| 6569 if (c < ' ' || c == DEL) | |
| 6570 *s++ = Ctrl_V; | |
| 6571 s = add_char2buf(c, s); | |
| 6572 *s++ = ESC; | |
| 6573 *s++ = NUL; | |
| 6574 last_insert_skip = 0; | |
| 6575 } | |
| 6576 } | |
| 6577 | |
| 359 | 6578 #if defined(EXITFREE) || defined(PROTO) |
| 6579 void | |
| 6580 free_last_insert() | |
| 6581 { | |
| 6582 vim_free(last_insert); | |
| 6583 last_insert = NULL; | |
| 1446 | 6584 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
| 694 | 6585 vim_free(compl_orig_text); |
| 6586 compl_orig_text = NULL; | |
| 1446 | 6587 # endif |
| 359 | 6588 } |
| 6589 #endif | |
| 6590 | |
| 7 | 6591 /* |
| 6592 * Add character "c" to buffer "s". Escape the special meaning of K_SPECIAL | |
| 6593 * and CSI. Handle multi-byte characters. | |
| 6594 * Returns a pointer to after the added bytes. | |
| 6595 */ | |
| 6596 char_u * | |
| 6597 add_char2buf(c, s) | |
| 6598 int c; | |
| 6599 char_u *s; | |
| 6600 { | |
| 6601 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 6602 char_u temp[MB_MAXBYTES]; | |
| 6603 int i; | |
| 6604 int len; | |
| 6605 | |
| 6606 len = (*mb_char2bytes)(c, temp); | |
| 6607 for (i = 0; i < len; ++i) | |
| 6608 { | |
| 6609 c = temp[i]; | |
| 6610 #endif | |
| 6611 /* Need to escape K_SPECIAL and CSI like in the typeahead buffer. */ | |
| 6612 if (c == K_SPECIAL) | |
| 6613 { | |
| 6614 *s++ = K_SPECIAL; | |
| 6615 *s++ = KS_SPECIAL; | |
| 6616 *s++ = KE_FILLER; | |
| 6617 } | |
| 6618 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 6619 else if (c == CSI) | |
| 6620 { | |
| 6621 *s++ = CSI; | |
| 6622 *s++ = KS_EXTRA; | |
| 6623 *s++ = (int)KE_CSI; | |
| 6624 } | |
| 6625 #endif | |
| 6626 else | |
| 6627 *s++ = c; | |
| 6628 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 6629 } | |
| 6630 #endif | |
| 6631 return s; | |
| 6632 } | |
| 6633 | |
| 6634 /* | |
| 6635 * move cursor to start of line | |
| 6636 * if flags & BL_WHITE move to first non-white | |
| 6637 * if flags & BL_SOL move to first non-white if startofline is set, | |
| 6638 * otherwise keep "curswant" column | |
| 6639 * if flags & BL_FIX don't leave the cursor on a NUL. | |
| 6640 */ | |
| 6641 void | |
| 6642 beginline(flags) | |
| 6643 int flags; | |
| 6644 { | |
| 6645 if ((flags & BL_SOL) && !p_sol) | |
| 6646 coladvance(curwin->w_curswant); | |
| 6647 else | |
| 6648 { | |
| 6649 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
| 6650 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 6651 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; | |
| 6652 #endif | |
| 6653 | |
| 6654 if (flags & (BL_WHITE | BL_SOL)) | |
| 6655 { | |
| 6656 char_u *ptr; | |
| 6657 | |
| 6658 for (ptr = ml_get_curline(); vim_iswhite(*ptr) | |
| 6659 && !((flags & BL_FIX) && ptr[1] == NUL); ++ptr) | |
| 6660 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 6661 } | |
| 6662 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
| 6663 } | |
| 6664 } | |
| 6665 | |
| 6666 /* | |
| 6667 * oneright oneleft cursor_down cursor_up | |
| 6668 * | |
| 6669 * Move one char {right,left,down,up}. | |
| 773 | 6670 * Doesn't move onto the NUL past the end of the line, unless it is allowed. |
| 7 | 6671 * Return OK when successful, FAIL when we hit a line of file boundary. |
| 6672 */ | |
| 6673 | |
| 6674 int | |
| 6675 oneright() | |
| 6676 { | |
| 6677 char_u *ptr; | |
| 6678 int l; | |
| 6679 | |
| 6680 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 6681 if (virtual_active()) | |
| 6682 { | |
| 6683 pos_T prevpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 6684 | |
| 6685 /* Adjust for multi-wide char (excluding TAB) */ | |
| 6686 ptr = ml_get_cursor(); | |
| 6687 coladvance(getviscol() + ((*ptr != TAB && vim_isprintc( | |
| 773 | 6688 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 7 | 6689 (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr) |
| 773 | 6690 # else |
| 7 | 6691 *ptr |
| 773 | 6692 # endif |
| 7 | 6693 )) |
| 6694 ? ptr2cells(ptr) : 1)); | |
| 6695 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
| 6696 /* Return OK if the cursor moved, FAIL otherwise (at window edge). */ | |
| 6697 return (prevpos.col != curwin->w_cursor.col | |
| 6698 || prevpos.coladd != curwin->w_cursor.coladd) ? OK : FAIL; | |
| 6699 } | |
| 6700 #endif | |
| 6701 | |
| 6702 ptr = ml_get_cursor(); | |
| 773 | 6703 if (*ptr == NUL) |
| 6704 return FAIL; /* already at the very end */ | |
| 6705 | |
| 7 | 6706 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 773 | 6707 if (has_mbyte) |
| 6708 l = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr); | |
| 7 | 6709 else |
| 6710 #endif | |
| 773 | 6711 l = 1; |
| 6712 | |
| 6713 /* move "l" bytes right, but don't end up on the NUL, unless 'virtualedit' | |
| 6714 * contains "onemore". */ | |
| 6715 if (ptr[l] == NUL | |
| 6716 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 6717 && (ve_flags & VE_ONEMORE) == 0 | |
| 6718 #endif | |
| 6719 ) | |
| 6720 return FAIL; | |
| 6721 curwin->w_cursor.col += l; | |
| 7 | 6722 |
| 6723 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
| 6724 return OK; | |
| 6725 } | |
| 6726 | |
| 6727 int | |
| 6728 oneleft() | |
| 6729 { | |
| 6730 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 6731 if (virtual_active()) | |
| 6732 { | |
| 6733 int width; | |
| 6734 int v = getviscol(); | |
| 6735 | |
| 6736 if (v == 0) | |
| 6737 return FAIL; | |
| 6738 | |
| 6739 # ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK | |
| 6740 /* We might get stuck on 'showbreak', skip over it. */ | |
| 6741 width = 1; | |
| 6742 for (;;) | |
| 6743 { | |
| 6744 coladvance(v - width); | |
| 6745 /* getviscol() is slow, skip it when 'showbreak' is empty and | |
| 6746 * there are no multi-byte characters */ | |
| 6747 if ((*p_sbr == NUL | |
| 6748 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 6749 && !has_mbyte | |
| 6750 # endif | |
| 6751 ) || getviscol() < v) | |
| 6752 break; | |
| 6753 ++width; | |
| 6754 } | |
| 6755 # else | |
| 6756 coladvance(v - 1); | |
| 6757 # endif | |
| 6758 | |
| 6759 if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd == 1) | |
| 6760 { | |
| 6761 char_u *ptr; | |
| 6762 | |
| 6763 /* Adjust for multi-wide char (not a TAB) */ | |
| 6764 ptr = ml_get_cursor(); | |
| 6765 if (*ptr != TAB && vim_isprintc( | |
| 6766 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 6767 (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr) | |
| 6768 # else | |
| 6769 *ptr | |
| 6770 # endif | |
| 6771 ) && ptr2cells(ptr) > 1) | |
| 6772 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; | |
| 6773 } | |
| 6774 | |
| 6775 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
| 6776 return OK; | |
| 6777 } | |
| 6778 #endif | |
| 6779 | |
| 6780 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0) | |
| 6781 return FAIL; | |
| 6782 | |
| 6783 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
| 6784 --curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 6785 | |
| 6786 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 6787 /* if the character on the left of the current cursor is a multi-byte | |
| 6788 * character, move to its first byte */ | |
| 6789 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 6790 mb_adjust_cursor(); | |
| 6791 #endif | |
| 6792 return OK; | |
| 6793 } | |
| 6794 | |
| 6795 int | |
| 6796 cursor_up(n, upd_topline) | |
| 6797 long n; | |
| 6798 int upd_topline; /* When TRUE: update topline */ | |
| 6799 { | |
| 6800 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 6801 | |
| 6802 if (n > 0) | |
| 6803 { | |
| 6804 lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 161 | 6805 /* This fails if the cursor is already in the first line or the count |
| 6806 * is larger than the line number and '-' is in 'cpoptions' */ | |
| 6807 if (lnum <= 1 || (n >= lnum && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_MINUS) != NULL)) | |
| 7 | 6808 return FAIL; |
| 6809 if (n >= lnum) | |
| 6810 lnum = 1; | |
| 6811 else | |
| 6812 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 6813 if (hasAnyFolding(curwin)) | |
| 6814 { | |
| 6815 /* | |
| 6816 * Count each sequence of folded lines as one logical line. | |
| 6817 */ | |
| 6818 /* go to the the start of the current fold */ | |
| 6819 (void)hasFolding(lnum, &lnum, NULL); | |
| 6820 | |
| 6821 while (n--) | |
| 6822 { | |
| 6823 /* move up one line */ | |
| 6824 --lnum; | |
| 6825 if (lnum <= 1) | |
| 6826 break; | |
| 6827 /* If we entered a fold, move to the beginning, unless in | |
| 6828 * Insert mode or when 'foldopen' contains "all": it will open | |
| 6829 * in a moment. */ | |
| 6830 if (n > 0 || !((State & INSERT) || (fdo_flags & FDO_ALL))) | |
| 6831 (void)hasFolding(lnum, &lnum, NULL); | |
| 6832 } | |
| 6833 if (lnum < 1) | |
| 6834 lnum = 1; | |
| 6835 } | |
| 6836 else | |
| 6837 #endif | |
| 6838 lnum -= n; | |
| 6839 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; | |
| 6840 } | |
| 6841 | |
| 6842 /* try to advance to the column we want to be at */ | |
| 6843 coladvance(curwin->w_curswant); | |
| 6844 | |
| 6845 if (upd_topline) | |
| 6846 update_topline(); /* make sure curwin->w_topline is valid */ | |
| 6847 | |
| 6848 return OK; | |
| 6849 } | |
| 6850 | |
| 6851 /* | |
| 6852 * Cursor down a number of logical lines. | |
| 6853 */ | |
| 6854 int | |
| 6855 cursor_down(n, upd_topline) | |
| 6856 long n; | |
| 6857 int upd_topline; /* When TRUE: update topline */ | |
| 6858 { | |
| 6859 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 6860 | |
| 6861 if (n > 0) | |
| 6862 { | |
| 6863 lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 6864 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 6865 /* Move to last line of fold, will fail if it's the end-of-file. */ | |
| 6866 (void)hasFolding(lnum, NULL, &lnum); | |
| 6867 #endif | |
| 161 | 6868 /* This fails if the cursor is already in the last line or would move |
| 6869 * beyound the last line and '-' is in 'cpoptions' */ | |
| 6870 if (lnum >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count | |
| 6871 || (lnum + n > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count | |
| 6872 && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_MINUS) != NULL)) | |
| 7 | 6873 return FAIL; |
| 6874 if (lnum + n >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
| 6875 lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
| 6876 else | |
| 6877 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 6878 if (hasAnyFolding(curwin)) | |
| 6879 { | |
| 6880 linenr_T last; | |
| 6881 | |
| 6882 /* count each sequence of folded lines as one logical line */ | |
| 6883 while (n--) | |
| 6884 { | |
| 6885 if (hasFolding(lnum, NULL, &last)) | |
| 6886 lnum = last + 1; | |
| 6887 else | |
| 6888 ++lnum; | |
| 6889 if (lnum >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
| 6890 break; | |
| 6891 } | |
| 6892 if (lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
| 6893 lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
| 6894 } | |
| 6895 else | |
| 6896 #endif | |
| 6897 lnum += n; | |
| 6898 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; | |
| 6899 } | |
| 6900 | |
| 6901 /* try to advance to the column we want to be at */ | |
| 6902 coladvance(curwin->w_curswant); | |
| 6903 | |
| 6904 if (upd_topline) | |
| 6905 update_topline(); /* make sure curwin->w_topline is valid */ | |
| 6906 | |
| 6907 return OK; | |
| 6908 } | |
| 6909 | |
| 6910 /* | |
| 6911 * Stuff the last inserted text in the read buffer. | |
| 6912 * Last_insert actually is a copy of the redo buffer, so we | |
| 6913 * first have to remove the command. | |
| 6914 */ | |
| 6915 int | |
| 6916 stuff_inserted(c, count, no_esc) | |
| 6917 int c; /* Command character to be inserted */ | |
| 6918 long count; /* Repeat this many times */ | |
| 6919 int no_esc; /* Don't add an ESC at the end */ | |
| 6920 { | |
| 6921 char_u *esc_ptr; | |
| 6922 char_u *ptr; | |
| 6923 char_u *last_ptr; | |
| 6924 char_u last = NUL; | |
| 6925 | |
| 6926 ptr = get_last_insert(); | |
| 6927 if (ptr == NULL) | |
| 6928 { | |
| 6929 EMSG(_(e_noinstext)); | |
| 6930 return FAIL; | |
| 6931 } | |
| 6932 | |
| 6933 /* may want to stuff the command character, to start Insert mode */ | |
| 6934 if (c != NUL) | |
| 6935 stuffcharReadbuff(c); | |
| 6936 if ((esc_ptr = (char_u *)vim_strrchr(ptr, ESC)) != NULL) | |
| 6937 *esc_ptr = NUL; /* remove the ESC */ | |
| 6938 | |
| 6939 /* when the last char is either "0" or "^" it will be quoted if no ESC | |
| 6940 * comes after it OR if it will inserted more than once and "ptr" | |
| 6941 * starts with ^D. -- Acevedo | |
| 6942 */ | |
| 6943 last_ptr = (esc_ptr ? esc_ptr : ptr + STRLEN(ptr)) - 1; | |
| 6944 if (last_ptr >= ptr && (*last_ptr == '0' || *last_ptr == '^') | |
| 6945 && (no_esc || (*ptr == Ctrl_D && count > 1))) | |
| 6946 { | |
| 6947 last = *last_ptr; | |
| 6948 *last_ptr = NUL; | |
| 6949 } | |
| 6950 | |
| 6951 do | |
| 6952 { | |
| 6953 stuffReadbuff(ptr); | |
| 6954 /* a trailing "0" is inserted as "<C-V>048", "^" as "<C-V>^" */ | |
| 6955 if (last) | |
| 6956 stuffReadbuff((char_u *)(last == '0' | |
| 6957 ? IF_EB("\026\060\064\070", CTRL_V_STR "xf0") | |
| 6958 : IF_EB("\026^", CTRL_V_STR "^"))); | |
| 6959 } | |
| 6960 while (--count > 0); | |
| 6961 | |
| 6962 if (last) | |
| 6963 *last_ptr = last; | |
| 6964 | |
| 6965 if (esc_ptr != NULL) | |
| 6966 *esc_ptr = ESC; /* put the ESC back */ | |
| 6967 | |
| 6968 /* may want to stuff a trailing ESC, to get out of Insert mode */ | |
| 6969 if (!no_esc) | |
| 6970 stuffcharReadbuff(ESC); | |
| 6971 | |
| 6972 return OK; | |
| 6973 } | |
| 6974 | |
| 6975 char_u * | |
| 6976 get_last_insert() | |
| 6977 { | |
| 6978 if (last_insert == NULL) | |
| 6979 return NULL; | |
| 6980 return last_insert + last_insert_skip; | |
| 6981 } | |
| 6982 | |
| 6983 /* | |
| 6984 * Get last inserted string, and remove trailing <Esc>. | |
| 6985 * Returns pointer to allocated memory (must be freed) or NULL. | |
| 6986 */ | |
| 6987 char_u * | |
| 6988 get_last_insert_save() | |
| 6989 { | |
| 6990 char_u *s; | |
| 6991 int len; | |
| 6992 | |
| 6993 if (last_insert == NULL) | |
| 6994 return NULL; | |
| 6995 s = vim_strsave(last_insert + last_insert_skip); | |
| 6996 if (s != NULL) | |
| 6997 { | |
| 6998 len = (int)STRLEN(s); | |
| 6999 if (len > 0 && s[len - 1] == ESC) /* remove trailing ESC */ | |
| 7000 s[len - 1] = NUL; | |
| 7001 } | |
| 7002 return s; | |
| 7003 } | |
| 7004 | |
| 7005 /* | |
| 7006 * Check the word in front of the cursor for an abbreviation. | |
| 7007 * Called when the non-id character "c" has been entered. | |
| 7008 * When an abbreviation is recognized it is removed from the text and | |
| 7009 * the replacement string is inserted in typebuf.tb_buf[], followed by "c". | |
| 7010 */ | |
| 7011 static int | |
| 7012 echeck_abbr(c) | |
| 7013 int c; | |
| 7014 { | |
| 7015 /* Don't check for abbreviation in paste mode, when disabled and just | |
| 7016 * after moving around with cursor keys. */ | |
| 7017 if (p_paste || no_abbr || arrow_used) | |
| 7018 return FALSE; | |
| 7019 | |
| 7020 return check_abbr(c, ml_get_curline(), curwin->w_cursor.col, | |
| 7021 curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum ? Insstart.col : 0); | |
| 7022 } | |
| 7023 | |
| 7024 /* | |
| 7025 * replace-stack functions | |
| 7026 * | |
| 7027 * When replacing characters, the replaced characters are remembered for each | |
| 7028 * new character. This is used to re-insert the old text when backspacing. | |
| 7029 * | |
| 7030 * There is a NUL headed list of characters for each character that is | |
| 7031 * currently in the file after the insertion point. When BS is used, one NUL | |
| 7032 * headed list is put back for the deleted character. | |
| 7033 * | |
| 7034 * For a newline, there are two NUL headed lists. One contains the characters | |
| 7035 * that the NL replaced. The extra one stores the characters after the cursor | |
| 7036 * that were deleted (always white space). | |
| 7037 * | |
| 7038 * Replace_offset is normally 0, in which case replace_push will add a new | |
| 7039 * character at the end of the stack. If replace_offset is not 0, that many | |
| 7040 * characters will be left on the stack above the newly inserted character. | |
| 7041 */ | |
| 7042 | |
| 298 | 7043 static char_u *replace_stack = NULL; |
| 7044 static long replace_stack_nr = 0; /* next entry in replace stack */ | |
| 7045 static long replace_stack_len = 0; /* max. number of entries */ | |
| 7 | 7046 |
| 7047 void | |
| 7048 replace_push(c) | |
| 7049 int c; /* character that is replaced (NUL is none) */ | |
| 7050 { | |
| 7051 char_u *p; | |
| 7052 | |
| 7053 if (replace_stack_nr < replace_offset) /* nothing to do */ | |
| 7054 return; | |
| 7055 if (replace_stack_len <= replace_stack_nr) | |
| 7056 { | |
| 7057 replace_stack_len += 50; | |
| 7058 p = lalloc(sizeof(char_u) * replace_stack_len, TRUE); | |
| 7059 if (p == NULL) /* out of memory */ | |
| 7060 { | |
| 7061 replace_stack_len -= 50; | |
| 7062 return; | |
| 7063 } | |
| 7064 if (replace_stack != NULL) | |
| 7065 { | |
| 7066 mch_memmove(p, replace_stack, | |
| 7067 (size_t)(replace_stack_nr * sizeof(char_u))); | |
| 7068 vim_free(replace_stack); | |
| 7069 } | |
| 7070 replace_stack = p; | |
| 7071 } | |
| 7072 p = replace_stack + replace_stack_nr - replace_offset; | |
| 7073 if (replace_offset) | |
| 7074 mch_memmove(p + 1, p, (size_t)(replace_offset * sizeof(char_u))); | |
| 7075 *p = c; | |
| 7076 ++replace_stack_nr; | |
| 7077 } | |
| 7078 | |
| 1470 | 7079 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(PROTO) |
| 7080 /* | |
| 7081 * Push a character onto the replace stack. Handles a multi-byte character in | |
| 7082 * reverse byte order, so that the first byte is popped off first. | |
| 7083 * Return the number of bytes done (includes composing characters). | |
| 7084 */ | |
| 7085 int | |
| 7086 replace_push_mb(p) | |
| 7087 char_u *p; | |
| 7088 { | |
| 7089 int l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p); | |
| 7090 int j; | |
| 7091 | |
| 7092 for (j = l - 1; j >= 0; --j) | |
| 7093 replace_push(p[j]); | |
| 7094 return l; | |
| 7095 } | |
| 7096 #endif | |
| 7097 | |
| 840 | 7098 #if 0 |
| 7 | 7099 /* |
| 7100 * call replace_push(c) with replace_offset set to the first NUL. | |
| 7101 */ | |
| 7102 static void | |
| 7103 replace_push_off(c) | |
| 7104 int c; | |
| 7105 { | |
| 7106 char_u *p; | |
| 7107 | |
| 7108 p = replace_stack + replace_stack_nr; | |
| 7109 for (replace_offset = 1; replace_offset < replace_stack_nr; | |
| 7110 ++replace_offset) | |
| 7111 if (*--p == NUL) | |
| 7112 break; | |
| 7113 replace_push(c); | |
| 7114 replace_offset = 0; | |
| 7115 } | |
| 840 | 7116 #endif |
| 7 | 7117 |
| 7118 /* | |
| 7119 * Pop one item from the replace stack. | |
| 7120 * return -1 if stack empty | |
| 7121 * return replaced character or NUL otherwise | |
| 7122 */ | |
| 7123 static int | |
| 7124 replace_pop() | |
| 7125 { | |
| 7126 if (replace_stack_nr == 0) | |
| 7127 return -1; | |
| 7128 return (int)replace_stack[--replace_stack_nr]; | |
| 7129 } | |
| 7130 | |
| 7131 /* | |
| 7132 * Join the top two items on the replace stack. This removes to "off"'th NUL | |
| 7133 * encountered. | |
| 7134 */ | |
| 7135 static void | |
| 7136 replace_join(off) | |
| 7137 int off; /* offset for which NUL to remove */ | |
| 7138 { | |
| 7139 int i; | |
| 7140 | |
| 7141 for (i = replace_stack_nr; --i >= 0; ) | |
| 7142 if (replace_stack[i] == NUL && off-- <= 0) | |
| 7143 { | |
| 7144 --replace_stack_nr; | |
| 7145 mch_memmove(replace_stack + i, replace_stack + i + 1, | |
| 7146 (size_t)(replace_stack_nr - i)); | |
| 7147 return; | |
| 7148 } | |
| 7149 } | |
| 7150 | |
| 7151 /* | |
| 7152 * Pop bytes from the replace stack until a NUL is found, and insert them | |
| 7153 * before the cursor. Can only be used in REPLACE or VREPLACE mode. | |
| 7154 */ | |
| 7155 static void | |
| 7156 replace_pop_ins() | |
| 7157 { | |
| 7158 int cc; | |
| 7159 int oldState = State; | |
| 7160 | |
| 7161 State = NORMAL; /* don't want REPLACE here */ | |
| 7162 while ((cc = replace_pop()) > 0) | |
| 7163 { | |
| 7164 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 7165 mb_replace_pop_ins(cc); | |
| 7166 #else | |
| 7167 ins_char(cc); | |
| 7168 #endif | |
| 7169 dec_cursor(); | |
| 7170 } | |
| 7171 State = oldState; | |
| 7172 } | |
| 7173 | |
| 7174 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 7175 /* | |
| 7176 * Insert bytes popped from the replace stack. "cc" is the first byte. If it | |
| 7177 * indicates a multi-byte char, pop the other bytes too. | |
| 7178 */ | |
| 7179 static void | |
| 7180 mb_replace_pop_ins(cc) | |
| 7181 int cc; | |
| 7182 { | |
| 7183 int n; | |
| 7184 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES]; | |
| 7185 int i; | |
| 7186 int c; | |
| 7187 | |
| 7188 if (has_mbyte && (n = MB_BYTE2LEN(cc)) > 1) | |
| 7189 { | |
| 7190 buf[0] = cc; | |
| 7191 for (i = 1; i < n; ++i) | |
| 7192 buf[i] = replace_pop(); | |
| 7193 ins_bytes_len(buf, n); | |
| 7194 } | |
| 7195 else | |
| 7196 ins_char(cc); | |
| 7197 | |
| 7198 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 7199 /* Handle composing chars. */ | |
| 7200 for (;;) | |
| 7201 { | |
| 7202 c = replace_pop(); | |
| 7203 if (c == -1) /* stack empty */ | |
| 7204 break; | |
| 7205 if ((n = MB_BYTE2LEN(c)) == 1) | |
| 7206 { | |
| 7207 /* Not a multi-byte char, put it back. */ | |
| 7208 replace_push(c); | |
| 7209 break; | |
| 7210 } | |
| 7211 else | |
| 7212 { | |
| 7213 buf[0] = c; | |
| 7214 for (i = 1; i < n; ++i) | |
| 7215 buf[i] = replace_pop(); | |
| 7216 if (utf_iscomposing(utf_ptr2char(buf))) | |
| 7217 ins_bytes_len(buf, n); | |
| 7218 else | |
| 7219 { | |
| 7220 /* Not a composing char, put it back. */ | |
| 7221 for (i = n - 1; i >= 0; --i) | |
| 7222 replace_push(buf[i]); | |
| 7223 break; | |
| 7224 } | |
| 7225 } | |
| 7226 } | |
| 7227 } | |
| 7228 #endif | |
| 7229 | |
| 7230 /* | |
| 7231 * make the replace stack empty | |
| 7232 * (called when exiting replace mode) | |
| 7233 */ | |
| 7234 static void | |
| 7235 replace_flush() | |
| 7236 { | |
| 7237 vim_free(replace_stack); | |
| 7238 replace_stack = NULL; | |
| 7239 replace_stack_len = 0; | |
| 7240 replace_stack_nr = 0; | |
| 7241 } | |
| 7242 | |
| 7243 /* | |
| 7244 * Handle doing a BS for one character. | |
| 7245 * cc < 0: replace stack empty, just move cursor | |
| 7246 * cc == 0: character was inserted, delete it | |
| 7247 * cc > 0: character was replaced, put cc (first byte of original char) back | |
| 7248 * and check for more characters to be put back | |
| 1782 | 7249 * When "limit_col" is >= 0, don't delete before this column. Matters when |
| 7250 * using composing characters, use del_char_after_col() instead of del_char(). | |
| 7 | 7251 */ |
| 7252 static void | |
| 1782 | 7253 replace_do_bs(limit_col) |
| 7254 int limit_col; | |
| 7 | 7255 { |
| 7256 int cc; | |
| 7257 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 7258 int orig_len = 0; | |
| 7259 int ins_len; | |
| 7260 int orig_vcols = 0; | |
| 7261 colnr_T start_vcol; | |
| 7262 char_u *p; | |
| 7263 int i; | |
| 7264 int vcol; | |
| 7265 #endif | |
| 7266 | |
| 7267 cc = replace_pop(); | |
| 7268 if (cc > 0) | |
| 7269 { | |
| 7270 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 7271 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 7272 { | |
| 7273 /* Get the number of screen cells used by the character we are | |
| 7274 * going to delete. */ | |
| 7275 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, NULL, &start_vcol, NULL); | |
| 7276 orig_vcols = chartabsize(ml_get_cursor(), start_vcol); | |
| 7277 } | |
| 7278 #endif | |
| 7279 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 7280 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 7281 { | |
| 1782 | 7282 (void)del_char_after_col(limit_col); |
| 7 | 7283 # ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE |
| 7284 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 835 | 7285 orig_len = (int)STRLEN(ml_get_cursor()); |
| 7 | 7286 # endif |
| 7287 replace_push(cc); | |
| 7288 } | |
| 7289 else | |
| 7290 #endif | |
| 7291 { | |
| 7292 pchar_cursor(cc); | |
| 7293 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 7294 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 835 | 7295 orig_len = (int)STRLEN(ml_get_cursor()) - 1; |
| 7 | 7296 #endif |
| 7297 } | |
| 7298 replace_pop_ins(); | |
| 7299 | |
| 7300 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 7301 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 7302 { | |
| 7303 /* Get the number of screen cells used by the inserted characters */ | |
| 7304 p = ml_get_cursor(); | |
| 835 | 7305 ins_len = (int)STRLEN(p) - orig_len; |
| 7 | 7306 vcol = start_vcol; |
| 7307 for (i = 0; i < ins_len; ++i) | |
| 7308 { | |
| 7309 vcol += chartabsize(p + i, vcol); | |
| 7310 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 474 | 7311 i += (*mb_ptr2len)(p) - 1; |
| 7 | 7312 #endif |
| 7313 } | |
| 7314 vcol -= start_vcol; | |
| 7315 | |
| 7316 /* Delete spaces that were inserted after the cursor to keep the | |
| 7317 * text aligned. */ | |
| 7318 curwin->w_cursor.col += ins_len; | |
| 7319 while (vcol > orig_vcols && gchar_cursor() == ' ') | |
| 7320 { | |
| 7321 del_char(FALSE); | |
| 7322 ++orig_vcols; | |
| 7323 } | |
| 7324 curwin->w_cursor.col -= ins_len; | |
| 7325 } | |
| 7326 #endif | |
| 7327 | |
| 7328 /* mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */ | |
| 7329 changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col); | |
| 7330 } | |
| 7331 else if (cc == 0) | |
| 1782 | 7332 (void)del_char_after_col(limit_col); |
| 7 | 7333 } |
| 7334 | |
| 7335 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 7336 /* | |
| 7337 * Return TRUE if C-indenting is on. | |
| 7338 */ | |
| 7339 static int | |
| 7340 cindent_on() | |
| 7341 { | |
| 7342 return (!p_paste && (curbuf->b_p_cin | |
| 7343 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
| 7344 || *curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL | |
| 7345 # endif | |
| 7346 )); | |
| 7347 } | |
| 7348 #endif | |
| 7349 | |
| 7350 #if defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 7351 /* | |
| 7352 * Re-indent the current line, based on the current contents of it and the | |
| 7353 * surrounding lines. Fixing the cursor position seems really easy -- I'm very | |
| 7354 * confused what all the part that handles Control-T is doing that I'm not. | |
| 7355 * "get_the_indent" should be get_c_indent, get_expr_indent or get_lisp_indent. | |
| 7356 */ | |
| 7357 | |
| 7358 void | |
| 7359 fixthisline(get_the_indent) | |
| 7360 int (*get_the_indent) __ARGS((void)); | |
| 7361 { | |
| 1516 | 7362 change_indent(INDENT_SET, get_the_indent(), FALSE, 0, TRUE); |
| 7 | 7363 if (linewhite(curwin->w_cursor.lnum)) |
| 7364 did_ai = TRUE; /* delete the indent if the line stays empty */ | |
| 7365 } | |
| 7366 | |
| 7367 void | |
| 7368 fix_indent() | |
| 7369 { | |
| 7370 if (p_paste) | |
| 7371 return; | |
| 7372 # ifdef FEAT_LISP | |
| 7373 if (curbuf->b_p_lisp && curbuf->b_p_ai) | |
| 7374 fixthisline(get_lisp_indent); | |
| 7375 # endif | |
| 7376 # if defined(FEAT_LISP) && defined(FEAT_CINDENT) | |
| 7377 else | |
| 7378 # endif | |
| 7379 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 7380 if (cindent_on()) | |
| 7381 do_c_expr_indent(); | |
| 7382 # endif | |
| 7383 } | |
| 7384 | |
| 7385 #endif | |
| 7386 | |
| 7387 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 7388 /* | |
| 7389 * return TRUE if 'cinkeys' contains the key "keytyped", | |
| 7390 * when == '*': Only if key is preceded with '*' (indent before insert) | |
| 7391 * when == '!': Only if key is prededed with '!' (don't insert) | |
| 7392 * when == ' ': Only if key is not preceded with '*'(indent afterwards) | |
| 7393 * | |
| 7394 * "keytyped" can have a few special values: | |
| 7395 * KEY_OPEN_FORW | |
| 7396 * KEY_OPEN_BACK | |
| 7397 * KEY_COMPLETE just finished completion. | |
| 7398 * | |
| 7399 * If line_is_empty is TRUE accept keys with '0' before them. | |
| 7400 */ | |
| 7401 int | |
| 7402 in_cinkeys(keytyped, when, line_is_empty) | |
| 7403 int keytyped; | |
| 7404 int when; | |
| 7405 int line_is_empty; | |
| 7406 { | |
| 7407 char_u *look; | |
| 7408 int try_match; | |
| 7409 int try_match_word; | |
| 7410 char_u *p; | |
| 7411 char_u *line; | |
| 7412 int icase; | |
| 7413 int i; | |
| 7414 | |
| 2025 | 7415 if (keytyped == NUL) |
| 7416 /* Can happen with CTRL-Y and CTRL-E on a short line. */ | |
| 7417 return FALSE; | |
| 7418 | |
| 7 | 7419 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL |
| 7420 if (*curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL) | |
| 7421 look = curbuf->b_p_indk; /* 'indentexpr' set: use 'indentkeys' */ | |
| 7422 else | |
| 7423 #endif | |
| 7424 look = curbuf->b_p_cink; /* 'indentexpr' empty: use 'cinkeys' */ | |
| 7425 while (*look) | |
| 7426 { | |
| 7427 /* | |
| 7428 * Find out if we want to try a match with this key, depending on | |
| 7429 * 'when' and a '*' or '!' before the key. | |
| 7430 */ | |
| 7431 switch (when) | |
| 7432 { | |
| 7433 case '*': try_match = (*look == '*'); break; | |
| 7434 case '!': try_match = (*look == '!'); break; | |
| 7435 default: try_match = (*look != '*'); break; | |
| 7436 } | |
| 7437 if (*look == '*' || *look == '!') | |
| 7438 ++look; | |
| 7439 | |
| 7440 /* | |
| 7441 * If there is a '0', only accept a match if the line is empty. | |
| 7442 * But may still match when typing last char of a word. | |
| 7443 */ | |
| 7444 if (*look == '0') | |
| 7445 { | |
| 7446 try_match_word = try_match; | |
| 7447 if (!line_is_empty) | |
| 7448 try_match = FALSE; | |
| 7449 ++look; | |
| 7450 } | |
| 7451 else | |
| 7452 try_match_word = FALSE; | |
| 7453 | |
| 7454 /* | |
| 7455 * does it look like a control character? | |
| 7456 */ | |
| 7457 if (*look == '^' | |
| 7458 #ifdef EBCDIC | |
| 7459 && (Ctrl_chr(look[1]) != 0) | |
| 7460 #else | |
| 7461 && look[1] >= '?' && look[1] <= '_' | |
| 7462 #endif | |
| 7463 ) | |
| 7464 { | |
| 7465 if (try_match && keytyped == Ctrl_chr(look[1])) | |
| 7466 return TRUE; | |
| 7467 look += 2; | |
| 7468 } | |
| 7469 /* | |
| 7470 * 'o' means "o" command, open forward. | |
| 7471 * 'O' means "O" command, open backward. | |
| 7472 */ | |
| 7473 else if (*look == 'o') | |
| 7474 { | |
| 7475 if (try_match && keytyped == KEY_OPEN_FORW) | |
| 7476 return TRUE; | |
| 7477 ++look; | |
| 7478 } | |
| 7479 else if (*look == 'O') | |
| 7480 { | |
| 7481 if (try_match && keytyped == KEY_OPEN_BACK) | |
| 7482 return TRUE; | |
| 7483 ++look; | |
| 7484 } | |
| 7485 | |
| 7486 /* | |
| 7487 * 'e' means to check for "else" at start of line and just before the | |
| 7488 * cursor. | |
| 7489 */ | |
| 7490 else if (*look == 'e') | |
| 7491 { | |
| 7492 if (try_match && keytyped == 'e' && curwin->w_cursor.col >= 4) | |
| 7493 { | |
| 7494 p = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 7495 if (skipwhite(p) == p + curwin->w_cursor.col - 4 && | |
| 7496 STRNCMP(p + curwin->w_cursor.col - 4, "else", 4) == 0) | |
| 7497 return TRUE; | |
| 7498 } | |
| 7499 ++look; | |
| 7500 } | |
| 7501 | |
| 7502 /* | |
| 7503 * ':' only causes an indent if it is at the end of a label or case | |
| 7504 * statement, or when it was before typing the ':' (to fix | |
| 7505 * class::method for C++). | |
| 7506 */ | |
| 7507 else if (*look == ':') | |
| 7508 { | |
| 7509 if (try_match && keytyped == ':') | |
| 7510 { | |
| 7511 p = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 7512 if (cin_iscase(p) || cin_isscopedecl(p) || cin_islabel(30)) | |
| 7513 return TRUE; | |
| 1300 | 7514 /* Need to get the line again after cin_islabel(). */ |
| 7515 p = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 7 | 7516 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 2 |
| 7517 && p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] == ':' | |
| 7518 && p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 2] == ':') | |
| 7519 { | |
| 7520 p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] = ' '; | |
| 7521 i = (cin_iscase(p) || cin_isscopedecl(p) | |
| 7522 || cin_islabel(30)); | |
| 7523 p = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 7524 p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] = ':'; | |
| 7525 if (i) | |
| 7526 return TRUE; | |
| 7527 } | |
| 7528 } | |
| 7529 ++look; | |
| 7530 } | |
| 7531 | |
| 7532 | |
| 7533 /* | |
| 7534 * Is it a key in <>, maybe? | |
| 7535 */ | |
| 7536 else if (*look == '<') | |
| 7537 { | |
| 7538 if (try_match) | |
| 7539 { | |
| 7540 /* | |
| 7541 * make up some named keys <o>, <O>, <e>, <0>, <>>, <<>, <*>, | |
| 7542 * <:> and <!> so that people can re-indent on o, O, e, 0, <, | |
| 7543 * >, *, : and ! keys if they really really want to. | |
| 7544 */ | |
| 7545 if (vim_strchr((char_u *)"<>!*oOe0:", look[1]) != NULL | |
| 7546 && keytyped == look[1]) | |
| 7547 return TRUE; | |
| 7548 | |
| 7549 if (keytyped == get_special_key_code(look + 1)) | |
| 7550 return TRUE; | |
| 7551 } | |
| 7552 while (*look && *look != '>') | |
| 7553 look++; | |
| 7554 while (*look == '>') | |
| 7555 look++; | |
| 7556 } | |
| 7557 | |
| 7558 /* | |
| 7559 * Is it a word: "=word"? | |
| 7560 */ | |
| 7561 else if (*look == '=' && look[1] != ',' && look[1] != NUL) | |
| 7562 { | |
| 7563 ++look; | |
| 7564 if (*look == '~') | |
| 7565 { | |
| 7566 icase = TRUE; | |
| 7567 ++look; | |
| 7568 } | |
| 7569 else | |
| 7570 icase = FALSE; | |
| 7571 p = vim_strchr(look, ','); | |
| 7572 if (p == NULL) | |
| 7573 p = look + STRLEN(look); | |
| 7574 if ((try_match || try_match_word) | |
| 7575 && curwin->w_cursor.col >= (colnr_T)(p - look)) | |
| 7576 { | |
| 7577 int match = FALSE; | |
| 7578 | |
| 7579 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 7580 if (keytyped == KEY_COMPLETE) | |
| 7581 { | |
| 7582 char_u *s; | |
| 7583 | |
| 7584 /* Just completed a word, check if it starts with "look". | |
| 7585 * search back for the start of a word. */ | |
| 7586 line = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 7587 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 7588 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 7589 { | |
| 7590 char_u *n; | |
| 7591 | |
| 7592 for (s = line + curwin->w_cursor.col; s > line; s = n) | |
| 7593 { | |
| 7594 n = mb_prevptr(line, s); | |
| 7595 if (!vim_iswordp(n)) | |
| 7596 break; | |
| 7597 } | |
| 7598 } | |
| 7599 else | |
| 7600 # endif | |
| 7601 for (s = line + curwin->w_cursor.col; s > line; --s) | |
| 7602 if (!vim_iswordc(s[-1])) | |
| 7603 break; | |
| 7604 if (s + (p - look) <= line + curwin->w_cursor.col | |
| 7605 && (icase | |
| 7606 ? MB_STRNICMP(s, look, p - look) | |
| 7607 : STRNCMP(s, look, p - look)) == 0) | |
| 7608 match = TRUE; | |
| 7609 } | |
| 7610 else | |
| 7611 #endif | |
| 7612 /* TODO: multi-byte */ | |
| 7613 if (keytyped == (int)p[-1] || (icase && keytyped < 256 | |
| 7614 && TOLOWER_LOC(keytyped) == TOLOWER_LOC((int)p[-1]))) | |
| 7615 { | |
| 7616 line = ml_get_cursor(); | |
| 7617 if ((curwin->w_cursor.col == (colnr_T)(p - look) | |
| 7618 || !vim_iswordc(line[-(p - look) - 1])) | |
| 7619 && (icase | |
| 7620 ? MB_STRNICMP(line - (p - look), look, p - look) | |
| 7621 : STRNCMP(line - (p - look), look, p - look)) | |
| 7622 == 0) | |
| 7623 match = TRUE; | |
| 7624 } | |
| 7625 if (match && try_match_word && !try_match) | |
| 7626 { | |
| 7627 /* "0=word": Check if there are only blanks before the | |
| 7628 * word. */ | |
| 7629 line = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 7630 if ((int)(skipwhite(line) - line) != | |
| 7631 (int)(curwin->w_cursor.col - (p - look))) | |
| 7632 match = FALSE; | |
| 7633 } | |
| 7634 if (match) | |
| 7635 return TRUE; | |
| 7636 } | |
| 7637 look = p; | |
| 7638 } | |
| 7639 | |
| 7640 /* | |
| 7641 * ok, it's a boring generic character. | |
| 7642 */ | |
| 7643 else | |
| 7644 { | |
| 7645 if (try_match && *look == keytyped) | |
| 7646 return TRUE; | |
| 7647 ++look; | |
| 7648 } | |
| 7649 | |
| 7650 /* | |
| 7651 * Skip over ", ". | |
| 7652 */ | |
| 7653 look = skip_to_option_part(look); | |
| 7654 } | |
| 7655 return FALSE; | |
| 7656 } | |
| 7657 #endif /* FEAT_CINDENT */ | |
| 7658 | |
| 7659 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 7660 /* | |
| 7661 * Map Hebrew keyboard when in hkmap mode. | |
| 7662 */ | |
| 7663 int | |
| 7664 hkmap(c) | |
| 7665 int c; | |
| 7666 { | |
| 7667 if (p_hkmapp) /* phonetic mapping, by Ilya Dogolazky */ | |
| 7668 { | |
| 7669 enum {hALEF=0, BET, GIMEL, DALET, HEI, VAV, ZAIN, HET, TET, IUD, | |
| 7670 KAFsofit, hKAF, LAMED, MEMsofit, MEM, NUNsofit, NUN, SAMEH, AIN, | |
| 7671 PEIsofit, PEI, ZADIsofit, ZADI, KOF, RESH, hSHIN, TAV}; | |
| 7672 static char_u map[26] = | |
| 7673 {(char_u)hALEF/*a*/, (char_u)BET /*b*/, (char_u)hKAF /*c*/, | |
| 7674 (char_u)DALET/*d*/, (char_u)-1 /*e*/, (char_u)PEIsofit/*f*/, | |
| 7675 (char_u)GIMEL/*g*/, (char_u)HEI /*h*/, (char_u)IUD /*i*/, | |
| 7676 (char_u)HET /*j*/, (char_u)KOF /*k*/, (char_u)LAMED /*l*/, | |
| 7677 (char_u)MEM /*m*/, (char_u)NUN /*n*/, (char_u)SAMEH /*o*/, | |
| 7678 (char_u)PEI /*p*/, (char_u)-1 /*q*/, (char_u)RESH /*r*/, | |
| 7679 (char_u)ZAIN /*s*/, (char_u)TAV /*t*/, (char_u)TET /*u*/, | |
| 7680 (char_u)VAV /*v*/, (char_u)hSHIN/*w*/, (char_u)-1 /*x*/, | |
| 7681 (char_u)AIN /*y*/, (char_u)ZADI /*z*/}; | |
| 7682 | |
| 7683 if (c == 'N' || c == 'M' || c == 'P' || c == 'C' || c == 'Z') | |
| 7684 return (int)(map[CharOrd(c)] - 1 + p_aleph); | |
| 7685 /* '-1'='sofit' */ | |
| 7686 else if (c == 'x') | |
| 7687 return 'X'; | |
| 7688 else if (c == 'q') | |
| 7689 return '\''; /* {geresh}={'} */ | |
| 7690 else if (c == 246) | |
| 7691 return ' '; /* \"o --> ' ' for a german keyboard */ | |
| 7692 else if (c == 228) | |
| 7693 return ' '; /* \"a --> ' ' -- / -- */ | |
| 7694 else if (c == 252) | |
| 7695 return ' '; /* \"u --> ' ' -- / -- */ | |
| 7696 #ifdef EBCDIC | |
| 7697 else if (islower(c)) | |
| 7698 #else | |
| 7699 /* NOTE: islower() does not do the right thing for us on Linux so we | |
| 7700 * do this the same was as 5.7 and previous, so it works correctly on | |
| 7701 * all systems. Specifically, the e.g. Delete and Arrow keys are | |
| 7702 * munged and won't work if e.g. searching for Hebrew text. | |
| 7703 */ | |
| 7704 else if (c >= 'a' && c <= 'z') | |
| 7705 #endif | |
| 7706 return (int)(map[CharOrdLow(c)] + p_aleph); | |
| 7707 else | |
| 7708 return c; | |
| 7709 } | |
| 7710 else | |
| 7711 { | |
| 7712 switch (c) | |
| 7713 { | |
| 7714 case '`': return ';'; | |
| 7715 case '/': return '.'; | |
| 7716 case '\'': return ','; | |
| 7717 case 'q': return '/'; | |
| 7718 case 'w': return '\''; | |
| 7719 | |
| 7720 /* Hebrew letters - set offset from 'a' */ | |
| 7721 case ',': c = '{'; break; | |
| 7722 case '.': c = 'v'; break; | |
| 7723 case ';': c = 't'; break; | |
| 7724 default: { | |
| 7725 static char str[] = "zqbcxlsjphmkwonu ydafe rig"; | |
| 7726 | |
| 7727 #ifdef EBCDIC | |
| 7728 /* see note about islower() above */ | |
| 7729 if (!islower(c)) | |
| 7730 #else | |
| 7731 if (c < 'a' || c > 'z') | |
| 7732 #endif | |
| 7733 return c; | |
| 7734 c = str[CharOrdLow(c)]; | |
| 7735 break; | |
| 7736 } | |
| 7737 } | |
| 7738 | |
| 7739 return (int)(CharOrdLow(c) + p_aleph); | |
| 7740 } | |
| 7741 } | |
| 7742 #endif | |
| 7743 | |
| 7744 static void | |
| 7745 ins_reg() | |
| 7746 { | |
| 7747 int need_redraw = FALSE; | |
| 7748 int regname; | |
| 7749 int literally = 0; | |
| 844 | 7750 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL |
| 7751 int vis_active = VIsual_active; | |
| 7752 #endif | |
| 7 | 7753 |
| 7754 /* | |
| 7755 * If we are going to wait for a character, show a '"'. | |
| 7756 */ | |
| 7757 pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET; | |
| 7758 if (redrawing() && !char_avail()) | |
| 7759 { | |
| 7760 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */ | |
| 661 | 7761 ins_redraw(FALSE); |
| 7 | 7762 |
| 7763 edit_putchar('"', TRUE); | |
| 7764 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
| 7765 add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_R); | |
| 7766 #endif | |
| 7767 } | |
| 7768 | |
| 7769 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL | |
| 7770 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */ | |
| 7771 #endif | |
| 7772 | |
| 7773 /* | |
| 7774 * Don't map the register name. This also prevents the mode message to be | |
| 7775 * deleted when ESC is hit. | |
| 7776 */ | |
| 7777 ++no_mapping; | |
| 1389 | 7778 regname = plain_vgetc(); |
| 7 | 7779 LANGMAP_ADJUST(regname, TRUE); |
| 7780 if (regname == Ctrl_R || regname == Ctrl_O || regname == Ctrl_P) | |
| 7781 { | |
| 7782 /* Get a third key for literal register insertion */ | |
| 7783 literally = regname; | |
| 7784 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
| 7785 add_to_showcmd_c(literally); | |
| 7786 #endif | |
| 1389 | 7787 regname = plain_vgetc(); |
| 7 | 7788 LANGMAP_ADJUST(regname, TRUE); |
| 7789 } | |
| 7790 --no_mapping; | |
| 7791 | |
| 7792 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
| 7793 /* | |
| 7794 * Don't call u_sync() while getting the expression, | |
| 7795 * evaluating it or giving an error message for it! | |
| 7796 */ | |
| 7797 ++no_u_sync; | |
| 7798 if (regname == '=') | |
| 7799 { | |
| 133 | 7800 # ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL |
| 7 | 7801 int im_on = im_get_status(); |
| 133 | 7802 # endif |
| 7 | 7803 regname = get_expr_register(); |
| 133 | 7804 # ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL |
| 7 | 7805 /* Restore the Input Method. */ |
| 7806 if (im_on) | |
| 7807 im_set_active(TRUE); | |
| 133 | 7808 # endif |
| 7 | 7809 } |
| 140 | 7810 if (regname == NUL || !valid_yank_reg(regname, FALSE)) |
| 7811 { | |
| 7812 vim_beep(); | |
| 7 | 7813 need_redraw = TRUE; /* remove the '"' */ |
| 140 | 7814 } |
| 7 | 7815 else |
| 7816 { | |
| 7817 #endif | |
| 7818 if (literally == Ctrl_O || literally == Ctrl_P) | |
| 7819 { | |
| 7820 /* Append the command to the redo buffer. */ | |
| 7821 AppendCharToRedobuff(Ctrl_R); | |
| 7822 AppendCharToRedobuff(literally); | |
| 7823 AppendCharToRedobuff(regname); | |
| 7824 | |
| 7825 do_put(regname, BACKWARD, 1L, | |
| 7826 (literally == Ctrl_P ? PUT_FIXINDENT : 0) | PUT_CURSEND); | |
| 7827 } | |
| 7828 else if (insert_reg(regname, literally) == FAIL) | |
| 7829 { | |
| 7830 vim_beep(); | |
| 7831 need_redraw = TRUE; /* remove the '"' */ | |
| 7832 } | |
| 133 | 7833 else if (stop_insert_mode) |
| 7834 /* When the '=' register was used and a function was invoked that | |
| 7835 * did ":stopinsert" then stuff_empty() returns FALSE but we won't | |
| 7836 * insert anything, need to remove the '"' */ | |
| 7837 need_redraw = TRUE; | |
| 7838 | |
| 7 | 7839 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL |
| 7840 } | |
| 7841 --no_u_sync; | |
| 7842 #endif | |
| 7843 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
| 7844 clear_showcmd(); | |
| 7845 #endif | |
| 7846 | |
| 7847 /* If the inserted register is empty, we need to remove the '"' */ | |
| 7848 if (need_redraw || stuff_empty()) | |
| 7849 edit_unputchar(); | |
| 844 | 7850 |
| 7851 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
| 7852 /* Disallow starting Visual mode here, would get a weird mode. */ | |
| 7853 if (!vis_active && VIsual_active) | |
| 7854 end_visual_mode(); | |
| 7855 #endif | |
| 7 | 7856 } |
| 7857 | |
| 7858 /* | |
| 7859 * CTRL-G commands in Insert mode. | |
| 7860 */ | |
| 7861 static void | |
| 7862 ins_ctrl_g() | |
| 7863 { | |
| 7864 int c; | |
| 7865 | |
| 7866 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 7867 /* Right after CTRL-X the cursor will be after the ruler. */ | |
| 7868 setcursor(); | |
| 7869 #endif | |
| 7870 | |
| 7871 /* | |
| 7872 * Don't map the second key. This also prevents the mode message to be | |
| 7873 * deleted when ESC is hit. | |
| 7874 */ | |
| 7875 ++no_mapping; | |
| 1389 | 7876 c = plain_vgetc(); |
| 7 | 7877 --no_mapping; |
| 7878 switch (c) | |
| 7879 { | |
| 7880 /* CTRL-G k and CTRL-G <Up>: cursor up to Insstart.col */ | |
| 7881 case K_UP: | |
| 7882 case Ctrl_K: | |
| 7883 case 'k': ins_up(TRUE); | |
| 7884 break; | |
| 7885 | |
| 7886 /* CTRL-G j and CTRL-G <Down>: cursor down to Insstart.col */ | |
| 7887 case K_DOWN: | |
| 7888 case Ctrl_J: | |
| 7889 case 'j': ins_down(TRUE); | |
| 7890 break; | |
| 7891 | |
| 7892 /* CTRL-G u: start new undoable edit */ | |
| 825 | 7893 case 'u': u_sync(TRUE); |
| 7 | 7894 ins_need_undo = TRUE; |
| 626 | 7895 |
| 7896 /* Need to reset Insstart, esp. because a BS that joins | |
| 1219 | 7897 * a line to the previous one must save for undo. */ |
| 626 | 7898 Insstart = curwin->w_cursor; |
| 7 | 7899 break; |
| 7900 | |
| 7901 /* Unknown CTRL-G command, reserved for future expansion. */ | |
| 7902 default: vim_beep(); | |
| 7903 } | |
| 7904 } | |
| 7905 | |
| 7906 /* | |
| 449 | 7907 * CTRL-^ in Insert mode. |
| 7908 */ | |
| 7909 static void | |
| 7910 ins_ctrl_hat() | |
| 7911 { | |
| 782 | 7912 if (map_to_exists_mode((char_u *)"", LANGMAP, FALSE)) |
| 449 | 7913 { |
| 7914 /* ":lmap" mappings exists, Toggle use of ":lmap" mappings. */ | |
| 7915 if (State & LANGMAP) | |
| 7916 { | |
| 7917 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_NONE; | |
| 7918 State &= ~LANGMAP; | |
| 7919 } | |
| 7920 else | |
| 7921 { | |
| 7922 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_LMAP; | |
| 7923 State |= LANGMAP; | |
| 7924 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL | |
| 7925 im_set_active(FALSE); | |
| 7926 #endif | |
| 7927 } | |
| 7928 } | |
| 7929 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL | |
| 7930 else | |
| 7931 { | |
| 7932 /* There are no ":lmap" mappings, toggle IM */ | |
| 7933 if (im_get_status()) | |
| 7934 { | |
| 7935 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_NONE; | |
| 7936 im_set_active(FALSE); | |
| 7937 } | |
| 7938 else | |
| 7939 { | |
| 7940 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_IM; | |
| 7941 State &= ~LANGMAP; | |
| 7942 im_set_active(TRUE); | |
| 7943 } | |
| 7944 } | |
| 7945 #endif | |
| 7946 set_iminsert_global(); | |
| 7947 showmode(); | |
| 7948 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 7949 /* may show different cursor shape or color */ | |
| 7950 if (gui.in_use) | |
| 7951 gui_update_cursor(TRUE, FALSE); | |
| 7952 #endif | |
| 7953 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) && defined(FEAT_KEYMAP) | |
| 7954 /* Show/unshow value of 'keymap' in status lines. */ | |
| 7955 status_redraw_curbuf(); | |
| 7956 #endif | |
| 7957 } | |
| 7958 | |
| 7959 /* | |
| 7 | 7960 * Handle ESC in insert mode. |
| 7961 * Returns TRUE when leaving insert mode, FALSE when going to repeat the | |
| 7962 * insert. | |
| 7963 */ | |
| 7964 static int | |
| 477 | 7965 ins_esc(count, cmdchar, nomove) |
| 7 | 7966 long *count; |
| 7967 int cmdchar; | |
| 477 | 7968 int nomove; /* don't move cursor */ |
| 7 | 7969 { |
| 7970 int temp; | |
| 7971 static int disabled_redraw = FALSE; | |
| 7972 | |
| 744 | 7973 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
| 449 | 7974 check_spell_redraw(); |
| 7975 #endif | |
| 7 | 7976 #if defined(FEAT_HANGULIN) |
| 7977 # if defined(ESC_CHG_TO_ENG_MODE) | |
| 7978 hangul_input_state_set(0); | |
| 7979 # endif | |
| 7980 if (composing_hangul) | |
| 7981 { | |
| 7982 push_raw_key(composing_hangul_buffer, 2); | |
| 7983 composing_hangul = 0; | |
| 7984 } | |
| 7985 #endif | |
| 7986 | |
| 7987 temp = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 7988 if (disabled_redraw) | |
| 7989 { | |
| 7990 --RedrawingDisabled; | |
| 7991 disabled_redraw = FALSE; | |
| 7992 } | |
| 7993 if (!arrow_used) | |
| 7994 { | |
| 7995 /* | |
| 7996 * Don't append the ESC for "r<CR>" and "grx". | |
| 75 | 7997 * When 'insertmode' is set only CTRL-L stops Insert mode. Needed for |
| 7998 * when "count" is non-zero. | |
| 7 | 7999 */ |
| 8000 if (cmdchar != 'r' && cmdchar != 'v') | |
| 75 | 8001 AppendToRedobuff(p_im ? (char_u *)"\014" : ESC_STR); |
| 7 | 8002 |
| 8003 /* | |
| 8004 * Repeating insert may take a long time. Check for | |
| 8005 * interrupt now and then. | |
| 8006 */ | |
| 8007 if (*count > 0) | |
| 8008 { | |
| 8009 line_breakcheck(); | |
| 8010 if (got_int) | |
| 8011 *count = 0; | |
| 8012 } | |
| 8013 | |
| 8014 if (--*count > 0) /* repeat what was typed */ | |
| 8015 { | |
| 164 | 8016 /* Vi repeats the insert without replacing characters. */ |
| 8017 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_REPLCNT) != NULL) | |
| 8018 State &= ~REPLACE_FLAG; | |
| 8019 | |
| 7 | 8020 (void)start_redo_ins(); |
| 8021 if (cmdchar == 'r' || cmdchar == 'v') | |
| 8022 stuffReadbuff(ESC_STR); /* no ESC in redo buffer */ | |
| 8023 ++RedrawingDisabled; | |
| 8024 disabled_redraw = TRUE; | |
| 8025 return FALSE; /* repeat the insert */ | |
| 8026 } | |
| 8027 stop_insert(&curwin->w_cursor, TRUE); | |
| 8028 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 8029 } | |
| 8030 | |
| 8031 /* When an autoindent was removed, curswant stays after the | |
| 8032 * indent */ | |
| 8033 if (restart_edit == NUL && (colnr_T)temp == curwin->w_cursor.col) | |
| 8034 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
| 8035 | |
| 8036 /* Remember the last Insert position in the '^ mark. */ | |
| 8037 if (!cmdmod.keepjumps) | |
| 8038 curbuf->b_last_insert = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 8039 | |
| 8040 /* | |
| 8041 * The cursor should end up on the last inserted character. | |
| 477 | 8042 * Don't do it for CTRL-O, unless past the end of the line. |
| 7 | 8043 */ |
| 477 | 8044 if (!nomove |
| 8045 && (curwin->w_cursor.col != 0 | |
| 7 | 8046 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT |
| 8047 || curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0 | |
| 8048 #endif | |
| 477 | 8049 ) |
| 8050 && (restart_edit == NUL | |
| 8051 || (gchar_cursor() == NUL | |
| 7 | 8052 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL |
| 477 | 8053 && !VIsual_active |
| 8054 #endif | |
| 8055 )) | |
| 7 | 8056 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
| 8057 && !revins_on | |
| 8058 #endif | |
| 8059 ) | |
| 8060 { | |
| 8061 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 8062 if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0 || ve_flags == VE_ALL) | |
| 8063 { | |
| 8064 oneleft(); | |
| 8065 if (restart_edit != NUL) | |
| 8066 ++curwin->w_cursor.coladd; | |
| 8067 } | |
| 8068 else | |
| 8069 #endif | |
| 8070 { | |
| 8071 --curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 8072 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 8073 /* Correct cursor for multi-byte character. */ | |
| 8074 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 8075 mb_adjust_cursor(); | |
| 8076 #endif | |
| 8077 } | |
| 8078 } | |
| 8079 | |
| 8080 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL | |
| 8081 /* Disable IM to allow typing English directly for Normal mode commands. | |
| 8082 * When ":lmap" is enabled don't change 'iminsert' (IM can be enabled as | |
| 8083 * well). */ | |
| 8084 if (!(State & LANGMAP)) | |
| 8085 im_save_status(&curbuf->b_p_iminsert); | |
| 8086 im_set_active(FALSE); | |
| 8087 #endif | |
| 8088 | |
| 8089 State = NORMAL; | |
| 8090 /* need to position cursor again (e.g. when on a TAB ) */ | |
| 8091 changed_cline_bef_curs(); | |
| 8092 | |
| 8093 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE | |
| 8094 setmouse(); | |
| 8095 #endif | |
| 8096 #ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE | |
| 8097 ui_cursor_shape(); /* may show different cursor shape */ | |
| 8098 #endif | |
| 8099 | |
| 8100 /* | |
| 8101 * When recording or for CTRL-O, need to display the new mode. | |
| 8102 * Otherwise remove the mode message. | |
| 8103 */ | |
| 8104 if (Recording || restart_edit != NUL) | |
| 8105 showmode(); | |
| 8106 else if (p_smd) | |
| 8107 MSG(""); | |
| 8108 | |
| 8109 return TRUE; /* exit Insert mode */ | |
| 8110 } | |
| 8111 | |
| 8112 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 8113 /* | |
| 8114 * Toggle language: hkmap and revins_on. | |
| 8115 * Move to end of reverse inserted text. | |
| 8116 */ | |
| 8117 static void | |
| 8118 ins_ctrl_() | |
| 8119 { | |
| 8120 if (revins_on && revins_chars && revins_scol >= 0) | |
| 8121 { | |
| 8122 while (gchar_cursor() != NUL && revins_chars--) | |
| 8123 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 8124 } | |
| 8125 p_ri = !p_ri; | |
| 8126 revins_on = (State == INSERT && p_ri); | |
| 8127 if (revins_on) | |
| 8128 { | |
| 8129 revins_scol = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 8130 revins_legal++; | |
| 8131 revins_chars = 0; | |
| 8132 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 8133 } | |
| 8134 else | |
| 8135 revins_scol = -1; | |
| 8136 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP | |
| 8137 if (p_altkeymap) | |
| 8138 { | |
| 8139 /* | |
| 8140 * to be consistent also for redo command, using '.' | |
| 8141 * set arrow_used to true and stop it - causing to redo | |
| 8142 * characters entered in one mode (normal/reverse insert). | |
| 8143 */ | |
| 8144 arrow_used = TRUE; | |
| 8145 (void)stop_arrow(); | |
| 8146 p_fkmap = curwin->w_p_rl ^ p_ri; | |
| 8147 if (p_fkmap && p_ri) | |
| 8148 State = INSERT; | |
| 8149 } | |
| 8150 else | |
| 8151 #endif | |
| 8152 p_hkmap = curwin->w_p_rl ^ p_ri; /* be consistent! */ | |
| 8153 showmode(); | |
| 8154 } | |
| 8155 #endif | |
| 8156 | |
| 8157 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
| 8158 /* | |
| 8159 * If 'keymodel' contains "startsel", may start selection. | |
| 8160 * Returns TRUE when a CTRL-O and other keys stuffed. | |
| 8161 */ | |
| 8162 static int | |
| 8163 ins_start_select(c) | |
| 8164 int c; | |
| 8165 { | |
| 8166 if (km_startsel) | |
| 8167 switch (c) | |
| 8168 { | |
| 8169 case K_KHOME: | |
| 8170 case K_KEND: | |
| 8171 case K_PAGEUP: | |
| 8172 case K_KPAGEUP: | |
| 8173 case K_PAGEDOWN: | |
| 8174 case K_KPAGEDOWN: | |
| 8175 # ifdef MACOS | |
| 8176 case K_LEFT: | |
| 8177 case K_RIGHT: | |
| 8178 case K_UP: | |
| 8179 case K_DOWN: | |
| 8180 case K_END: | |
| 8181 case K_HOME: | |
| 8182 # endif | |
| 8183 if (!(mod_mask & MOD_MASK_SHIFT)) | |
| 8184 break; | |
| 8185 /* FALLTHROUGH */ | |
| 8186 case K_S_LEFT: | |
| 8187 case K_S_RIGHT: | |
| 8188 case K_S_UP: | |
| 8189 case K_S_DOWN: | |
| 8190 case K_S_END: | |
| 8191 case K_S_HOME: | |
| 8192 /* Start selection right away, the cursor can move with | |
| 8193 * CTRL-O when beyond the end of the line. */ | |
| 8194 start_selection(); | |
| 8195 | |
| 8196 /* Execute the key in (insert) Select mode. */ | |
| 8197 stuffcharReadbuff(Ctrl_O); | |
| 8198 if (mod_mask) | |
| 8199 { | |
| 8200 char_u buf[4]; | |
| 8201 | |
| 8202 buf[0] = K_SPECIAL; | |
| 8203 buf[1] = KS_MODIFIER; | |
| 8204 buf[2] = mod_mask; | |
| 8205 buf[3] = NUL; | |
| 8206 stuffReadbuff(buf); | |
| 8207 } | |
| 8208 stuffcharReadbuff(c); | |
| 8209 return TRUE; | |
| 8210 } | |
| 8211 return FALSE; | |
| 8212 } | |
| 8213 #endif | |
| 8214 | |
| 8215 /* | |
| 449 | 8216 * <Insert> key in Insert mode: toggle insert/remplace mode. |
| 8217 */ | |
| 8218 static void | |
| 8219 ins_insert(replaceState) | |
| 8220 int replaceState; | |
| 8221 { | |
| 8222 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP | |
| 8223 if (p_fkmap && p_ri) | |
| 8224 { | |
| 8225 beep_flush(); | |
| 8226 EMSG(farsi_text_3); /* encoded in Farsi */ | |
| 8227 return; | |
| 8228 } | |
| 8229 #endif | |
| 8230 | |
| 8231 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD | |
| 532 | 8232 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL |
| 449 | 8233 set_vim_var_string(VV_INSERTMODE, |
| 8234 (char_u *)((State & REPLACE_FLAG) ? "i" : | |
| 667 | 8235 # ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE |
| 8236 replaceState == VREPLACE ? "v" : | |
| 8237 # endif | |
| 8238 "r"), 1); | |
| 532 | 8239 # endif |
| 449 | 8240 apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTCHANGE, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); |
| 8241 #endif | |
| 8242 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 8243 State = INSERT | (State & LANGMAP); | |
| 8244 else | |
| 8245 State = replaceState | (State & LANGMAP); | |
| 8246 AppendCharToRedobuff(K_INS); | |
| 8247 showmode(); | |
| 8248 #ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE | |
| 8249 ui_cursor_shape(); /* may show different cursor shape */ | |
| 8250 #endif | |
| 8251 } | |
| 8252 | |
| 8253 /* | |
| 8254 * Pressed CTRL-O in Insert mode. | |
| 8255 */ | |
| 8256 static void | |
| 8257 ins_ctrl_o() | |
| 8258 { | |
| 8259 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 8260 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 8261 restart_edit = 'V'; | |
| 8262 else | |
| 8263 #endif | |
| 8264 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 8265 restart_edit = 'R'; | |
| 8266 else | |
| 8267 restart_edit = 'I'; | |
| 8268 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 8269 if (virtual_active()) | |
| 8270 ins_at_eol = FALSE; /* cursor always keeps its column */ | |
| 8271 else | |
| 8272 #endif | |
| 8273 ins_at_eol = (gchar_cursor() == NUL); | |
| 8274 } | |
| 8275 | |
| 8276 /* | |
| 7 | 8277 * If the cursor is on an indent, ^T/^D insert/delete one |
| 8278 * shiftwidth. Otherwise ^T/^D behave like a "<<" or ">>". | |
| 1796 | 8279 * Always round the indent to 'shiftwidth', this is compatible |
| 7 | 8280 * with vi. But vi only supports ^T and ^D after an |
| 8281 * autoindent, we support it everywhere. | |
| 8282 */ | |
| 8283 static void | |
| 8284 ins_shift(c, lastc) | |
| 8285 int c; | |
| 8286 int lastc; | |
| 8287 { | |
| 8288 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) | |
| 8289 return; | |
| 8290 AppendCharToRedobuff(c); | |
| 8291 | |
| 8292 /* | |
| 8293 * 0^D and ^^D: remove all indent. | |
| 8294 */ | |
| 1330 | 8295 if (c == Ctrl_D && (lastc == '0' || lastc == '^') |
| 8296 && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0) | |
| 7 | 8297 { |
| 8298 --curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 8299 (void)del_char(FALSE); /* delete the '^' or '0' */ | |
| 8300 /* In Replace mode, restore the characters that '^' or '0' replaced. */ | |
| 8301 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 8302 replace_pop_ins(); | |
| 8303 if (lastc == '^') | |
| 8304 old_indent = get_indent(); /* remember curr. indent */ | |
| 1516 | 8305 change_indent(INDENT_SET, 0, TRUE, 0, TRUE); |
| 7 | 8306 } |
| 8307 else | |
| 1516 | 8308 change_indent(c == Ctrl_D ? INDENT_DEC : INDENT_INC, 0, TRUE, 0, TRUE); |
| 7 | 8309 |
| 8310 if (did_ai && *skipwhite(ml_get_curline()) != NUL) | |
| 8311 did_ai = FALSE; | |
| 8312 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 8313 did_si = FALSE; | |
| 8314 can_si = FALSE; | |
| 8315 can_si_back = FALSE; | |
| 8316 #endif | |
| 8317 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 8318 can_cindent = FALSE; /* no cindenting after ^D or ^T */ | |
| 8319 #endif | |
| 8320 } | |
| 8321 | |
| 8322 static void | |
| 8323 ins_del() | |
| 8324 { | |
| 8325 int temp; | |
| 8326 | |
| 8327 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) | |
| 8328 return; | |
| 8329 if (gchar_cursor() == NUL) /* delete newline */ | |
| 8330 { | |
| 8331 temp = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 8332 if (!can_bs(BS_EOL) /* only if "eol" included */ | |
| 8333 || u_save((linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1), | |
| 8334 (linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 2)) == FAIL | |
| 8335 || do_join(FALSE) == FAIL) | |
| 8336 vim_beep(); | |
| 8337 else | |
| 8338 curwin->w_cursor.col = temp; | |
| 8339 } | |
| 8340 else if (del_char(FALSE) == FAIL) /* delete char under cursor */ | |
| 8341 vim_beep(); | |
| 8342 did_ai = FALSE; | |
| 8343 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 8344 did_si = FALSE; | |
| 8345 can_si = FALSE; | |
| 8346 can_si_back = FALSE; | |
| 8347 #endif | |
| 8348 AppendCharToRedobuff(K_DEL); | |
| 8349 } | |
| 8350 | |
| 1460 | 8351 static void ins_bs_one __ARGS((colnr_T *vcolp)); |
| 8352 | |
| 8353 /* | |
| 8354 * Delete one character for ins_bs(). | |
| 8355 */ | |
| 8356 static void | |
| 8357 ins_bs_one(vcolp) | |
| 8358 colnr_T *vcolp; | |
| 8359 { | |
| 8360 dec_cursor(); | |
| 8361 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, vcolp, NULL, NULL); | |
| 8362 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 8363 { | |
| 8364 /* Don't delete characters before the insert point when in | |
| 8365 * Replace mode */ | |
| 8366 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum | |
| 8367 || curwin->w_cursor.col >= Insstart.col) | |
| 1782 | 8368 replace_do_bs(-1); |
| 1460 | 8369 } |
| 8370 else | |
| 8371 (void)del_char(FALSE); | |
| 8372 } | |
| 8373 | |
| 7 | 8374 /* |
| 8375 * Handle Backspace, delete-word and delete-line in Insert mode. | |
| 8376 * Return TRUE when backspace was actually used. | |
| 8377 */ | |
| 8378 static int | |
| 8379 ins_bs(c, mode, inserted_space_p) | |
| 8380 int c; | |
| 8381 int mode; | |
| 8382 int *inserted_space_p; | |
| 8383 { | |
| 8384 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 8385 int cc; | |
| 8386 int temp = 0; /* init for GCC */ | |
| 1872 | 8387 colnr_T save_col; |
| 7 | 8388 colnr_T mincol; |
| 8389 int did_backspace = FALSE; | |
| 8390 int in_indent; | |
| 8391 int oldState; | |
| 8392 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 714 | 8393 int cpc[MAX_MCO]; /* composing characters */ |
| 7 | 8394 #endif |
| 8395 | |
| 8396 /* | |
| 8397 * can't delete anything in an empty file | |
| 8398 * can't backup past first character in buffer | |
| 8399 * can't backup past starting point unless 'backspace' > 1 | |
| 8400 * can backup to a previous line if 'backspace' == 0 | |
| 8401 */ | |
| 8402 if ( bufempty() | |
| 8403 || ( | |
| 8404 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 8405 !revins_on && | |
| 8406 #endif | |
| 8407 ((curwin->w_cursor.lnum == 1 && curwin->w_cursor.col == 0) | |
| 8408 || (!can_bs(BS_START) | |
| 8409 && (arrow_used | |
| 8410 || (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum | |
| 8411 && curwin->w_cursor.col <= Insstart.col))) | |
| 8412 || (!can_bs(BS_INDENT) && !arrow_used && ai_col > 0 | |
| 8413 && curwin->w_cursor.col <= ai_col) | |
| 8414 || (!can_bs(BS_EOL) && curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)))) | |
| 8415 { | |
| 8416 vim_beep(); | |
| 8417 return FALSE; | |
| 8418 } | |
| 8419 | |
| 8420 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) | |
| 8421 return FALSE; | |
| 8422 in_indent = inindent(0); | |
| 8423 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 8424 if (in_indent) | |
| 8425 can_cindent = FALSE; | |
| 8426 #endif | |
| 8427 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 8428 end_comment_pending = NUL; /* After BS, don't auto-end comment */ | |
| 8429 #endif | |
| 8430 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 8431 if (revins_on) /* put cursor after last inserted char */ | |
| 8432 inc_cursor(); | |
| 8433 #endif | |
| 8434 | |
| 8435 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 8436 /* Virtualedit: | |
| 8437 * BACKSPACE_CHAR eats a virtual space | |
| 8438 * BACKSPACE_WORD eats all coladd | |
| 8439 * BACKSPACE_LINE eats all coladd and keeps going | |
| 8440 */ | |
| 8441 if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0) | |
| 8442 { | |
| 8443 if (mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR) | |
| 8444 { | |
| 8445 --curwin->w_cursor.coladd; | |
| 8446 return TRUE; | |
| 8447 } | |
| 8448 if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD) | |
| 8449 { | |
| 8450 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; | |
| 8451 return TRUE; | |
| 8452 } | |
| 8453 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; | |
| 8454 } | |
| 8455 #endif | |
| 8456 | |
| 8457 /* | |
| 8458 * delete newline! | |
| 8459 */ | |
| 8460 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0) | |
| 8461 { | |
| 8462 lnum = Insstart.lnum; | |
| 8463 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum | |
| 8464 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 8465 || revins_on | |
| 8466 #endif | |
| 8467 ) | |
| 8468 { | |
| 8469 if (u_save((linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 2), | |
| 8470 (linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1)) == FAIL) | |
| 8471 return FALSE; | |
| 8472 --Insstart.lnum; | |
| 8473 Insstart.col = MAXCOL; | |
| 8474 } | |
| 8475 /* | |
| 8476 * In replace mode: | |
| 8477 * cc < 0: NL was inserted, delete it | |
| 8478 * cc >= 0: NL was replaced, put original characters back | |
| 8479 */ | |
| 8480 cc = -1; | |
| 8481 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 8482 cc = replace_pop(); /* returns -1 if NL was inserted */ | |
| 8483 /* | |
| 8484 * In replace mode, in the line we started replacing, we only move the | |
| 8485 * cursor. | |
| 8486 */ | |
| 8487 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG) && curwin->w_cursor.lnum <= lnum) | |
| 8488 { | |
| 8489 dec_cursor(); | |
| 8490 } | |
| 8491 else | |
| 8492 { | |
| 8493 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 8494 if (!(State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 8495 || curwin->w_cursor.lnum > orig_line_count) | |
| 8496 #endif | |
| 8497 { | |
| 8498 temp = gchar_cursor(); /* remember current char */ | |
| 8499 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 278 | 8500 |
| 8501 /* When "aw" is in 'formatoptions' we must delete the space at | |
| 8502 * the end of the line, otherwise the line will be broken | |
| 8503 * again when auto-formatting. */ | |
| 8504 if (has_format_option(FO_AUTO) | |
| 8505 && has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR)) | |
| 8506 { | |
| 8507 char_u *ptr = ml_get_buf(curbuf, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, | |
| 8508 TRUE); | |
| 8509 int len; | |
| 8510 | |
| 835 | 8511 len = (int)STRLEN(ptr); |
| 278 | 8512 if (len > 0 && ptr[len - 1] == ' ') |
| 8513 ptr[len - 1] = NUL; | |
| 8514 } | |
| 8515 | |
| 7 | 8516 (void)do_join(FALSE); |
| 8517 if (temp == NUL && gchar_cursor() != NUL) | |
| 8518 inc_cursor(); | |
| 8519 } | |
| 8520 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 8521 else | |
| 8522 dec_cursor(); | |
| 8523 #endif | |
| 8524 | |
| 8525 /* | |
| 8526 * In REPLACE mode we have to put back the text that was replaced | |
| 8527 * by the NL. On the replace stack is first a NUL-terminated | |
| 8528 * sequence of characters that were deleted and then the | |
| 8529 * characters that NL replaced. | |
| 8530 */ | |
| 8531 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 8532 { | |
| 8533 /* | |
| 8534 * Do the next ins_char() in NORMAL state, to | |
| 8535 * prevent ins_char() from replacing characters and | |
| 8536 * avoiding showmatch(). | |
| 8537 */ | |
| 8538 oldState = State; | |
| 8539 State = NORMAL; | |
| 8540 /* | |
| 8541 * restore characters (blanks) deleted after cursor | |
| 8542 */ | |
| 8543 while (cc > 0) | |
| 8544 { | |
| 1872 | 8545 save_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; |
| 7 | 8546 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 8547 mb_replace_pop_ins(cc); | |
| 8548 #else | |
| 8549 ins_char(cc); | |
| 8550 #endif | |
| 1872 | 8551 curwin->w_cursor.col = save_col; |
| 7 | 8552 cc = replace_pop(); |
| 8553 } | |
| 8554 /* restore the characters that NL replaced */ | |
| 8555 replace_pop_ins(); | |
| 8556 State = oldState; | |
| 8557 } | |
| 8558 } | |
| 8559 did_ai = FALSE; | |
| 8560 } | |
| 8561 else | |
| 8562 { | |
| 8563 /* | |
| 8564 * Delete character(s) before the cursor. | |
| 8565 */ | |
| 8566 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 8567 if (revins_on) /* put cursor on last inserted char */ | |
| 8568 dec_cursor(); | |
| 8569 #endif | |
| 8570 mincol = 0; | |
| 8571 /* keep indent */ | |
| 1085 | 8572 if (mode == BACKSPACE_LINE |
| 8573 && (curbuf->b_p_ai | |
| 8574 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 2004 | 8575 || cindent_on() |
| 1085 | 8576 #endif |
| 8577 ) | |
| 7 | 8578 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
| 8579 && !revins_on | |
| 8580 #endif | |
| 8581 ) | |
| 8582 { | |
| 1872 | 8583 save_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; |
| 7 | 8584 beginline(BL_WHITE); |
| 1988 | 8585 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < save_col) |
| 7 | 8586 mincol = curwin->w_cursor.col; |
| 1872 | 8587 curwin->w_cursor.col = save_col; |
| 7 | 8588 } |
| 8589 | |
| 8590 /* | |
| 8591 * Handle deleting one 'shiftwidth' or 'softtabstop'. | |
| 8592 */ | |
| 8593 if ( mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR | |
| 8594 && ((p_sta && in_indent) | |
| 648 | 8595 || (curbuf->b_p_sts != 0 |
| 1497 | 8596 && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 |
| 7 | 8597 && (*(ml_get_cursor() - 1) == TAB |
| 8598 || (*(ml_get_cursor() - 1) == ' ' | |
| 8599 && (!*inserted_space_p | |
| 8600 || arrow_used)))))) | |
| 8601 { | |
| 8602 int ts; | |
| 8603 colnr_T vcol; | |
| 8604 colnr_T want_vcol; | |
| 1460 | 8605 colnr_T start_vcol; |
| 7 | 8606 |
| 8607 *inserted_space_p = FALSE; | |
| 648 | 8608 if (p_sta && in_indent) |
| 7 | 8609 ts = curbuf->b_p_sw; |
| 8610 else | |
| 8611 ts = curbuf->b_p_sts; | |
| 8612 /* Compute the virtual column where we want to be. Since | |
| 8613 * 'showbreak' may get in the way, need to get the last column of | |
| 8614 * the previous character. */ | |
| 8615 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &vcol, NULL, NULL); | |
| 1460 | 8616 start_vcol = vcol; |
| 7 | 8617 dec_cursor(); |
| 8618 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, NULL, NULL, &want_vcol); | |
| 8619 inc_cursor(); | |
| 8620 want_vcol = (want_vcol / ts) * ts; | |
| 8621 | |
| 8622 /* delete characters until we are at or before want_vcol */ | |
| 8623 while (vcol > want_vcol | |
| 8624 && (cc = *(ml_get_cursor() - 1), vim_iswhite(cc))) | |
| 1460 | 8625 ins_bs_one(&vcol); |
| 7 | 8626 |
| 8627 /* insert extra spaces until we are at want_vcol */ | |
| 8628 while (vcol < want_vcol) | |
| 8629 { | |
| 8630 /* Remember the first char we inserted */ | |
| 8631 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum | |
| 8632 && curwin->w_cursor.col < Insstart.col) | |
| 8633 Insstart.col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 8634 | |
| 8635 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 8636 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 8637 ins_char(' '); | |
| 8638 else | |
| 8639 #endif | |
| 8640 { | |
| 8641 ins_str((char_u *)" "); | |
| 1460 | 8642 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG)) |
| 8643 replace_push(NUL); | |
| 7 | 8644 } |
| 8645 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &vcol, NULL, NULL); | |
| 8646 } | |
| 1460 | 8647 |
| 8648 /* If we are now back where we started delete one character. Can | |
| 8649 * happen when using 'sts' and 'linebreak'. */ | |
| 8650 if (vcol >= start_vcol) | |
| 8651 ins_bs_one(&vcol); | |
| 7 | 8652 } |
| 8653 | |
| 8654 /* | |
| 8655 * Delete upto starting point, start of line or previous word. | |
| 8656 */ | |
| 8657 else do | |
| 8658 { | |
| 8659 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 8660 if (!revins_on) /* put cursor on char to be deleted */ | |
| 8661 #endif | |
| 8662 dec_cursor(); | |
| 8663 | |
| 8664 /* start of word? */ | |
| 8665 if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD && !vim_isspace(gchar_cursor())) | |
| 8666 { | |
| 8667 mode = BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE; | |
| 8668 temp = vim_iswordc(gchar_cursor()); | |
| 8669 } | |
| 8670 /* end of word? */ | |
| 8671 else if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE | |
| 8672 && (vim_isspace(cc = gchar_cursor()) | |
| 8673 || vim_iswordc(cc) != temp)) | |
| 8674 { | |
| 8675 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 8676 if (!revins_on) | |
| 8677 #endif | |
| 8678 inc_cursor(); | |
| 8679 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 8680 else if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 8681 dec_cursor(); | |
| 8682 #endif | |
| 8683 break; | |
| 8684 } | |
| 8685 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 1782 | 8686 replace_do_bs(-1); |
| 7 | 8687 else |
| 8688 { | |
| 8689 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 8690 if (enc_utf8 && p_deco) | |
| 714 | 8691 (void)utfc_ptr2char(ml_get_cursor(), cpc); |
| 7 | 8692 #endif |
| 8693 (void)del_char(FALSE); | |
| 8694 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 8695 /* | |
| 714 | 8696 * If there are combining characters and 'delcombine' is set |
| 8697 * move the cursor back. Don't back up before the base | |
| 7 | 8698 * character. |
| 8699 */ | |
| 714 | 8700 if (enc_utf8 && p_deco && cpc[0] != NUL) |
| 7 | 8701 inc_cursor(); |
| 8702 #endif | |
| 8703 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 8704 if (revins_chars) | |
| 8705 { | |
| 8706 revins_chars--; | |
| 8707 revins_legal++; | |
| 8708 } | |
| 8709 if (revins_on && gchar_cursor() == NUL) | |
| 8710 break; | |
| 8711 #endif | |
| 8712 } | |
| 8713 /* Just a single backspace?: */ | |
| 8714 if (mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR) | |
| 8715 break; | |
| 8716 } while ( | |
| 8717 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 8718 revins_on || | |
| 8719 #endif | |
| 8720 (curwin->w_cursor.col > mincol | |
| 8721 && (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum | |
| 8722 || curwin->w_cursor.col != Insstart.col))); | |
| 8723 did_backspace = TRUE; | |
| 8724 } | |
| 8725 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 8726 did_si = FALSE; | |
| 8727 can_si = FALSE; | |
| 8728 can_si_back = FALSE; | |
| 8729 #endif | |
| 8730 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= 1) | |
| 8731 did_ai = FALSE; | |
| 8732 /* | |
| 8733 * It's a little strange to put backspaces into the redo | |
| 8734 * buffer, but it makes auto-indent a lot easier to deal | |
| 8735 * with. | |
| 8736 */ | |
| 8737 AppendCharToRedobuff(c); | |
| 8738 | |
| 8739 /* If deleted before the insertion point, adjust it */ | |
| 8740 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum | |
| 8741 && curwin->w_cursor.col < Insstart.col) | |
| 8742 Insstart.col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 8743 | |
| 8744 /* vi behaviour: the cursor moves backward but the character that | |
| 8745 * was there remains visible | |
| 8746 * Vim behaviour: the cursor moves backward and the character that | |
| 8747 * was there is erased from the screen. | |
| 8748 * We can emulate the vi behaviour by pretending there is a dollar | |
| 8749 * displayed even when there isn't. | |
| 8750 * --pkv Sun Jan 19 01:56:40 EST 2003 */ | |
| 8751 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_BACKSPACE) != NULL && dollar_vcol == 0) | |
| 8752 dollar_vcol = curwin->w_virtcol; | |
| 8753 | |
| 1514 | 8754 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING |
| 8755 /* When deleting a char the cursor line must never be in a closed fold. | |
| 8756 * E.g., when 'foldmethod' is indent and deleting the first non-white | |
| 8757 * char before a Tab. */ | |
| 8758 if (did_backspace) | |
| 8759 foldOpenCursor(); | |
| 8760 #endif | |
| 8761 | |
| 7 | 8762 return did_backspace; |
| 8763 } | |
| 8764 | |
| 8765 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE | |
| 8766 static void | |
| 8767 ins_mouse(c) | |
| 8768 int c; | |
| 8769 { | |
| 8770 pos_T tpos; | |
| 840 | 8771 win_T *old_curwin = curwin; |
| 7 | 8772 |
| 8773 # ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 8774 /* When GUI is active, also move/paste when 'mouse' is empty */ | |
| 8775 if (!gui.in_use) | |
| 8776 # endif | |
| 8777 if (!mouse_has(MOUSE_INSERT)) | |
| 8778 return; | |
| 8779 | |
| 8780 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 8781 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 8782 if (do_mouse(NULL, c, BACKWARD, 1L, 0)) | |
| 8783 { | |
| 840 | 8784 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
| 8785 win_T *new_curwin = curwin; | |
| 8786 | |
| 8787 if (curwin != old_curwin && win_valid(old_curwin)) | |
| 8788 { | |
| 8789 /* Mouse took us to another window. We need to go back to the | |
| 8790 * previous one to stop insert there properly. */ | |
| 8791 curwin = old_curwin; | |
| 8792 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer; | |
| 8793 } | |
| 8794 #endif | |
| 8795 start_arrow(curwin == old_curwin ? &tpos : NULL); | |
| 8796 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 8797 if (curwin != new_curwin && win_valid(new_curwin)) | |
| 8798 { | |
| 8799 curwin = new_curwin; | |
| 8800 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer; | |
| 8801 } | |
| 8802 #endif | |
| 7 | 8803 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT |
| 8804 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
| 8805 # endif | |
| 8806 } | |
| 8807 | |
| 8808 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 8809 /* redraw status lines (in case another window became active) */ | |
| 8810 redraw_statuslines(); | |
| 8811 #endif | |
| 8812 } | |
| 8813 | |
| 8814 static void | |
| 8815 ins_mousescroll(up) | |
| 8816 int up; | |
| 8817 { | |
| 8818 pos_T tpos; | |
| 1434 | 8819 # if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) |
| 8820 win_T *old_curwin = curwin; | |
| 8821 # endif | |
| 8822 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 8823 int did_scroll = FALSE; | |
| 7 | 8824 # endif |
| 8825 | |
| 8826 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 8827 | |
| 8828 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) | |
| 8829 /* Currently the mouse coordinates are only known in the GUI. */ | |
| 8830 if (gui.in_use && mouse_row >= 0 && mouse_col >= 0) | |
| 8831 { | |
| 8832 int row, col; | |
| 8833 | |
| 8834 row = mouse_row; | |
| 8835 col = mouse_col; | |
| 8836 | |
| 8837 /* find the window at the pointer coordinates */ | |
| 8838 curwin = mouse_find_win(&row, &col); | |
| 8839 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer; | |
| 8840 } | |
| 8841 if (curwin == old_curwin) | |
| 8842 # endif | |
| 8843 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 8844 | |
| 1434 | 8845 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
| 8846 /* Don't scroll the window in which completion is being done. */ | |
| 8847 if (!pum_visible() | |
| 8848 # if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) | |
| 8849 || curwin != old_curwin | |
| 8850 # endif | |
| 8851 ) | |
| 8852 # endif | |
| 8853 { | |
| 8854 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT | MOD_MASK_CTRL)) | |
| 8855 scroll_redraw(up, (long)(curwin->w_botline - curwin->w_topline)); | |
| 8856 else | |
| 8857 scroll_redraw(up, 3L); | |
| 8858 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 8859 did_scroll = TRUE; | |
| 8860 # endif | |
| 8861 } | |
| 7 | 8862 |
| 8863 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) | |
| 8864 curwin->w_redr_status = TRUE; | |
| 8865 | |
| 8866 curwin = old_curwin; | |
| 8867 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer; | |
| 8868 # endif | |
| 8869 | |
| 1434 | 8870 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
| 8871 /* The popup menu may overlay the window, need to redraw it. | |
| 8872 * TODO: Would be more efficient to only redraw the windows that are | |
| 8873 * overlapped by the popup menu. */ | |
| 8874 if (pum_visible() && did_scroll) | |
| 8875 { | |
| 8876 redraw_all_later(NOT_VALID); | |
| 8877 ins_compl_show_pum(); | |
| 8878 } | |
| 8879 # endif | |
| 8880 | |
| 7 | 8881 if (!equalpos(curwin->w_cursor, tpos)) |
| 8882 { | |
| 8883 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
| 8884 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 8885 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
| 8886 # endif | |
| 8887 } | |
| 8888 } | |
| 8889 #endif | |
| 8890 | |
| 692 | 8891 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_TABLINE) || defined(PROTO) |
| 724 | 8892 static void |
| 692 | 8893 ins_tabline(c) |
| 8894 int c; | |
| 8895 { | |
| 8896 /* We will be leaving the current window, unless closing another tab. */ | |
| 8897 if (c != K_TABMENU || current_tabmenu != TABLINE_MENU_CLOSE | |
| 8898 || (current_tab != 0 && current_tab != tabpage_index(curtab))) | |
| 8899 { | |
| 8900 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 8901 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor); | |
| 8902 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 8903 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
| 8904 # endif | |
| 8905 } | |
| 8906 | |
| 8907 if (c == K_TABLINE) | |
| 8908 goto_tabpage(current_tab); | |
| 8909 else | |
| 846 | 8910 { |
| 692 | 8911 handle_tabmenu(); |
| 846 | 8912 redraw_statuslines(); /* will redraw the tabline when needed */ |
| 8913 } | |
| 692 | 8914 } |
| 8915 #endif | |
| 8916 | |
| 8917 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 7 | 8918 void |
| 8919 ins_scroll() | |
| 8920 { | |
| 8921 pos_T tpos; | |
| 8922 | |
| 8923 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 8924 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 8925 if (gui_do_scroll()) | |
| 8926 { | |
| 8927 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
| 8928 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 8929 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
| 8930 # endif | |
| 8931 } | |
| 8932 } | |
| 8933 | |
| 8934 void | |
| 8935 ins_horscroll() | |
| 8936 { | |
| 8937 pos_T tpos; | |
| 8938 | |
| 8939 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 8940 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 8941 if (gui_do_horiz_scroll()) | |
| 8942 { | |
| 8943 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
| 8944 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 8945 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
| 8946 # endif | |
| 8947 } | |
| 8948 } | |
| 8949 #endif | |
| 8950 | |
| 8951 static void | |
| 8952 ins_left() | |
| 8953 { | |
| 8954 pos_T tpos; | |
| 8955 | |
| 8956 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 8957 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped) | |
| 8958 foldOpenCursor(); | |
| 8959 #endif | |
| 8960 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 8961 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 8962 if (oneleft() == OK) | |
| 8963 { | |
| 941 | 8964 #if defined(FEAT_XIM) && defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK) |
| 8965 /* Only call start_arrow() when not busy with preediting, it will | |
| 8966 * break undo. K_LEFT is inserted in im_correct_cursor(). */ | |
| 8967 if (!im_is_preediting()) | |
| 8968 #endif | |
| 8969 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
| 7 | 8970 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
| 8971 /* If exit reversed string, position is fixed */ | |
| 8972 if (revins_scol != -1 && (int)curwin->w_cursor.col >= revins_scol) | |
| 8973 revins_legal++; | |
| 8974 revins_chars++; | |
| 8975 #endif | |
| 8976 } | |
| 8977 | |
| 8978 /* | |
| 8979 * if 'whichwrap' set for cursor in insert mode may go to | |
| 8980 * previous line | |
| 8981 */ | |
| 8982 else if (vim_strchr(p_ww, '[') != NULL && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1) | |
| 8983 { | |
| 8984 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
| 8985 --(curwin->w_cursor.lnum); | |
| 8986 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL); | |
| 8987 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; /* so we stay at the end */ | |
| 8988 } | |
| 8989 else | |
| 8990 vim_beep(); | |
| 8991 } | |
| 8992 | |
| 8993 static void | |
| 8994 ins_home(c) | |
| 8995 int c; | |
| 8996 { | |
| 8997 pos_T tpos; | |
| 8998 | |
| 8999 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 9000 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped) | |
| 9001 foldOpenCursor(); | |
| 9002 #endif | |
| 9003 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 9004 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 9005 if (c == K_C_HOME) | |
| 9006 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = 1; | |
| 9007 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
| 9008 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 9009 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; | |
| 9010 #endif | |
| 9011 curwin->w_curswant = 0; | |
| 9012 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
| 9013 } | |
| 9014 | |
| 9015 static void | |
| 9016 ins_end(c) | |
| 9017 int c; | |
| 9018 { | |
| 9019 pos_T tpos; | |
| 9020 | |
| 9021 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 9022 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped) | |
| 9023 foldOpenCursor(); | |
| 9024 #endif | |
| 9025 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 9026 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 9027 if (c == K_C_END) | |
| 9028 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
| 9029 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL); | |
| 9030 curwin->w_curswant = MAXCOL; | |
| 9031 | |
| 9032 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
| 9033 } | |
| 9034 | |
| 9035 static void | |
| 9036 ins_s_left() | |
| 9037 { | |
| 9038 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 9039 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped) | |
| 9040 foldOpenCursor(); | |
| 9041 #endif | |
| 9042 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 9043 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1 || curwin->w_cursor.col > 0) | |
| 9044 { | |
| 9045 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor); | |
| 9046 (void)bck_word(1L, FALSE, FALSE); | |
| 9047 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
| 9048 } | |
| 9049 else | |
| 9050 vim_beep(); | |
| 9051 } | |
| 9052 | |
| 9053 static void | |
| 9054 ins_right() | |
| 9055 { | |
| 9056 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 9057 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped) | |
| 9058 foldOpenCursor(); | |
| 9059 #endif | |
| 9060 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 1877 | 9061 if (gchar_cursor() != NUL |
| 9062 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 9063 || virtual_active() | |
| 9064 #endif | |
| 7 | 9065 ) |
| 9066 { | |
| 9067 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor); | |
| 9068 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
| 9069 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 9070 if (virtual_active()) | |
| 9071 oneright(); | |
| 9072 else | |
| 9073 #endif | |
| 9074 { | |
| 9075 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 9076 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 474 | 9077 curwin->w_cursor.col += (*mb_ptr2len)(ml_get_cursor()); |
| 7 | 9078 else |
| 9079 #endif | |
| 9080 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 9081 } | |
| 9082 | |
| 9083 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 9084 revins_legal++; | |
| 9085 if (revins_chars) | |
| 9086 revins_chars--; | |
| 9087 #endif | |
| 9088 } | |
| 9089 /* if 'whichwrap' set for cursor in insert mode, may move the | |
| 9090 * cursor to the next line */ | |
| 9091 else if (vim_strchr(p_ww, ']') != NULL | |
| 9092 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
| 9093 { | |
| 9094 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor); | |
| 9095 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
| 9096 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 9097 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
| 9098 } | |
| 9099 else | |
| 9100 vim_beep(); | |
| 9101 } | |
| 9102 | |
| 9103 static void | |
| 9104 ins_s_right() | |
| 9105 { | |
| 9106 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 9107 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped) | |
| 9108 foldOpenCursor(); | |
| 9109 #endif | |
| 9110 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 9111 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count | |
| 9112 || gchar_cursor() != NUL) | |
| 9113 { | |
| 9114 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor); | |
| 9115 (void)fwd_word(1L, FALSE, 0); | |
| 9116 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
| 9117 } | |
| 9118 else | |
| 9119 vim_beep(); | |
| 9120 } | |
| 9121 | |
| 9122 static void | |
| 9123 ins_up(startcol) | |
| 9124 int startcol; /* when TRUE move to Insstart.col */ | |
| 9125 { | |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2227
diff
changeset
|
9126 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2227
diff
changeset
|
9127 linenr_T oldline = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2227
diff
changeset
|
9128 #endif |
| 7 | 9129 pos_T tpos; |
| 9130 linenr_T old_topline = curwin->w_topline; | |
| 9131 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 9132 int old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill; | |
| 9133 #endif | |
| 9134 | |
| 9135 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 9136 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 9137 if (cursor_up(1L, TRUE) == OK) | |
| 9138 { | |
| 9139 if (startcol) | |
| 9140 coladvance(getvcol_nolist(&Insstart)); | |
| 9141 if (old_topline != curwin->w_topline | |
| 9142 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 9143 || old_topfill != curwin->w_topfill | |
| 9144 #endif | |
| 9145 ) | |
| 9146 redraw_later(VALID); | |
| 9147 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
| 9148 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 9149 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
| 9150 #endif | |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2227
diff
changeset
|
9151 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2227
diff
changeset
|
9152 if (curwin->w_p_conceal && oldline != curwin->w_cursor.lnum) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2227
diff
changeset
|
9153 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2227
diff
changeset
|
9154 update_single_line(curwin, oldline); |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2227
diff
changeset
|
9155 update_single_line(curwin, curwin->w_cursor.lnum); |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2227
diff
changeset
|
9156 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2227
diff
changeset
|
9157 #endif |
| 7 | 9158 } |
| 9159 else | |
| 9160 vim_beep(); | |
| 9161 } | |
| 9162 | |
| 9163 static void | |
| 9164 ins_pageup() | |
| 9165 { | |
| 9166 pos_T tpos; | |
| 9167 | |
| 9168 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 828 | 9169 |
| 9170 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 9171 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_CTRL) | |
| 9172 { | |
| 9173 /* <C-PageUp>: tab page back */ | |
| 1013 | 9174 if (first_tabpage->tp_next != NULL) |
| 9175 { | |
| 9176 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor); | |
| 9177 goto_tabpage(-1); | |
| 9178 } | |
| 828 | 9179 return; |
| 9180 } | |
| 9181 #endif | |
| 9182 | |
| 7 | 9183 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; |
| 9184 if (onepage(BACKWARD, 1L) == OK) | |
| 9185 { | |
| 9186 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
| 9187 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 9188 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
| 9189 #endif | |
| 9190 } | |
| 9191 else | |
| 9192 vim_beep(); | |
| 9193 } | |
| 9194 | |
| 9195 static void | |
| 9196 ins_down(startcol) | |
| 9197 int startcol; /* when TRUE move to Insstart.col */ | |
| 9198 { | |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2227
diff
changeset
|
9199 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2227
diff
changeset
|
9200 linenr_T oldline = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2227
diff
changeset
|
9201 linenr_T oldbotline = curwin->w_botline; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2227
diff
changeset
|
9202 #endif |
| 7 | 9203 pos_T tpos; |
| 9204 linenr_T old_topline = curwin->w_topline; | |
| 9205 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 9206 int old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill; | |
| 9207 #endif | |
| 9208 | |
| 9209 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 9210 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 9211 if (cursor_down(1L, TRUE) == OK) | |
| 9212 { | |
| 9213 if (startcol) | |
| 9214 coladvance(getvcol_nolist(&Insstart)); | |
| 9215 if (old_topline != curwin->w_topline | |
| 9216 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 9217 || old_topfill != curwin->w_topfill | |
| 9218 #endif | |
| 9219 ) | |
| 9220 redraw_later(VALID); | |
| 9221 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
| 9222 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 9223 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
| 9224 #endif | |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2227
diff
changeset
|
9225 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2227
diff
changeset
|
9226 if (curwin->w_p_conceal && oldline != curwin->w_cursor.lnum) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2227
diff
changeset
|
9227 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2227
diff
changeset
|
9228 update_single_line(curwin, oldline); |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2227
diff
changeset
|
9229 /* Don't do this if we've scrolled, the line is already |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2227
diff
changeset
|
9230 * drawn */ |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2227
diff
changeset
|
9231 if (oldbotline == curwin->w_botline) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2227
diff
changeset
|
9232 update_single_line(curwin, curwin->w_cursor.lnum); |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2227
diff
changeset
|
9233 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2227
diff
changeset
|
9234 #endif |
| 7 | 9235 } |
| 9236 else | |
| 9237 vim_beep(); | |
| 9238 } | |
| 9239 | |
| 9240 static void | |
| 9241 ins_pagedown() | |
| 9242 { | |
| 9243 pos_T tpos; | |
| 9244 | |
| 9245 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 828 | 9246 |
| 9247 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 9248 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_CTRL) | |
| 9249 { | |
| 9250 /* <C-PageDown>: tab page forward */ | |
| 1013 | 9251 if (first_tabpage->tp_next != NULL) |
| 9252 { | |
| 9253 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor); | |
| 9254 goto_tabpage(0); | |
| 9255 } | |
| 828 | 9256 return; |
| 9257 } | |
| 9258 #endif | |
| 9259 | |
| 7 | 9260 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; |
| 9261 if (onepage(FORWARD, 1L) == OK) | |
| 9262 { | |
| 9263 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
| 9264 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 9265 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
| 9266 #endif | |
| 9267 } | |
| 9268 else | |
| 9269 vim_beep(); | |
| 9270 } | |
| 9271 | |
| 9272 #ifdef FEAT_DND | |
| 9273 static void | |
| 9274 ins_drop() | |
| 9275 { | |
| 9276 do_put('~', BACKWARD, 1L, PUT_CURSEND); | |
| 9277 } | |
| 9278 #endif | |
| 9279 | |
| 9280 /* | |
| 9281 * Handle TAB in Insert or Replace mode. | |
| 9282 * Return TRUE when the TAB needs to be inserted like a normal character. | |
| 9283 */ | |
| 9284 static int | |
| 9285 ins_tab() | |
| 9286 { | |
| 9287 int ind; | |
| 9288 int i; | |
| 9289 int temp; | |
| 9290 | |
| 9291 if (Insstart_blank_vcol == MAXCOL && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum) | |
| 9292 Insstart_blank_vcol = get_nolist_virtcol(); | |
| 9293 if (echeck_abbr(TAB + ABBR_OFF)) | |
| 9294 return FALSE; | |
| 9295 | |
| 9296 ind = inindent(0); | |
| 9297 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 9298 if (ind) | |
| 9299 can_cindent = FALSE; | |
| 9300 #endif | |
| 9301 | |
| 9302 /* | |
| 9303 * When nothing special, insert TAB like a normal character | |
| 9304 */ | |
| 9305 if (!curbuf->b_p_et | |
| 9306 && !(p_sta && ind && curbuf->b_p_ts != curbuf->b_p_sw) | |
| 9307 && curbuf->b_p_sts == 0) | |
| 9308 return TRUE; | |
| 9309 | |
| 9310 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) | |
| 9311 return TRUE; | |
| 9312 | |
| 9313 did_ai = FALSE; | |
| 9314 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 9315 did_si = FALSE; | |
| 9316 can_si = FALSE; | |
| 9317 can_si_back = FALSE; | |
| 9318 #endif | |
| 9319 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)"\t"); | |
| 9320 | |
| 9321 if (p_sta && ind) /* insert tab in indent, use 'shiftwidth' */ | |
| 9322 temp = (int)curbuf->b_p_sw; | |
| 9323 else if (curbuf->b_p_sts > 0) /* use 'softtabstop' when set */ | |
| 9324 temp = (int)curbuf->b_p_sts; | |
| 9325 else /* otherwise use 'tabstop' */ | |
| 9326 temp = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts; | |
| 9327 temp -= get_nolist_virtcol() % temp; | |
| 9328 | |
| 9329 /* | |
| 9330 * Insert the first space with ins_char(). It will delete one char in | |
| 9331 * replace mode. Insert the rest with ins_str(); it will not delete any | |
| 9332 * chars. For VREPLACE mode, we use ins_char() for all characters. | |
| 9333 */ | |
| 9334 ins_char(' '); | |
| 9335 while (--temp > 0) | |
| 9336 { | |
| 9337 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 9338 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 9339 ins_char(' '); | |
| 9340 else | |
| 9341 #endif | |
| 9342 { | |
| 9343 ins_str((char_u *)" "); | |
| 9344 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) /* no char replaced */ | |
| 9345 replace_push(NUL); | |
| 9346 } | |
| 9347 } | |
| 9348 | |
| 9349 /* | |
| 9350 * When 'expandtab' not set: Replace spaces by TABs where possible. | |
| 9351 */ | |
| 9352 if (!curbuf->b_p_et && (curbuf->b_p_sts || (p_sta && ind))) | |
| 9353 { | |
| 9354 char_u *ptr; | |
| 9355 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 9356 char_u *saved_line = NULL; /* init for GCC */ | |
| 9357 pos_T pos; | |
| 9358 #endif | |
| 9359 pos_T fpos; | |
| 9360 pos_T *cursor; | |
| 9361 colnr_T want_vcol, vcol; | |
| 9362 int change_col = -1; | |
| 9363 int save_list = curwin->w_p_list; | |
| 9364 | |
| 9365 /* | |
| 9366 * Get the current line. For VREPLACE mode, don't make real changes | |
| 9367 * yet, just work on a copy of the line. | |
| 9368 */ | |
| 9369 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 9370 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 9371 { | |
| 9372 pos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 9373 cursor = &pos; | |
| 9374 saved_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline()); | |
| 9375 if (saved_line == NULL) | |
| 9376 return FALSE; | |
| 9377 ptr = saved_line + pos.col; | |
| 9378 } | |
| 9379 else | |
| 9380 #endif | |
| 9381 { | |
| 9382 ptr = ml_get_cursor(); | |
| 9383 cursor = &curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 9384 } | |
| 9385 | |
| 9386 /* When 'L' is not in 'cpoptions' a tab always takes up 'ts' spaces. */ | |
| 9387 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISTWM) == NULL) | |
| 9388 curwin->w_p_list = FALSE; | |
| 9389 | |
| 9390 /* Find first white before the cursor */ | |
| 9391 fpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 9392 while (fpos.col > 0 && vim_iswhite(ptr[-1])) | |
| 9393 { | |
| 9394 --fpos.col; | |
| 9395 --ptr; | |
| 9396 } | |
| 9397 | |
| 9398 /* In Replace mode, don't change characters before the insert point. */ | |
| 9399 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 9400 && fpos.lnum == Insstart.lnum | |
| 9401 && fpos.col < Insstart.col) | |
| 9402 { | |
| 9403 ptr += Insstart.col - fpos.col; | |
| 9404 fpos.col = Insstart.col; | |
| 9405 } | |
| 9406 | |
| 9407 /* compute virtual column numbers of first white and cursor */ | |
| 9408 getvcol(curwin, &fpos, &vcol, NULL, NULL); | |
| 9409 getvcol(curwin, cursor, &want_vcol, NULL, NULL); | |
| 9410 | |
| 9411 /* Use as many TABs as possible. Beware of 'showbreak' and | |
| 9412 * 'linebreak' adding extra virtual columns. */ | |
| 9413 while (vim_iswhite(*ptr)) | |
| 9414 { | |
| 9415 i = lbr_chartabsize((char_u *)"\t", vcol); | |
| 9416 if (vcol + i > want_vcol) | |
| 9417 break; | |
| 9418 if (*ptr != TAB) | |
| 9419 { | |
| 9420 *ptr = TAB; | |
| 9421 if (change_col < 0) | |
| 9422 { | |
| 9423 change_col = fpos.col; /* Column of first change */ | |
| 9424 /* May have to adjust Insstart */ | |
| 9425 if (fpos.lnum == Insstart.lnum && fpos.col < Insstart.col) | |
| 9426 Insstart.col = fpos.col; | |
| 9427 } | |
| 9428 } | |
| 9429 ++fpos.col; | |
| 9430 ++ptr; | |
| 9431 vcol += i; | |
| 9432 } | |
| 9433 | |
| 9434 if (change_col >= 0) | |
| 9435 { | |
| 9436 int repl_off = 0; | |
| 9437 | |
| 9438 /* Skip over the spaces we need. */ | |
| 9439 while (vcol < want_vcol && *ptr == ' ') | |
| 9440 { | |
| 9441 vcol += lbr_chartabsize(ptr, vcol); | |
| 9442 ++ptr; | |
| 9443 ++repl_off; | |
| 9444 } | |
| 9445 if (vcol > want_vcol) | |
| 9446 { | |
| 9447 /* Must have a char with 'showbreak' just before it. */ | |
| 9448 --ptr; | |
| 9449 --repl_off; | |
| 9450 } | |
| 9451 fpos.col += repl_off; | |
| 9452 | |
| 9453 /* Delete following spaces. */ | |
| 9454 i = cursor->col - fpos.col; | |
| 9455 if (i > 0) | |
| 9456 { | |
| 1622 | 9457 STRMOVE(ptr, ptr + i); |
| 7 | 9458 /* correct replace stack. */ |
| 9459 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 9460 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 9461 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 9462 #endif | |
| 9463 ) | |
| 9464 for (temp = i; --temp >= 0; ) | |
| 9465 replace_join(repl_off); | |
| 9466 } | |
| 33 | 9467 #ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG |
| 2210 | 9468 if (netbeans_active()) |
| 33 | 9469 { |
|
2209
d0ddf7ba1630
Included the patch to support netbeans in a terminal.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2178
diff
changeset
|
9470 netbeans_removed(curbuf, fpos.lnum, cursor->col, (long)(i + 1)); |
| 33 | 9471 netbeans_inserted(curbuf, fpos.lnum, cursor->col, |
| 9472 (char_u *)"\t", 1); | |
| 9473 } | |
| 9474 #endif | |
| 7 | 9475 cursor->col -= i; |
| 9476 | |
| 9477 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 9478 /* | |
| 9479 * In VREPLACE mode, we haven't changed anything yet. Do it now by | |
| 9480 * backspacing over the changed spacing and then inserting the new | |
| 9481 * spacing. | |
| 9482 */ | |
| 9483 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 9484 { | |
| 9485 /* Backspace from real cursor to change_col */ | |
| 9486 backspace_until_column(change_col); | |
| 9487 | |
| 9488 /* Insert each char in saved_line from changed_col to | |
| 9489 * ptr-cursor */ | |
| 9490 ins_bytes_len(saved_line + change_col, | |
| 9491 cursor->col - change_col); | |
| 9492 } | |
| 9493 #endif | |
| 9494 } | |
| 9495 | |
| 9496 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 9497 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 9498 vim_free(saved_line); | |
| 9499 #endif | |
| 9500 curwin->w_p_list = save_list; | |
| 9501 } | |
| 9502 | |
| 9503 return FALSE; | |
| 9504 } | |
| 9505 | |
| 9506 /* | |
| 9507 * Handle CR or NL in insert mode. | |
| 9508 * Return TRUE when out of memory or can't undo. | |
| 9509 */ | |
| 9510 static int | |
| 9511 ins_eol(c) | |
| 9512 int c; | |
| 9513 { | |
| 9514 int i; | |
| 9515 | |
| 9516 if (echeck_abbr(c + ABBR_OFF)) | |
| 9517 return FALSE; | |
| 9518 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) | |
| 9519 return TRUE; | |
| 9520 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 9521 | |
| 9522 /* | |
| 9523 * Strange Vi behaviour: In Replace mode, typing a NL will not delete the | |
| 9524 * character under the cursor. Only push a NUL on the replace stack, | |
| 9525 * nothing to put back when the NL is deleted. | |
| 9526 */ | |
| 9527 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 9528 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 9529 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 9530 #endif | |
| 9531 ) | |
| 9532 replace_push(NUL); | |
| 9533 | |
| 9534 /* | |
| 9535 * In VREPLACE mode, a NL replaces the rest of the line, and starts | |
| 9536 * replacing the next line, so we push all of the characters left on the | |
| 9537 * line onto the replace stack. This is not done here though, it is done | |
| 9538 * in open_line(). | |
| 9539 */ | |
| 9540 | |
| 844 | 9541 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT |
| 9542 /* Put cursor on NUL if on the last char and coladd is 1 (happens after | |
| 9543 * CTRL-O). */ | |
| 9544 if (virtual_active() && curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0) | |
| 9545 coladvance(getviscol()); | |
| 9546 #endif | |
| 9547 | |
| 7 | 9548 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
| 9549 # ifdef FEAT_FKMAP | |
| 9550 if (p_altkeymap && p_fkmap) | |
| 9551 fkmap(NL); | |
| 9552 # endif | |
| 9553 /* NL in reverse insert will always start in the end of | |
| 9554 * current line. */ | |
| 9555 if (revins_on) | |
| 9556 curwin->w_cursor.col += (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get_cursor()); | |
| 9557 #endif | |
| 9558 | |
| 9559 AppendToRedobuff(NL_STR); | |
| 9560 i = open_line(FORWARD, | |
| 9561 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 9562 has_format_option(FO_RET_COMS) ? OPENLINE_DO_COM : | |
| 9563 #endif | |
| 9564 0, old_indent); | |
| 9565 old_indent = 0; | |
| 9566 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 9567 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
| 9568 #endif | |
| 1032 | 9569 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING |
| 9570 /* When inserting a line the cursor line must never be in a closed fold. */ | |
| 9571 foldOpenCursor(); | |
| 9572 #endif | |
| 7 | 9573 |
| 9574 return (!i); | |
| 9575 } | |
| 9576 | |
| 9577 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS | |
| 9578 /* | |
| 9579 * Handle digraph in insert mode. | |
| 9580 * Returns character still to be inserted, or NUL when nothing remaining to be | |
| 9581 * done. | |
| 9582 */ | |
| 9583 static int | |
| 9584 ins_digraph() | |
| 9585 { | |
| 9586 int c; | |
| 9587 int cc; | |
| 9588 | |
| 9589 pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET; | |
| 9590 if (redrawing() && !char_avail()) | |
| 9591 { | |
| 9592 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */ | |
| 661 | 9593 ins_redraw(FALSE); |
| 7 | 9594 |
| 9595 edit_putchar('?', TRUE); | |
| 9596 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
| 9597 add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_K); | |
| 9598 #endif | |
| 9599 } | |
| 9600 | |
| 9601 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL | |
| 9602 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */ | |
| 9603 #endif | |
| 9604 | |
| 9605 /* don't map the digraph chars. This also prevents the | |
| 9606 * mode message to be deleted when ESC is hit */ | |
| 9607 ++no_mapping; | |
| 9608 ++allow_keys; | |
| 1389 | 9609 c = plain_vgetc(); |
| 7 | 9610 --no_mapping; |
| 9611 --allow_keys; | |
| 9612 if (IS_SPECIAL(c) || mod_mask) /* special key */ | |
| 9613 { | |
| 9614 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
| 9615 clear_showcmd(); | |
| 9616 #endif | |
| 9617 insert_special(c, TRUE, FALSE); | |
| 9618 return NUL; | |
| 9619 } | |
| 9620 if (c != ESC) | |
| 9621 { | |
| 9622 if (redrawing() && !char_avail()) | |
| 9623 { | |
| 9624 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */ | |
| 661 | 9625 ins_redraw(FALSE); |
| 7 | 9626 |
| 9627 if (char2cells(c) == 1) | |
| 9628 { | |
| 9629 /* first remove the '?', otherwise it's restored when typing | |
| 9630 * an ESC next */ | |
| 9631 edit_unputchar(); | |
| 661 | 9632 ins_redraw(FALSE); |
| 7 | 9633 edit_putchar(c, TRUE); |
| 9634 } | |
| 9635 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
| 9636 add_to_showcmd_c(c); | |
| 9637 #endif | |
| 9638 } | |
| 9639 ++no_mapping; | |
| 9640 ++allow_keys; | |
| 1389 | 9641 cc = plain_vgetc(); |
| 7 | 9642 --no_mapping; |
| 9643 --allow_keys; | |
| 9644 if (cc != ESC) | |
| 9645 { | |
| 9646 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)CTRL_V_STR); | |
| 9647 c = getdigraph(c, cc, TRUE); | |
| 9648 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
| 9649 clear_showcmd(); | |
| 9650 #endif | |
| 9651 return c; | |
| 9652 } | |
| 9653 } | |
| 9654 edit_unputchar(); | |
| 9655 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
| 9656 clear_showcmd(); | |
| 9657 #endif | |
| 9658 return NUL; | |
| 9659 } | |
| 9660 #endif | |
| 9661 | |
| 9662 /* | |
| 9663 * Handle CTRL-E and CTRL-Y in Insert mode: copy char from other line. | |
| 9664 * Returns the char to be inserted, or NUL if none found. | |
| 9665 */ | |
| 9666 static int | |
| 9667 ins_copychar(lnum) | |
| 9668 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 9669 { | |
| 9670 int c; | |
| 9671 int temp; | |
| 9672 char_u *ptr, *prev_ptr; | |
| 9673 | |
| 9674 if (lnum < 1 || lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
| 9675 { | |
| 9676 vim_beep(); | |
| 9677 return NUL; | |
| 9678 } | |
| 9679 | |
| 9680 /* try to advance to the cursor column */ | |
| 9681 temp = 0; | |
| 9682 ptr = ml_get(lnum); | |
| 9683 prev_ptr = ptr; | |
| 9684 validate_virtcol(); | |
| 9685 while ((colnr_T)temp < curwin->w_virtcol && *ptr != NUL) | |
| 9686 { | |
| 9687 prev_ptr = ptr; | |
| 9688 temp += lbr_chartabsize_adv(&ptr, (colnr_T)temp); | |
| 9689 } | |
| 9690 if ((colnr_T)temp > curwin->w_virtcol) | |
| 9691 ptr = prev_ptr; | |
| 9692 | |
| 9693 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 9694 c = (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr); | |
| 9695 #else | |
| 9696 c = *ptr; | |
| 9697 #endif | |
| 9698 if (c == NUL) | |
| 9699 vim_beep(); | |
| 9700 return c; | |
| 9701 } | |
| 9702 | |
| 449 | 9703 /* |
| 9704 * CTRL-Y or CTRL-E typed in Insert mode. | |
| 9705 */ | |
| 9706 static int | |
| 9707 ins_ctrl_ey(tc) | |
| 9708 int tc; | |
| 9709 { | |
| 9710 int c = tc; | |
| 9711 | |
| 9712 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 9713 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_SCROLL) | |
| 9714 { | |
| 9715 if (c == Ctrl_Y) | |
| 9716 scrolldown_clamp(); | |
| 9717 else | |
| 9718 scrollup_clamp(); | |
| 9719 redraw_later(VALID); | |
| 9720 } | |
| 9721 else | |
| 9722 #endif | |
| 9723 { | |
| 9724 c = ins_copychar(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + (c == Ctrl_Y ? -1 : 1)); | |
| 9725 if (c != NUL) | |
| 9726 { | |
| 9727 long tw_save; | |
| 9728 | |
| 9729 /* The character must be taken literally, insert like it | |
| 9730 * was typed after a CTRL-V, and pretend 'textwidth' | |
| 9731 * wasn't set. Digits, 'o' and 'x' are special after a | |
| 9732 * CTRL-V, don't use it for these. */ | |
| 9733 if (c < 256 && !isalnum(c)) | |
| 9734 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)CTRL_V_STR); /* CTRL-V */ | |
| 9735 tw_save = curbuf->b_p_tw; | |
| 9736 curbuf->b_p_tw = -1; | |
| 9737 insert_special(c, TRUE, FALSE); | |
| 9738 curbuf->b_p_tw = tw_save; | |
| 9739 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 9740 revins_chars++; | |
| 9741 revins_legal++; | |
| 9742 #endif | |
| 9743 c = Ctrl_V; /* pretend CTRL-V is last character */ | |
| 9744 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); | |
| 9745 } | |
| 9746 } | |
| 9747 return c; | |
| 9748 } | |
| 9749 | |
| 7 | 9750 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT |
| 9751 /* | |
| 9752 * Try to do some very smart auto-indenting. | |
| 9753 * Used when inserting a "normal" character. | |
| 9754 */ | |
| 9755 static void | |
| 9756 ins_try_si(c) | |
| 9757 int c; | |
| 9758 { | |
| 9759 pos_T *pos, old_pos; | |
| 9760 char_u *ptr; | |
| 9761 int i; | |
| 9762 int temp; | |
| 9763 | |
| 9764 /* | |
| 9765 * do some very smart indenting when entering '{' or '}' | |
| 9766 */ | |
| 9767 if (((did_si || can_si_back) && c == '{') || (can_si && c == '}')) | |
| 9768 { | |
| 9769 /* | |
| 9770 * for '}' set indent equal to indent of line containing matching '{' | |
| 9771 */ | |
| 9772 if (c == '}' && (pos = findmatch(NULL, '{')) != NULL) | |
| 9773 { | |
| 9774 old_pos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 9775 /* | |
| 9776 * If the matching '{' has a ')' immediately before it (ignoring | |
| 9777 * white-space), then line up with the start of the line | |
| 9778 * containing the matching '(' if there is one. This handles the | |
| 9779 * case where an "if (..\n..) {" statement continues over multiple | |
| 9780 * lines -- webb | |
| 9781 */ | |
| 9782 ptr = ml_get(pos->lnum); | |
| 9783 i = pos->col; | |
| 9784 if (i > 0) /* skip blanks before '{' */ | |
| 9785 while (--i > 0 && vim_iswhite(ptr[i])) | |
| 9786 ; | |
| 9787 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum; | |
| 9788 curwin->w_cursor.col = i; | |
| 9789 if (ptr[i] == ')' && (pos = findmatch(NULL, '(')) != NULL) | |
| 9790 curwin->w_cursor = *pos; | |
| 9791 i = get_indent(); | |
| 9792 curwin->w_cursor = old_pos; | |
| 9793 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 9794 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 1516 | 9795 change_indent(INDENT_SET, i, FALSE, NUL, TRUE); |
| 7 | 9796 else |
| 9797 #endif | |
| 9798 (void)set_indent(i, SIN_CHANGED); | |
| 9799 } | |
| 9800 else if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0) | |
| 9801 { | |
| 9802 /* | |
| 9803 * when inserting '{' after "O" reduce indent, but not | |
| 9804 * more than indent of previous line | |
| 9805 */ | |
| 9806 temp = TRUE; | |
| 9807 if (c == '{' && can_si_back && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1) | |
| 9808 { | |
| 9809 old_pos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 9810 i = get_indent(); | |
| 9811 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1) | |
| 9812 { | |
| 9813 ptr = skipwhite(ml_get(--(curwin->w_cursor.lnum))); | |
| 9814 | |
| 9815 /* ignore empty lines and lines starting with '#'. */ | |
| 9816 if (*ptr != '#' && *ptr != NUL) | |
| 9817 break; | |
| 9818 } | |
| 9819 if (get_indent() >= i) | |
| 9820 temp = FALSE; | |
| 9821 curwin->w_cursor = old_pos; | |
| 9822 } | |
| 9823 if (temp) | |
| 1516 | 9824 shift_line(TRUE, FALSE, 1, TRUE); |
| 7 | 9825 } |
| 9826 } | |
| 9827 | |
| 9828 /* | |
| 9829 * set indent of '#' always to 0 | |
| 9830 */ | |
| 9831 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && can_si && c == '#') | |
| 9832 { | |
| 9833 /* remember current indent for next line */ | |
| 9834 old_indent = get_indent(); | |
| 9835 (void)set_indent(0, SIN_CHANGED); | |
| 9836 } | |
| 9837 | |
| 9838 /* Adjust ai_col, the char at this position can be deleted. */ | |
| 9839 if (ai_col > curwin->w_cursor.col) | |
| 9840 ai_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 9841 } | |
| 9842 #endif | |
| 9843 | |
| 9844 /* | |
| 9845 * Get the value that w_virtcol would have when 'list' is off. | |
| 9846 * Unless 'cpo' contains the 'L' flag. | |
| 9847 */ | |
| 9848 static colnr_T | |
| 9849 get_nolist_virtcol() | |
| 9850 { | |
| 9851 if (curwin->w_p_list && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISTWM) == NULL) | |
| 9852 return getvcol_nolist(&curwin->w_cursor); | |
| 9853 validate_virtcol(); | |
| 9854 return curwin->w_virtcol; | |
| 9855 } |